Omron Industrial Components Solution Selection Guide 2014 2015 104609 Catalog

43494-Catalog 43494-Catalog 43494-Catalog 006085 Batch12 unilog cesco-content

554467-Attachment 554467-Attachment 554467-Attachment 006085 Batch12 unilog cesco-content

57394-Attachment 57394-Attachment 57394-Attachment 006085 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

100303-Attachment 100303-Attachment 100303-Attachment 004124 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

309286-Catalog 309286-Catalog 309286-Catalog 006085 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

2014-10-17

: Pdf 104609-Catalog 104609-Catalog 006085 Batch10 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 372 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

2014-2015
Industrial Components
Solution Selection Guide
Sensing
Control Components
Switching Components
Safety
OMRON Automation and Safety is a leading global supplier of automation systems serving industrial
customers. Our comprehensive product lines and application expertise are delivered via a well-trained
distribution channel. They work with you to solve demanding automation challenges and apply the
advanced technology built into Omron products.
Our customers benet from Omron’s long standing legacy of sensing and control technologies that
help deliver more capable and protable machines in less time. We strive to be your trusted partner in
automation. Leverage our industry expertise and powerful yet simple solutions in your next project.
BETTER MACHINES
“We help customers build
superior automated machines
that are easy to use, install
and integrate.”
Omron Facts
• 80 years in the automation and controls business,
founded in 1933
• $6.5 billion sales (USD, April 2013)
• 40% of our sales come from industrial
automation. Electronic components, social
systems, automotive electronics and healthcare
make up the balance
• 35,411 employees worldwide
Primary Industries Served
• Automotive
• Food/Beverage
• Semiconductor
• Electronics and Small Parts Assembly
• Pharmaceutical/Cosmetics
Automation Expertise
• Packaging & Material Handling
• Measurement & Gauging
• Inspection
• Track & Trace
• Quality Improvement
i
For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
Section Products
Sensing
APhotoelectric Sensors
BFiber-Optic Sensors
CProximity Sensors
DCordsets
EPhotomicrosensors
FLimit and Basic Switches
GMeasurement Sensors
HRotary Encoders
Control Components
ITemperature Controllers
JPower Supplies
KTimers and Counters
LDigital Panel Meters
MMonitoring Products
Switching Components
NElectromechanical and Solid State Relays
OPushbutton and Indicators
Safety
PLight Curtains
QSafety Mats, Safety Edges and Bumpers
RInterlock Switches
SMonitoring Relays
TEmergency Stop & Rope Pull Switches
Index
UPart Number Index, NEMA and IP Ratings
ii For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
D
E
H
iii
For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
Temperature
Controllers
I
S
Timers and
Counters
K
M
Monitoring
Products
Power
Supplies
J
P
T
Q
R
Digital Panel
Meters
L
O
iv For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
v
For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
vi For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
A-i
Photoelectric Sensors
Contents
Selection Guide A-ii
Photoelectric Sensors
E3FA/
E3RA
All-application sensor in plastic
M18 housing
A-1
E3FB/
E3RB
All-application sensor in metal
M18 housing
A-2
E3Z General purpose sensor in
compact plastic housing
A-3
E3Z-L9LASER sensor in compact
plastic housing
A-4
E3ZM Detergent-resistant
photoelectric sensor in
compact stainless steel
housing
A-5
E3ZM-C Oil-resistant photoelectric
sensor in compact stainless
steel housing
A-6
E3ZM-V Print mark detection
photoelectric sensor in
compact stainless steel
housing
A-7
E3ZM-B Transparent PET plastic bottle
detection sensor in compact
stainless steel housing
A-8
E3Z-B Transparent bottle detection
photoelectric sensor in
compact plastic housing
A-9
E3Z-G Photoelectric sensor in plastic
fork shape housing
A-9
E3Z-L Narrow-beam sensor detects
small objects
A-10
E3Z-LS Miniature distance-settable
sensors with built-in amplifiers
A-11
E3Z-K Oil-resistant sensors A-12
E3S-CL Distance-settable photoelectric
sensor in metal housing
A-13
E3G Long distance photoelectric
sensor in plastic housing
A-13
E3JK All voltage (AC/DC)
photoelectric sensor in plastic
housing
A-14
E3JM All voltage (AC/DC)
photoelectric sensor, terminal
block connection
A-15
E3G-M Long distance all voltage (AC/
DC) photoelectric sensor
A-15
E3T Photoelectric sensor in
miniature plastic housing
A-16
E3S-A High performance small
DC sensors
A-17
E3K Long Range Universal AC/
DC sensors for door control &
material handling
A-17
Special Application
E3NC Laser position verification
sensors available with long
range or variable spot size
A-18
E3C-LDA Variable laser beam sensors
with separate digital amplifiers
A-19
F3ET2 Discrete Output Light Grid A-20
F3EM2 Analog Output Light Grid A-21
E3S-C Oil resistant, long distance
sensors
A-22
F3UV UV power monitor for
sterilizing and curing
operations
A-23
Accessories
E39-L Mounting brackets A-24
E39-R Reflectors A-24
A
Special Applications
Precision
positioning
and detection
E3Z Laser
Small visible
light spot
Detergent
resistant
E3ZM
Detergent
resistant
stainless steel
housing
Oil resistant,
metal housing
E3ZM-C,
E3S-C
Oil resistance
in stainless
steel housing
(E3ZM-C) or
long distance
detec-
tion
(E3S-C)
Print mark
detection
E3ZM-V
Autoteach
button and 50
µs response
time
Transparent
material
detection
E3ZM-B
General
transparent
materials or
PET optimized
models
Special Applications
Transparent
bottle
detection
E3Z-B
Transparent
bottle
optimized
optical system
Narrow beam
sensor
E3Z‐L
Detects
0.1 mm
diameter
objects
Oil resistant,
plastic housing
E3Z
Oil resistant in
plastic housing
Fork sensor
E3Z‐G
Slot width
25 mm for
Registration
Mark and
Edge Control
Multi‐voltage
power supply
E3JK, E3JM,
E3G‐M
AC/DC power
supply and
relay output
Distance
settable sensor
E3Z-LS
Background/
foreground
suppression
sensor
(BGS/FGS)
Long range
sensor
E3K
Material
handling, door
control and
heavy duty
switching
applications
UV power
monitor
F3UV
Monitor
ultraviolet light
(UV) intensity
or wavelength
High
performance,
small sensor
E3S-A
Timer, alarm,
turbo aiming
models
Omron Automation and Safety’s photoelectric sensor range is designed and
tested to achieve the maximum levels of reliability and detection performance.
Leveraging the latest technology, our sensors ensure your machines never stop.
Cylindrical M18 housing:
E3Z
Compact square plastic housing
• Highest water resistance
• Highest electromagnetic noise
immunity (e.g. from inverters)
• Pulse synchronization for
reliable ambient light immunity
Retroreflective with MSR (Mirror Surface Rejection)
Diffuse-reflective
MSR (Mirror Surface Rejection) is a function of Retroreflective Photoelectric
Sensors to receive only the light reflected from the Retroreflector by using
the characteristics of the polarizing filter built into the Sensor and the
characteristics of the Retroreflector.
Distance-settable with background suppression
Through-beam
60 m
FOR MACHINES THAT NEVER STOP
Photoelectric Sensors
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
A-ii
Special Applications
Precision
positioning
and detection
E3Z Laser
Small visible
light spot
Detergent
resistant
E3ZM
Detergent
resistant
stainless steel
housing
Oil resistant,
metal housing
E3ZM-C,
E3S-C
Oil resistance
in stainless
steel housing
(E3ZM-C) or
long distance
detec-
tion
(E3S-C)
Print mark
detection
E3ZM-V
Autoteach
button and 50
µs response
time
Transparent
material
detection
E3ZM-B
General
transparent
materials or
PET optimized
models
Special Applications
Transparent
bottle
detection
E3Z-B
Transparent
bottle
optimized
optical system
Narrow beam
sensor
E3Z‐L
Detects
0.1 mm
diameter
objects
Oil resistant,
plastic housing
E3Z
Oil resistant in
plastic housing
Fork sensor
E3Z‐G
Slot width
25 mm for
Registration
Mark and
Edge Control
Multi‐voltage
power supply
E3JK, E3JM,
E3G‐M
AC/DC power
supply and
relay output
Distance
settable sensor
E3Z-LS
Background/
foreground
suppression
sensor
(BGS/FGS)
Long range
sensor
E3K
Material
handling, door
control and
heavy duty
switching
applications
UV power
monitor
F3UV
Monitor
ultraviolet light
(UV) intensity
or wavelength
High
performance,
small sensor
E3S-A
Timer, alarm,
turbo aiming
models
Longer distance:
Cylindrical M18 housing:
Miniature housing:
E3Z-Laser
E3T E3T Cylindrical
E3FA/E3RA
E3G
E3FB/E3RB
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-iii
A
*1 Lorem
Model
E3FA/E3RA E3FB/E3RB E3Z E3Z-LASER
Product type
Cylindrical plastic Cylindrical brass General purpose Laser
Sensor type •
Through-beam
•
Retro-reflective
•
Diffuse
•
Background suppression
•
Limited distance
•
Transparent detection
•
Through-beam
•
Retro-reflective
•
Diffuse
•
Background suppression
•
Limited distance
•
Transparent detection
•
Through-beam
•
Retro-reflective
•
Diffuse
•
Distance-settable (BGS)
•
Through-beam
•
Retro-reflective
•
Distance-settable (BGS)
Maximum
sensing
distances
•
Through-beam: 20 m
•
Retro-reflective: 4 m
•
Diffuse: 1 m
•
Background suppres-
sion: 200 mm
•
Limited distance: 50 mm
•
Transparent detection:
2 m
•
Through-beam: 20 m
•
Retro-reflective: 4 m
•
Diffuse: 1 m
•
Background suppres-
sion: 200 mm
•
Limited distance: 50 mm
•
Transparent detection:
2 m
•
Through-beam: 30 m
•
Retro-reflective: 4 m
•
Diffuse: 1 m
• Distance-settable: 200
mm
•
Through-beam: 60 m
•
Retro-reflective: 15 m
•
Distance-settable:
300 mm
Supply
voltage
10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 12-24 VDC 12-24 VDC
Output type
Light-on/Dark-on
Selectable
Light-on/Dark-on
Selectable
Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on
Output state
NPN or PNP NPN or PNP NPN or PNP NPN or PNP
Connections
Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector
IP rating
IP67, IP69K IP67, IP69K IP67 IP67
Model
E3Z-L E3Z-LS E3Z-G E3ZM
Product type
Narrow beam Distance-settable Grooved head Stainless steel housing;
Wash down rated
Sensor type •
Diffuse Reflective
•
Distance-settable
•
Fixed distance
through-beam
•
Through-beam
•
Retro-reflective
•
Diffuse
•
Background suppression
Maximum
sensing
distances
•
Diffuse reflective: 90 mm
•
Distance-settable:
200 mm
•
25 mm
•
Through-beam: 15 m
•
Retro-reflective: 4 m
•
Diffuse: 1 m
•
Background
suppression: 200 mm
Supply
voltage
12-24 VDC 12-24 VDC 12-24 VDC 10-30 VDC
Output type
Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on
Output state
NPN or PNP NPN or PNP NPN or PNP NPN or PNP
Connections
Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector
IP rating
IP67 IP67 IP64 IP67, IP69K
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
A-iv
Model
E3ZM-C E3ZM-V E3ZM-B E3Z-B
Product type
Oil resistant Print mark detection
PET bottle detection;
stainless steel housing
PET bottle detection;
plastic housing
Sensor type •
Through-beam
•
Retro-reflective
•
Diffuse
•
Background suppression
•
Diffuse reflective mark
sensor
•
Retro-reflective
•
Retro-reflective
Maximum
sensing
distances
• Through-beam: 15 m
•
Retro-reflective: 4 m
•
Diffuse: 1 m
•
Background
suppression: 200 mm
•
Diffuse: 12 mm
•
Retro-reflective: 500 mm
•
Retro-reflective: 2 m
Supply
voltage
10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC
Output type
Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on
Output state
NPN or PNP NPN or PNP NPN or PNP NPN or PNP
Connections
Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector
IP rating
IP67, IP69K IP67, IP69K IP67, IP69K IP67
Model
E3S-CL E3G E3JK E3JM
Product type
Distance-settable Long distance All voltage All voltage
Sensor type •
Distance-settable
•
Retro-reflective
•
Distance-settable
•
Through-beam
•
Retro-reflective
•
Diffuse
•
Through-beam
•
Retro-reflective
•
Diffuse
Maximum
sensing
distances
•
500 mm
•
Retro-reflective: 10 m
•
Distance-settable: 2 m
•
Through-beam: 5 m
•
Retro-reflective: 4 m
•
Diffuse: 300 mm
•
Through-beam: 10 m
•
Retro-reflective: 4 m
•
Diffuse: 700 mm
Supply
voltage
10-30 VDC 12-240 VDC
24-240 VAC
12-240 VDC
24-240 VAC
12-240 VDC
24-240 VAC
Output type
Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on
Output state
NPN or PNP NPN or PNP; Relay output NPN or PNP Relay or SSR
Connections
Pre-wired Pre-wired Pre-wired Pre-wired, Terminal block
IP rating
IP67 IP67
(with protective
cover)
IP64 IP64
Photoelectric Sensors
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-v
A
*1 Lorem
Compact
Model
1111
sadsaf
Model
E3T E3S-A E3K F3UV E3Z-K
Product type
Miniature Built-in amplifier Long distance Ultraviolet intensity
detection
Oil resistant
Sensor type •
Through-beam
•
Retro-reflective
•
Diffuse
•
Convergent
reflective
•
Background
suppression
•
Through-beam
•
Retro-reflective
•
Diffuse
•
Retro-reflective
•
Diffuse
•
UV intensity
•
Through-beam
•
Retro-reflective
•
Diffuse
Maximum
sensing
distances
•
Through-beam: 2 m
•
Retro-reflective:
200 mm
•
Diffuse: 30 mm
•
Convergent
reflective: 30 mm
•
Background
suppression: 30 mm
•
Through-beam:
7 m
•
Retro-reflective:
2 m
•
Diffuse: 700 mm
•
Retro-reflective:
10 m
•
Diffuse: 2 m
•
N/A
•
Through-beam:
15 m
•
Retro-reflective:
4 m
•
Diffuse: 1 m
Supply
voltage
12-24 VDC 10-30 VDC 24-240 VDC
42-240 VAC
12-24 VDC 12-24 VDC
Output type
Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Analog Light-on/Dark-on
Output state
NPN or PNP NPN or PNP Relay NPN or PNP NPN or PNP
Connections
Pre-wired Pre-wired,
Connector
Plated steel screw
terminals
Pre-wired Pre-wired,
Connector
IP rating
IP65, IP67 IP67 IP67 IP30 IP67
Model
E3S-C F3ET2 F3EM2 E3NC E3C-LDA
Product type
Long distance metal
body detector
Discrete output light
grid
Analog output light
grid
Laser Laser beam sensor
with separate amplifier
Sensor type •
Through-beam
•
Retro-reflective
•
Diffuse
•
Through-beam
•
Through-beam
•
E3NC-L variable
spot
•
E3NC-S CMOS
•
Diffuse
•
Retro-reflective
Maximum
sensing
distances
•
Through-beam: 30 m
•
Retro-reflective: 3 m
•
Diffuse: 2 m
•
Through-beam: 3 m
or 15 m
•
Through-beam: 3 m
or 15 m
•
E3NC-L: 1200 mm
•
E3NC-S: 250 mm
•
Diffuse: 1 m
•
Retro-reflective: 7 m
Supply
voltage
10-30 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC 10-30 VDC 12-24 VDC
Output type
Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on
Selectable
Light-on/Dark-on
Selectable
NPN or PNP Light-on/Dark-on
Selectable
Output state
NPN or PNP NPN or PNP
Selectable
0-10 VDC NPN or PNP,
1-5 VDC
Connections
Pre-wired, Connector
M12 5-pin M12 5-pin
Pre-wired, connector Pre-wired, connector
IP rating
IP67 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP40 head; IP50 amp
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
A-vi
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-1
E3FA/E3RA Photoelectric Sensors B278
New All-Application Sensors in Plastic
M18 Housing
The E3FA/E3RA family provides a wide range of
high quality sensors, with models designed for
standard or special applications.
• Compact size with flush mounting option
• IP67, IP69K for wash down resistance
• Straight or Radial models in cylindrical M18
plastic housing
• Background suppression, Limited Distance and
Transparent detection models
Sensor Type
Setup Sensor type Sensing
distance
PNP NPN
Pre-wired (2
m)
M12
connector
Pre-wired (2 m) M12
connector
Straight Through-beam *1 20 m E3FA-TP11 2M E3FA-TP21 E3FA-TN11 2M E3FA-TN21
Retro-reflective *2 0.1 to 4 m* E3FA-RP11 2M E3FA-RP21 E3FA-RN11 2M E3FA-RN21
Retro-reflective
(coaxial) *2
0 to 500 mm* E3FA-RP12 2M E3FA-RP22 E3FA-RN12 2M E3FA-RN22
Diffuse-reflective 100 mm E3FA-DP11 2M E3FA-DP21 E3FA-DN11 2M E3FA-DN21
300 mm E3FA-DP12 2M E3FA-DP22 E3FA-DN12 2M E3FA-DN22
1 m E3FA-DP13 2M E3FA-DP23 E3FA-DN13 2M E3FA-DN23
BGS (Background
suppression)
100 mm E3FA-LP11 2M E3FA-LP21 E3FA-LN11 2M E3FA-LN21
200 mm E3FA-LP12 2M E3FA-LP22 E3FA-LN12 2M E3FA-LN22
Limited distance
reflective
10 to 50 mm E3FA-VP11 2M E3FA-VP21 E3FA-VN11 2M E3FA-VN21
Transparent
detection *2
100 to 500 mm** E3FA-BP11 2M E3FA-BP21 E3FA-BN11 2M E3FA-BN21
0.1 to 2 m** E3FA-BP12 2M E3FA-BP22 E3FA-BN12 2M E3FA-BN22
Radial Through-beam *1 15 m E3RA-TP11 2M E3RA-TP21 E3RA-TN11 2M E3RA-TN21
Retro-reflective *2 0.1 to 3 m* E3RA-RP11 2M E3RA-RP21 E3RA-RN11 2M E3RA-RN21
Diffuse-reflective 100 mm E3RA-DP11 2M E3RA-DP21 E3RA-DN11 2M E3RA-DN21
300 mm E3RA-DP12 2M E3RA-DP22 E3RA-DN12 2M E3RA-DN22
700 mm E3RA-DP13 2M E3RA-DP23 E3RA-DN13 2M E3RA-DN23
*Measured with reflector E39-R1S. **Measured with reflector E39-RP1
*1 The set type includes the emitter and receiver. *2 The reflector is sold separately.
Note: All sensors are 10-30 VDC. Light-On/Dark-On selectable by wiring.
A
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
A-2
E3FB/E3RB Photoelectric Sensors
New All-Application Sensors in
Brass M18 Housing
The E3FB/E3RN family provides a wide
range of high quality sensors, with
models designed for standard or special
applications.
• Compact size with flush mounting option
• IP67, IP69K for wash down resistance
• Straight or Radial models in cylindrical
M18 brass housing
• Background suppression, Limited
Distance and Transparent detection
models
Sensor Type
Setup Sensor type Sensing
distance
PNP NPN
Pre-wired
(2 m)
M12
connector
Pre-wired
(2 m)
M12
connector
Straight Through-beam *1 20 m E3FB-TP11 2M E3FB-TP21 E3FB-TN11 2M E3FB-TN21
Retro-reflective *2 0.1 to 4 m* E3FB-RP11 2M E3FB-RP21 E3FB-RN11 2M E3FB-RN21
Retro-reflective
(coaxial) *2
0 to 500 mm* E3FB-RP12 2M E3FB-RP22 E3FB-RN12 2M E3FB-RN22
Diffuse-reflective 100 mm E3FB-DP11 2M E3FB-DP21 E3FB-DN11 2M E3FB-DN21
300 mm E3FB-DP12 2M E3FB-DP22 E3FB-DN12 2M E3FB-DN22
1 m E3FB-DP13 2M E3FB-DP23 E3FB-DN13 2M E3FB-DN23
BGS (Background
suppression)
100 mm E3FB-LP11 2M E3FB-LP21 E3FB-LN11 2M E3FB-LN21
200 mm E3FB-LP12 2M E3FB-LP22 E3FB-LN12 2M E3FB-LN22
Limited distance
reflective
10 to 50 mm E3FB-VP11 2M E3FB-VP21 E3FB-VN11 2M E3FB-VN21
Transparent
detection *2
100 to 500 mm** E3FB-BP11 2M E3FB-BP21 E3FB-BN11 2M E3FB-BN21
0.1 to 2 m** E3FB-BP12 2M E3FB-BP22 E3FB-BN12 2M E3FB-BN22
Radial Through-beam *1 15 m E3RB-TP11 2M E3RB-TP21 E3RB-TN11 2M E3RB-TN21
Retro-reflective *2 0.1 to 3 m* E3RB-RP11 2M E3RB-RP21 E3RB-RN11 2M E3RB-RN21
Diffuse-reflective 100 mm E3RB-DP11 2M E3RB-DP21 E3RB-DN11 2M E3RB-DN21
300 mm E3RB-DP12 2M E3RB-DP22 E3RB-DN12 2M E3RB-DN22
700 mm E3RB-DP13 2M E3RB-DP23 E3RB-DN13 2M E3RB-DN23
*Measured with reflector E39-R1S. **Measured with reflector E39-RP1
*1 The set type includes the emitter and receiver. *2 The reflector is sold separately.
Note: All sensors are 10-30 VDC. Light-On/Dark-On selectable by wiring.
B293
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-3
E3Z Photoelectric Sensors
General Purpose Sensor in
Compact Plastic Housing
Compact housing size and high-power LED
for excellent performance-size ratio and
best value-performance ratio for standard
applications.
• Minimal optical axis deviation for easy
alignment
• IP67 and IP69K for highest water
resistance
• Intensive shielding for highest noise
immunity (EMC)
• Multiple molding housing for high
mechanical resistance
B222
Sensor type Sensing distance Connection
Method
Model
M8
NPN
output
PNP
output
Through-beam 30 m
(Infrared light)
— 2 m E3Z-T62 E3Z-T82
5— E3Z-T67 E3Z-T87
10 m
(Red light)
— 2 m E3Z-T61A E3Z-T81A
5— E3Z-T66A E3Z-T86A
Retro-reflective
with M.S.R
0.1 to 4 m (with E39-R15) (Red light) — 2 m E3Z-R61 E3Z-R81
5— E3Z-R66 E3Z-R86
Retro-reflective without
M.S.R
0.1 to 5 m (with E39-R15)
(Infrared light)
— 2 m E3Z-R61-4 E3Z-R81-4
5— E3Z-R66-4 E3Z-R86-4
Diffuse-reflective 1 m (adjustable)
(Infrared light)
— 2 m E3Z-D62 E3Z-D82
5— E3Z-D67 E3Z-D87
Diffuse-reflective wide
beam
100 mm (adjustable)
(Infrared light)
— 2 m E3Z-D61 E3Z-D81
5— E3Z-D66 E3Z-D86
Distance-
settable
(background
suppression)*2
Small
spot
(Red light)
2 mm 20 mm
BGS (set to minimum)
BGS (set to maximum)
80 mm
— 2 m E3Z-LS63 E3Z-LS83
5— E3Z-LS68 E3Z-LS88
Standard
(Red light)
(note 1)
40 mm20 mm 200 mm
BGS (at min. setting)
BGS (at max. setting)
FGS (at max. setting)
FGS (at min. setting)
Incident
light level
threshold (fixed)
— 2 m E3Z-
LS61*2
E3Z-LS81*2
5— E3Z-
LS66*2
E3Z-LS86*2
*1 Infrared light models available
*2 To order with 30 cm long pigtail with M12, M8 3-pin or 4-pin connector please contact your OMRON representative.
A
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
A-4
E3Z-L9 Laser Photoelectric Sensors
LASER Sensor in Compact Plastic
Housing
The E3Z LASER sensor in compact
plastic housing features visible Laser light
for precision positioning and detection
applications.
• Visible LASER light for precision
positioning and small object detection
• High power laser diode for long range
precision
• Class 1 LASER (JIS, IEC) Class 2 (FDA)
LASER
• Precise background suppression and low
black/white error for accurate detection
B265
Sensor type Sensing distance Response time Connection
Method
Model
M8
NPN output PNP output
Through-beam 60 m 1 ms — 2 m E3Z-LT61 2M E3Z-LT81 2M
5—E3Z-LT66 E3Z-LT86
Retro-reflective with
M.S.R
0.3 to 15 m (with E39-R15) — 2 m E3Z-LR61 2M E3Z-LR81 2M
5—E3Z-LR66 E3Z-LR86
Distance-settable
(background suppression)
20 to 300 mm — 2 m E3Z-LL61 2M E3Z-LL81 2M
5—E3Z-LL66 E3Z-LL86
25 to 300 mm 0.5 ms — 2 m E3Z-LL63 2M E3Z-LL83 2M
5—E3Z-LL68 E3Z-LL88
Note: To order with 30 cm long pigtail with M12, M8 3-pin or M8 4-pin connector please contact your OMRON representative.
Detect the sides of large tiles Map glass sides Detect protruding straws Count bottles
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-5
E3ZM Photoelectric Sensors
Detergent-Resistant Photoelectric
Sensor in Compact Stainless Steel
Housing
Compact housing size and high power LED
for excellent performance-size ratio in a
rugged, detergent-resistant stainless steel
housing for demanding environments.
• High grade stainless steel housing
(SUS316L)
• IP67 and IP69K for highest water
resistance
• ECOLAB tested and certified detergent
resistance
B223
Sensor type Sensing distance Connection Method Model
M8
NPN output PNP output
Through-beam 15 m — 2 m
*1 For ordering pigtail versions replace ‘2M’ of the cable types with:
- S1J: for M12 stainless steel plug with 30 cm cable
- S3J: for M8 4-pin stainless steel plug with 30 cm cable
- S5J: for M8 3-pin stainless steel plug with 30 cm cable (except for
background suppression types)
- M1J: for M12 brass plug with 30 cm cable
- M3J: for M8 4-pin brass plug with 30 cm cable
- M5J: for M8 3-pin brass plug with 30 cm cable (except for
background suppression types)
E3ZM-T61 2M E3ZM-T81 2M
5— E3ZM-T66 E3ZM-T86
0.8 m with built
in slit
— 2 m E3ZM-T63 2M E3ZM-T83 2M
5—E3ZM-T68 E3ZM-T88
Retro-reflective with
M.S.R
0.1 to 4 m (with
E39-R1S)
— 2 m E3ZM-R61 2M E3ZM-R81 2M
5—E3ZM-R66 E3ZM-R86
Diffuse-reflective 1 m (adjustable) — 2 m E3ZM-D62 2M E3ZM-D82 2M
5—E3ZM-D67 E3ZM-D87
Diffuse-reflective
(background
suppression)
10 to 100 mm
(fixed)
— 2 m E3ZM-LS61X 2M*2 E3ZM-LS81X 2M*2
5—E3ZM-LS66X*2 E3ZM-LS86X*2
10 to 200 mm
(fixed)
— 2 m E3ZM-LS64X 2M*2 E3ZM-LS84X 2M*2
5—E3ZM-LS69X*2 E3ZM-LS89X*2
*2 E3ZM-LS_X are fixed LIGHT-ON models. For Fixed DARK-ON models order E3ZM-LS_Y and for L-NO/D-NO selectable by wire
please order E3ZM-LS_H.
Robust construction Tight housing Detergent resistant
A
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
A-6
E3ZM-C Photoelectric Sensors
Sensor type Sensing distance Connection Method Model
M8 M12
NPN output PNP output
Through-beam 15 m
(infrared light)
— 2 m — E3ZM-CT61 2M E3ZM-CT81 2M
— — 5E3ZM-CT61-M1TJ E3ZM-CT81-M1TJ
5— — E3ZM-CT66 E3ZM-CT86
20 m
(Orange light)
— 2 m — E3ZM-CT62B 2M E3ZM-CT82B 2M
— — 5E3ZM-CT62B-M1TJ E3ZM-CT82B-M1TJ
5— — E3ZM-CT67B E3ZM-CT87B
Retro-reflective with
M.S.R
0.1 to 4 m (with E39-R1S) — 2 m — E3ZM-CR61 2M E3ZM-CR81 2M
— — 5E3ZM-CR61-M1TJ E3ZM-CR81-M1TJ
5— — E3ZM-CR66 E3ZM-CR86
Diffuse-reflective 1 m (adjustable) — 2 m — E3ZM-CD62 2M E3ZM-CD82 2M
— — 5E3ZM-CD62-M1TJ E3ZM-CD82-M1TJ
5— — E3ZM-CD67 E3ZM-CD87
Diffuse-reflective
(background
suppression)
10 to 100 mm (fixed) — 2 m — E3ZM-CL61H 2M E3ZM-CL81H 2M
— — 5E3ZM-CL61H-M1TJ E3ZM-CL81H-M1TJ
5— — E3ZM-CL66H E3ZM-CL86H
10 to 200 mm (fixed) — 2 m — E3ZM-CL64H 2M E3ZM-CL84H 2M
— — 5E3ZM-CL64H-M1TJ E3ZM-CL84H-M1TJ
5— — E3ZM-CL69H E3ZM-CL89H
Note: M12 connector types use Omron Automation and Safety’s XS5 Series “Twist & Click” M12 connector cordsets, 30 cm stan-
dard length.
Oil-Resistant Photoelectric
Sensor in Compact Stainless Steel
Housing
The oil-resistant compact photoelectric
sensor in a robust stainless steel housing
features reliable object detection in dirty and
mechanically demanding environments such
as automotive assembly lines.
• Oil-resistant stainless steel housing
• IP67 and IP69K for highest water
resistance
• High visibility orange LED in through-
beam model for easy alignment
B267
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-7
E3ZM-V Photoelectric Sensors
Print Mark Detection Photoelectric
Sensor in Compact Stainless Steel
Housing
The detergent resistant photoelectric sensor
in a robust stainless steel housing provides
reliable detection of all common print marks
in food packaging applications.
• White LED for stable detection of
differently colored or black print marks
• SUS 316L stainless steel housing
• Easy-to-use teach-in button or remote
teach
• Fast response time of 50 μs
B274
Sensor type Sensing distance Connection Method Model
M8
NPN output PNP output
Mark sensor 12±2 mm — 2 m E3ZM-V61 2M E3ZM-V81 2M
5—E3ZM-V66 E3ZM-V86
A
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
A-8
E3ZM-B Photoelectric Sensors B266
Transparent Object Detection Sensor in
Compact Stainless Steel Housing
The E3ZM-B family provides models for general
transparent material detection and specialized
models providing highest stability for the detection
of PET bottles.
• Detergent resistant compact SUS316L housing
• Includes Bi-refringent, P-opaquing sensing
technology to provide the margin necessary to
overcome the challenges in geometry, color and
contents of PET bottle detection which standard
retro-reflective sensors can not perform
• Simple push button teach operation
• Unique AC3 technology compensates for lens
contamination to maintain expected sensor output
• IP69K (DIN 40050-9) compliant
• 316L stainless steel body resists detergents and
disinfectants
• High noise immunity against interference from
inverters and other inductive loads
Sensor type Sensing distance Special reflector Connection
Method
Model
M8
NPN output PNP output
Retro-
reflective with
M.S.R
Optimized for
PET
bottles and
trays
100 to 500 mm
(teachable)
Order separately*1 — 2 m E3ZM-B61 2M E3ZM-B81 2M
5—E3ZM-B66 E3ZM-B86
E39-RP1 included — 2 m E3ZM-B61-C
2M
E3ZM-B81-C 2M
5—E3ZM-B66-C E3ZM-B86-C
Retro-
reflective with
M.S.R
For all
transparent
media (glass,
PET, foils)
100 to 500 mm
(potentiometer
adjustment)*3
Order separately*3 — 2 m E3ZM-B61T 2M E3ZM-B81T 2M
5—E3ZM-B66T E3ZM-B86T
*1 For higher signal stability using circular polarization functionality for PET bottles, order special reflector E39-RP1 separately.
*2 Teachable all-transparent-media types are available. Contact your Omron Automation and Safety representative.
*3 Order reflector separately: Use E39-RP1 for 500 mm sensing distance; E39-RP37 or E39-RSP1 for 250 mm sensing distance.
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-9
B271
Photoelectric Sensor in Plastic Fork
Shape Housing
The forked shape optical through-beam
sensors combine simple installation with
reliable passage detection of objects, machine
parts or transportation elements such as
hanging carriers.
• Slotted head eliminates the need for optical
axis adjustment
• 1 or 2 axis models
Sensor type Sensing distance Number of
optical axes
Connection Method Model
NPN output PNP output
Through-beam 25 mm
(Infrared light)
12 m — E3Z-G61 E3Z-G81
—5 M8 4-pin E3Z-G61-M3J E3Z-G81-M3J
22 m — E3Z-G62 E3Z-G82
—5 M8 4-pin E3Z-G62-M3J E3Z-G82-M3J
E3Z-G Photoelectric Sensors
E3Z-B Photoelectric Sensors
Transparent Bottle Detection
Photoelectric Sensor in Compact
Plastic Housing
The E3Z-B provides easy adjustment for
the detection of a large variety of standard
transparent objects.
• Detects a wide range of bottles from
single bottles to sets of stocked bottles
• IP67/IP69K tested for highest water
resistance
Sensor type Sensing distance
(with E39-R1S reflector)
Connection Method Model
M8
NPN output PNP output
Retro-reflective without M.S.R. 80 to 500 mm (adjustable) — 2 m E3Z-B61 2M E3Z-B81 2M
5—E3Z-B66 E3Z-B86
0.5 to 2 m (adjustable) — 2 m E3Z-B62 2M E3Z-B82 2M
5—E3Z-B67 E3Z-B87
B268
A
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
A-10
E3Z-L General Purpose Photoelectric Sensors B263
Narrow-Beam Sensor Detects
Small Objects
• Small 2.5 mm beam diameter at 90 mm
sensing distance enables detection
through small holes or gaps
• Detect objects as small as 0.1 mm
diameter
• Adjustable distance setting of 90 ± 30 mm
• Visible red light beam simplifies alignment
for visual checking of sensing spot
position
• Integrated circuit design with advanced
LED assures long sensing distances
• High noise immunity against interference
from inverters and other inductive loads
• Rated IP67, withstands 1200 psi
washdown
• Switch-selectable, Light-ON/Dark-ON
operation
Narrow-Beam Sensors
Sensor
type
Setup Features Light
source
Sensing
distance
Connection
method
Model
NPN output PNP output
Diffuse
reflective
Detects
0.1 mm dia.
objects
Red
(650 nm)
90 ±30 mm Pre-wired E3Z-L61 E3Z-L81
4-pin M8
Connector
E3Z-L66 E3Z-L86
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-11
E3Z-LS
Background/Foreground Suppression Sensors B269
Miniature Distance-Settable Sensors
with Built-In Amplifiers
• Detect glossy/uneven surfaces with foreground
suppression
• Ignore objects beyond the set distance such
as a conveyor belt or rail using background
suppression
• Web/edge position detection sensors
(E3Z-LS63/-LS83) with 2 mm spot eliminate
background influences in printing, converting
and packaging
• Detect presence of strip and sheet materials
and non-woven fabric edges with 2% max.
differential travel to compensate for vibration
(E3Z-LS63/-LS83)
• Integrated circuit design with advanced LED
assures long sensing distances
• High noise immunity against interference from
inverters and other inductive loads
• Rated IP67, withstands 1200 psi washdown
• Switch-selectable, Light-ON/Dark-ON operation
Background/Foreground Suppression Sensors
BGS (Background Suppression) Selectable by
Changing Cable
ConnectionFGS (Foreground Suppression)
Ob
jects beyond the set
dist
ance, such as the
conv
eyor, will not be
de
tected. The hysteresis is
10
% or less, so at a set
dist
ance of 40 mm, steps
with
a thickness of 4 mm
can
be detected on objects.
ON (incident)
Distance
threshold
OFF (interrupted)
Conveyor (background)
ON (interrupted)
OFF
(incident)
Distance threshold
ON (interrupted)
Glossy, uneven objects are
reliably detected because
the OFF (incident) status
occurs only when the
conveyor is detected, and
ON (interrupted) status
occurs only when an object
exists or when reflected lig
ht
is not returned to the
Sensor. (Depending on the
shape of the object, an OFF-
delay timer may be
required.)
Conveyor
(background)
Light level
threshold (fixed)
(for Light-ON setting)
(for Dark-ON setting)
Sensor
type
Setup Features Light
source
Sensing distance Connection
method
Model
NPN output PNP output
Distance
settable
Resists interference
from fluorescent
lighting
Red
(680 nm)
Background setting
20 to 200 mm
Foreground setting
40 to 200+ mm
Pre-wired E3Z-LS61 E3Z-LS81
4-pin M8
Connector
E3Z-LS66 E3Z-LS86
Web/edge position
detector
Red
(650 nm)
Background setting
2 to 80 mm
Pre-wired E3Z-LS63 E3Z-LS83
4-pin M8
Connector
E3Z-LS68 E3Z-LS88
A
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
A-12
E3Z-K Oil-Resistant Photoelectric Sensors B264
Oil-Resistant Sensors with Built-In
Amplifiers
• Sensor housing includes special coating
to resist effects in environments subject to
high pH oil mists, coolants and medium pH
detergents that aggressively attach sensors
• Long distance sensing: 15 m through-beam
models; 3 m retro-reflective; 1 m diffuse-
reflective
• High noise immunity against interference from
inverters and other inductive loads
• Rated IP67, withstands 1200 psi washdown
• Switch-selectable, Light-ON/Dark-ON operation
Sensor Type
Sensor
type
Setup Features Light
source
Sensing
distance
Connection
method
Model
NPN output PNP output
Through-
beam
— Infrared
(870 nm)
15 m Pre-wired E3Z-T61K E3Z-T81K
Pigtail,
4-pin M8
E3Z-T61K-M3J 0.3M E3Z-T81K-M3J 0.3M
Retro-
reflective
Polarized;
Order
reflector
separately
Red
(660 nm)
0.1 to 4 m with
E39-R1S
reflector
0.1 to 3 m with
E39-R1 reflector
Pre-wired E3Z-R61K E3Z-R81K
Pigtail,
4-pin M8
E3Z-R61K-M3J 0.3M E3Z-R81K-M3J 0.3M
Diffuse
reflective
Wide view Infrared
(860 nm)
5 to 100 mm Pre-wired E3Z-D61K E3Z-D81K
Pigtail,
4-pin M8
E3Z-D61K-M3J 0.3M E3Z-D81K-M3J 0.3M
Standard 1 m Pre-wired E3Z-D62K E3Z-D82K
Pigtail,
4-pin M8
E3Z-D62K-M3J 0.3M E3Z-D82K-M3J 0.3M
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-13
E3S-CL Photoelectric Sensors B249
Distance-Settable Sensor in Metal Housing
• Minimal black/white error for highest
reliability detecting differently colored objects
• Setting distance up to 500 mm with reliable
background suppression
• Stable detection regardless of the target
workpiece color, material or size
• Simple to set distance with 6-turn adjustor and indicator
Long Distance Sensor in Plastic Housing
Long distance retro-reflective and teachable
distance-settable sensors in plastic housing.
• Distance-settable model with 1.2 m maximum
setting distance
• Light-On/Dark-On operation, NPN/PNP output
switch selectable
Sensor
type
Light
source
Sensing distance Connection method Model
Distance-
settable
(background
suppression)
Red
(700 mm) Setting range
40 to 200 mm
Max. setting
Detecting range
5
Min. setting
2 m — E3S-CL1
—5 M12 E3S-CL1-M1J
Infrared
(860 mm)
5 50mm
Setting range
50 to 500 mm
Max. setting
Detecting range
500mm
5
5 to 500 mm
Min. setting
2 m — E3S-CL2
—5 M12 E3S-CL2-M1J
Sensor type Sensing distance Connection method Model
M12
Retro-reflective with M.S.R. 0.5 to 10 m
measured with
E39-R2
— 2 m E3G-R13-G 2M
5—E3G-R17-G
Distance-settable (background
suppression)
0.2 to 2 m
(0.2 to 1.2 m distance-settable)
— 2 m E3G-L73 2M
5—E3G-L77
E3G Photoelectric Sensors B228
A
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
A-14
E3JK Photoelectric Sensors B227
All Voltage (AC/DC) Photoelectric
Sensor in Plastic Housing
The square sized E3JK family uses 12 to
240 VDC and 24 to 240 VAC supply voltage
• Retro-reflective models accurately detect
shiny objects
• Relay outputs with long life expectancy
and high switching capacity (3 A, 250 VAC)
• cUL recognized
Sensor type Sensing distance Connection
method
Operation mode Model
Through-beam 5 m (Infrared light)
2 m
Light ON E3JK-5M1-N-US
Dark ON E3JK-5M2-N-US
Retro-reflective with M.S.R. 2 m measured with E39-R1
(Red light)
Light ON E3JK-R2M1-US
Dark ON E3JK-R2M2-US
Retro-reflective without M.S.R. 4 m (adjustable) measured
with E39-R1
(Red light)
Light ON E3JK-R4M1-US
Dark ON E3JK-R4M2-US
Diffuse-reflective 300 mm (adjustable)
(Infrared light)
Light ON E3JK-DS30M1-US
Dark ON E3JK-DS30M2-US
Note: All part numbers include mounting hardware, Retro-reflective models include E39-R1 reflector.
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-15
E3JM Photoelectric Sensors B226
Long Distance All Voltage (AC/DC)
Photoelectric Sensor
The E3G-M series offers the long sensing
distance of the E3G family for all voltage
(AC/DC) installations.
• 12 to 240 VDC and 24 to 240 VAC
• Terminal block connection
Sensor type Sensing distance Connection method Timer Function Model
Relay output
Retro-reflective with
M.S.R.
0.5 to 10 m with E39-R2
reflector (Red light)
Terminal block —E3G-MR19-G
ON or OFF delay 0 to 5 s
(adjustable)
E3G-MR19T-G
Distance-settable
(background detection)
0.2 to 2 m (0.2 to 1.2 m
distance-settable)
(Infrared light)
— E3G-ML79-G
ON or OFF delay 0 to 5 s
(adjustable)
E3G-ML79T-G
All Voltage (AC/DC) Photoelectric
Sensor in Plastic Housing
The square sized E3JM family uses 12 to 240
VDC and 24 to 240 VAC supply voltage, an
enhanced sensing distance and a timer function.
• Easy to wire terminal block speeds installation
and servicing
• Relay or solid state relay output
• Timer function models available
• Mounting hardware and terminal protection
cover included
Sensor type Sensing
distance
Connection
method
Operation mode Model
Relay output DC SSR output
NPN Output PNP Output
Through-beam 10 m
(Infrared
light)
Terminal
block (with
PG 13.5
conduit
opening)
—E3JM-10M4-US E3JM-10S4-US
OMS
E3JM-10R4-US
ON or OFF delay 0.1 s
to 5 s (adjustable)
F3JM-10M4T-US F3JM-10S4T-US E3JM-10R4T-US
Retro-reflective
with M.S.R.
4 m with
E39-R1
reflector
(Red light)
—E3JM-R4M4-US E3JM-R4S4-US E3JM-R4R4-US
ON or OFF delay 0.1 s
to 5 s (adjustable)
E3JM-R4M4T-US E3JM-R4S4T-US E3JM-R4R4T-US
Diffuse-
reflective
700 mm
(adjustable)
(Infrared
light)
—E3JM-DS70M4-US E3JM-DS70S4-US E3JM-DS70R4-US
ON or OFF delay 0.1 s
to 5 s (adjustable)
E3JM-DS70M4T-
US
E3JM-DS70S4T-
US
E3JM-DS70R4T-
US
E3G-M Photoelectric Sensors B228
A
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
A-16
E3T Photoelectric Sensors B224
Photoelectric Sensor in Miniature
Plastic Housing
Small sized photoelectric sensors in flat, side
view and M5 cylindrical shapes for demanding
mounting conditions.
• Small size with precision pinpoint LED
• 3.5 mm flat model with reliable background
suppression and small black/white error
• Unique optical alignment technology
ensuring minimal deviation of optical axis
• High EMC and ambient light immunity
Sensor type Sensing distance Connection Method Operation
mode
Model (note 1)
NPN output PNP output
Through-beam 1 m
2 m
To order pigtail connector versions, replace “2M” for cable types if present, then add a suffix:
- M1TJ 0.3M: M12 with 30 cm cable
- M3J 0.3M: M8 4-pin with 30 cm cable
Light- ON E3T-ST11 E3T-ST13
Dark-ON E3T-ST12 E3T-ST14
300 mm Light- ON E3T-ST21 E3T-ST23
Dark-ON E3T-ST22 E3T-ST24
Through-beam 500 mm Light- ON E3T-FT11 E3T-FT13
Dark-ON E3T-FT12 E3T-FT14
300 mm Light- ON E3T-FT21 E3T-FT23
Dark-ON E3T-FT22 E3T-FT24
Through-beam, M5 1 m Dark-ON E3T-CT12 E3T-CT14
Through-beam, M5 500 m Dark-ON E3T-CT22S E3T-CT24S
Retro-reflective
(note 3)
30 to 200 mm on
reflectors/ 10 to 100
mm on reflective foils
(note 2)
Light- ON E3T-SR41-C E3T-SR43-C
Dark-ON E3T-SR42-C E3T-SR44-C
Diffuse-reflective 5 to 30 mm Light- ON E3T-FD11 E3T-FD13
Dark-ON E3T-FD12 E3T-FD14
Diffuse-reflective (with adjuster), M6 3-50 mm Dark-ON E3T-CD11 E3T-CD13
Limited-reflective 5 to 15 mm Light- ON E3T-SL11 E3T-SL13
Dark-ON E3T-SL12 E3T-SL14
5 to 30 mm Light- ON E3T-SL21 E3T-SL23
Dark-ON E3T-SL22 E3T-SL24
Diffuse-reflective
(background
suppression)
1 to 15 mm Light- ON E3T-FL11 E3T-FL13
Dark-ON E3T-FL12 E3T-FL14
1 to 30 mm Light- ON E3T-FL21 E3T-FL23
Dark-ON E3T-FL22 E3T-FL24
Note: 1- For pre-wired models with robotic cables add ‘-R’ to the order code (example: E3T-FT21R 2M)
2- The distances are measured with reflector E39-R4 and reflective foil E39-R37-CA. For applications with shorter distances between the sensor
and the reflector contact your Omron Automation and Safety representative. Light-ON E3T-SR41-C 2M*3
3- Order reflector separately. Models with included reflectors are available.
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-17
E3S-A Photoelectric Sensors B232
High Performance Small DC Sensors
• Enclosure meets NEMA 4X, 6 and IP67
• User-friendly features for ease of installation
and use
• Timer/alarm/turbo aiming tool models available
• Light-ON/Dark-ON, switch selectable
• Mounting bracket E39-L69 supplied with
horizontal sensors
• Mounting bracket E39-L70 supplied with
vertical sensors
• Polarized retro-reflective sensors include
E39-R1 reflector
• Through-beam sensors include both emitter
and receiver
• Pre-wired versions have 2 m cable;
M12 4-pin connector versions available
Long-range Sensing for Door Control
and Material Handling Applications
• AC/DC sensor for heavy-duty switching
requirements
• Long sensing distances:
• Retro-reflective: 10 m, includes E39-R1
reflector
• Diffuse-reflective: 2 m
• Clean interior, easy-to-wire terminal strip
• Plug-in replaceable relay output
• Timer modules available
• Rated IP67, NEMA 4X, 6 for washdown
E3K Photoelectric Sensors B242
A
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
A-18
Sensing method Focus Sensing distance Spot diameter Ratings Connection Model
Limited-reflective Spot 70 ±15 mm 0.1 mm Laser Class 1,
IP65
2 m robot cable
to amplifier
E3NC-LH01 2M
Diffuse-reflective
Variable spot
1200 mm max. 0.8 mm or larger E3NC-LH01 2M
Ordering Information
E3NC-L Sensing Heads
E3NC-L Amplifier Units
Inputs/outputs Connection method Connection media E3NC-L Amplifier Model
NPN PNP
1 In + 2 Out Pre-wired 2 m PVC cable E3NC-LA21 2M E23NC-LA51 2M
1 in + 1 Out Connector E3X-CN cables E3NC-LA7 E3NC-LA9
2 Out Comm Unit for E3NW E3X-CN02 E3NC-LA0
Applicable Sensor Head Model
E3NC-LH01 E39-L186
E3NC-LH02 E39-L185
E3NC-SH100 E39-L188
E3NC-SH250 E39-L187
Head Mounting Brackets
Sensing method Detected level
difference
Sensing
distance
Spot diameter Ratings Connection Model
Diffuse-reflective 35 to 50 mm: 1.5 mm;
50 to 100 mm: 3 mm
35 to
100 mm
0.5 mm Laser Class 1,
IP67
2 m robot cable
to amplifier
E3NC-SH100 2M
35 to 180 mm: 9 mm;
180 to 250 mm: 25 mm
35 to
250 mm
1 mm E3NC-SH250 2M
E3NC-S Sensing Heads
E3NC-S Amplifier Units
Inputs/outputs Connection method Connection media E3NC-S Amplifier Model
NPN PNP
1 In + 2 Out Pre-wired 2 m PVC cable E3NC-SA21 2M E23NC-SA51 2M
1 in + 1 Out Connector E3X-CN cables E3NC-SA7 E3NC-SA9
2 Out Comm Unit for E3NW E3X-CN02 E3NC-SA0
Type Cable length No. of Conductors Model
Master Connector 2 m 4 E3X-CN21
Slave Connector 2 E3X-CN22
Connectors
B289
B292
E3NC Laser Photoelectric Sensors B289
Laser Position Verification Sensors
with Long Range or Variable Spot Size
• Compact, lightweight sensing heads
• Slim DIN rail mounting amplifiers
• Simple setup with 3 types of tuning
• CMOS triangulation model E3NC-S detects
regardless of surface or color
• EtherCAT communication available
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-19
Variable Laser Beam Sensors
The E3C-LDA sensors for high-speed
gauging applications combine compact
Class II laser sensing heads with slim DIN-
mount amplifiers.
• Sensing heads offer variable focal point
and optical axis alignment
• Safe Class II lasers require no special
protective hardware
• Dual digital display on the amplifier
simplifies setup and monitoring
• Selectable detection modes with response
speed as fast as 100 μs
Sensing
method
Beam shape Sensing distance Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Model
Diffuse reflec-
tive
Spot, 0.8 mm max. 30 mm to 1 m 25 x 12.8 x 33 E3C-LD11
Line, 33 mm L E3C-LD21
Area, 33 x 15 mm 27 x 13.2 x 36 E3C-LD31
Coaxial retro-
reflective with
mirror surface
rejection
Variable spot (0.8 mm dia.)
Up to 7 m with E39-R12 25 x 12.8 x 39 E3C-LR11
Line, 28 mm L Up to 1.7 m with E39-R12 E3C-LR11 + E39-P31
Area, 28 x 16 mm Up to 900 mm with E39-R12 E3C-LR11 + E39-P41
Fixed spot (2 mm dia.) Up to 7 m with E39-R12 E3C-LR12
Ordering Information
Sensing Heads
Amplifiers
Connector Description Functions Output ratings Model
NPN output PNP output
Pre-wired
models
Analog + Discrete
outputs
Area output, differential
operation
1 to 5 VDC,
50 mA at 26.4 VDC
E3C-LDA11AN E3C-LDA41AN
Two discrete outputs Area output, differential
operation, self-diag-
nostics
2 x 50 mA at 26.4 VDC E3C-LDA11 E3C-LDA41
External input +
Discrete output
Built-in counter,
differential operation,
remote setting
1 x 50 mA at 26.4 VDC E3C-LDA21 E3C-LDA51
Connector Two discrete outputs Area output, differential
operation,
self-diagnostics
2 x 50 mA at 26.4 VDC E3C-LDA6 E3C-LDA8
External input +
Discrete output
Built-in counter,
differential operation,
remote setting
1 x 50 mA at 26.4 VDC E3C-LDA7 E3C-LDA9
Description Compatible amplifiers Cable length Conductors Model
Master connector (for first unit) E3C-LDA6, E3C-LDA7,
E3C-LDA8, E3C-LDA9
2 m 3 E3X-CN11
Slave connector (for second
and additional units)
4 E3X-CN21
1 E3X-CN12
2 E3X-CN22
Connectors
C429
E3C-LDA Measurement Sensors
A
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
A-20
F3ET2 Photoelectric Sensor
New Non-Safety Discrete Output
Light Grid
The F3ET2 light grids provide reliable area
detection in robust IP65 aluminum housing.
• Light grids detect area heights from
150 mm up to 2100 mm
• Optical synchronization for reliable
operation without additional wiring
• NPN/PNP and Light-ON / Dark-ON
selectable
• Brackets included with Light Grids
• Connects with M12, 5-wire cable
Ordering Information
Sensor Type Detection
Area (mm)
Pitch Sensing
Distance**
Number of
Beams
Detectable Object
Size
Output* Model
Through-beam 150 5 mm 3 m 30 10 mm min.
PNP/NPN
F3ET2-005-150
18 mm 15 m 8
30 mm min. F3ET2-018-150
300
5 mm 3 m
60
10 mm min. F3ET2-005-300
18 mm 15 m 16
30 mm min. F3ET2-018-300
450
5 mm 3 m
90
10 mm min. F3ET2-005-450
18 mm 15 m 24
30 mm min. F3ET2-018-450
600
5 mm 3 m
120
10 mm min. F3ET2-005-600
18 mm 15 m 32
30 mm min. F3ET2-018-600
900
5 mm 3 m
180
10 mm min. F3ET2-005-900
18 mm 15 m 48
30 mm min. F3ET2-018-900
1200
5 mm 3 m
240
10 mm min. F3ET2-005-1200
18 mm 15 m 64
30 mm min. F3ET2-018-1200
1500
5 mm 3 m
300
10 mm min. F3ET2-005-1500
18 mm 15 m 80
30 mm min. F3ET2-018-1500
1800
5 mm 3 m
360
10 mm min. F3ET2-005-1800
18 mm 15 m 96
30 mm min. F3ET2-018-1800
2100 18 mm 15 m 112
30 mm min. F3ET2-018-2100
*Light-ON / Dark-ON selectable
**The maximum sensing distance between the Transmitter and Receiver light grids
B634
5 pin
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-21
F3EM2 Photoelectric Sensor
New Non-Safety Analog Output
Light Grid
The F3ET2 light grids provide reliable area
monitoring in robust IP65 aluminum housing.
• Analog output for simple height detection
• Light grids detect area heights from
150 mm up to 2100 mm
• Optical synchronization for reliable
operation without additional wiring
• Brackets included with Light Grids
• Connects with M12, 5-wire cable
Ordering Information
Sensor Type Measurement
Range (mm)
Pitch Sensing
Distance*
Number
of Beams
Detectable Object
Size
Analog
Output
Model
Through-beam 150 5 mm 3 m 30 10 mm min. 0-10 VDC
(12 bits)
F3EM2-005-150-AV
18 mm 15 m 8
30 mm min. F3EM2-018-150-AV
300
5 mm 3 m
60
10 mm min. F3EM2-005-300-AV
18 mm 15 m 16
30 mm min. F3EM2-018-300-AV
450
5 mm 3 m
90
10 mm min. F3EM2-005-450-AV
18 mm 15 m 24
30 mm min. F3EM2-018-450-AV
600
5 mm 3 m
120
10 mm min. F3EM2-005-600-AV
18 mm 15 m 32
30 mm min. F3EM2-018-600-AV
900
5 mm 3 m
180
10 mm min. F3EM2-005-900-AV
18 mm 15 m 48
30 mm min. F3EM2-018-900-AV
1200
5 mm 3 m
240
10 mm min. F3EM2-005-1200-AV
18 mm 15 m 64
30 mm min. F3EM2-018-1200-AV
1500
5 mm 3 m
300
10 mm min. F3EM2-005-1500-AV
18 mm 15 m 80
30 mm min. F3EM2-018-1500-AV
1800
5 mm 3 m
360
10 mm min. F3EM2-005-1800-AV
18 mm 15 m 96
30 mm min. F3EM2-018-1800-AV
2100 18 mm 15 m 112
30 mm min. F3EM2-018-2100-AV
*The maximum sensing distance between the Transmitter and Receiver light grids
B633
5 pin
A
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
A-22
E3S-C Photoelectric Sensor B262
Long Distance Sensor in
Oil-Resistant, Metal Case
• Long sensing distances: 30 m through-
beam; 3 m polarized retro-reflective;
2 m or 0.7 m diffuse reflective
• Rugged zinc die cast housing protects
against vibration (10 Hz to 2 kHz) and
shock (up to approx. 100 G)
• Meets IP67 and NEMA 4X, 6P for water
washdown
• High visibility indicators for light incidence
and stability
• Light-ON and Dark-ON operation
selectable
Metal Body Sensors
Sensing
type
Setup Features Light
source
Sensing
distance
Connection
method
Model
Through-
beam Horizontal
Includes E39-L102
mounting bracket
Infrared
(880 nm)
30 m
Using E39-S61 slits:
4 mm slit: 15 m
2 mm slit: 7 m
1 mm slit: 3.5 m
0.5 mm slit: 1.8 m
Pre-wired E3S-CT11
M12 4-pin
connector
E3S-CT16
Vertical
Includes E39-L103
mounting bracket
Pre-wired E3S-CT61
M12 4-pin
connector
E3S-CT66
Retro-
reflective
Horizontal
Polarized; includes
E39-R1 reflector
and
E39-L102 mounting
bracket
Red
(700 nm)
0 to 3 with E39-R1
reflector (included);
Optional reflectors:
E39-R2: 0 to 4 m
E39-R3: 0 to 150 cm
E39-R4: 0 to 75 cm
E39-RSA: 5 to 35 cm
E39-RSB: 5 to 60 cm
Pre-wired E3S-CR11
M12 4-pin
connector
E3S-CR16
Vertical
Polarized; includes
E39-R1 reflector
and
E39-L103 mounting
bracket
Pre-wired E3S-CR61
M12 4-pin
connector
E3S-CR66
Diffuse
reflective Horizontal
includes E39-L102
mounting bracket
Infrared
(880 nm)
0 to 70 cm Pre-wired E3S-CD11
M12 4-pin
connector
E3S-CD16
Vertical
Includes E39-L103
mounting bracket
Pre-wired E3S-CD61
M12 4-pin
connector
E3S-CD66
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-23
F3UV UV Power Monitors B256
UV Power Monitor for Sterilizing and
Curing Operations
• Monitor ultraviolet light (UV) intensity or
wavelength to maintain effective levels for
critical processes
• Compact monitors fit tight inspection
spaces on existing machinery
• Built-in amplifier models detect incident UV
light power in two ranges (1 to 30 mW/cm2
or 0.2 to 3 mW/cm2) and provide a 1-5 V
analog output
• Fiber-optic detection heads and separate
amplifiers detect in two ranges (10 to 300
mW/cm2 or 30 to 300 mW/cm2)
• Fiber-optic monitor available with
judgment, answer-back and
current/voltage analog outputs
A
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
A-24
E39-L Mounting Brackets B299
Photoelectric Sensor Mounting
Brackets
• Brackets enhance mounting flexibility
• Protective mounts fortify sensors
• Height adjustable and rotating mounts
available
Reflectors Return Light to
Retro-reflective Photoelectric
Sensors and Photomicrosensors
• Corner cube reflectors return maximum
light with minimal scattering
• Reflectors extend or shorten sensing
distance
• Hard acrylic reflectors are backed by ABS
plastic
• Easy-to-apply, adhesive-backed reflectors
available
• Sensor data sheets show recommended
reflector models
E39-R Reflectors B298
B-i
Fiber-optic Sensors
Contents
Selection Guide B-ii
Fiber-optic Sensor Heads
E32 Standard Cylindrical
Sensor Heads
B-1
E32 Square Shape Sensor
Heads
B-2
E32 Miniature Sensor Heads B-3
E32 Longer Distance Sensor
Heads
B-4
E32 Built-in Lens Sensor Heads B-5
E32 Robot Application Heads B-5
E32 Chemical Resistant Sensor
Heads
B-6
E32 Heat Resistant Sensor
Heads
B-7
E32 Vacuum Resistant Sensor
Heads
B-8
E32 Precision Detection
Sensor Heads
B-9
E32 Area Monitoring Sensor
Heads
B-10
E32 Special Application Sensor
Heads
B-11
Fiber-optic Sensor Amplifiers
E3X-HD Easy-Teach Digital
Amplifier
B-12
E3NX-FA Advanced Functionality
Amplifier
B-13
E3X-NA Bar Graph Amplifiers B-14
E3X-SD Single Display Amplifiers B-14
E3X-DA-S High Function Amplifier B-15
E3X-DA-SE-S Digital Amplifier with One
Button Teaching
B-16
E3X-MDA Dual Fiber Amplifier B-17
E3X-NA-F Fast Response Amplifier B-17
E3X-DAC-S Color Mark Detection
Amplifier
B-18
E3X-DAH-S Infrared LED Amplifier B-18
Network Communication Interface Units
E3X-ECT/
E3X-CRT/
E3X-DRT21S/
E3X-DRT21/
E3X-CIF11
E3X Communication Units B-19
B
Heat, chemical
vaccuum resistant
E32 Harsh
environment
Robotic
applications
E32 Robot
Area
monitoring
E32 Area
monitoring
Precision
detection
E32 Precision
Special
application
E32 Special
Special Applications
Robot fibers
withstand over 1
million bending
cycles
Heat resistant up
to 400°C
Area monitoring
up to 70mm beam
width
Coaxial or limited
reflective models,
up to 100µm
resolution, variable
focal lenses or fine
beam
Special solutions
for liquid level,
color, mark, wafer
detection, etc.
2 in 1
double amplifier
E3X-MDA
Fast response
E3X-NA-F
Color
(RGB) amplifier
E3X-DAC-S
Infrared LED
E3X-DAH-S
Infrared
Special Applications
Short turn on time
of 20µs
High stability
E3NX-FA
Simple one button
setting; detects
large and low-
reflection targets;
light intensity and
incidence
compensation for
stability.
AND, OR signal
Infrared LED
comparison of
two input signals
saving space and
set-up time
White LED and RGB
ratio comparison for
challenging color
and mark detection
Infrared LED
THE SIMPLICITY OF HIGH PERFORMANCE IN
CHALLENGING AREAS
With over 500 different fiber heads we offer one of the most comprehensive fiber portfolios
bringing reliable detection to smallest spaces or most challenging environments. The easy
usage and auto adjustment features of the fiber amplifiers provide highest stability and
performance reducing setup and adjustment times.
Longer distance:
Square housing:
E32 Miniature
E32 Square
E32 Longer
distance
E32 Standard cylindrical
Standard cylindrical fiber heads
• Easy installation and long sensor lifetime
for all general applications
• High flex fibers and 90° models for fiber
breakage prevention
4000 mm
2100 mm
490 mm
210 mm
Smaller size:
Fiber-optic Amplifiers and Sensor Heads
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
B-ii
Heat, chemical
vaccuum resistant
E32 Harsh
environment
Robotic
applications
E32 Robot
Area
monitoring
E32 Area
monitoring
Precision
detection
E32 Precision
Special
application
E32 Special
Special Applications
Robot fibers
withstand over 1
million bending
cycles
Heat resistant up
to 400°C
Area monitoring
up to 70mm beam
width
Coaxial or limited
reflective models,
up to 100µm
resolution, variable
focal lenses or fine
beam
Special solutions
for liquid level,
color, mark, wafer
detection, etc.
2 in 1
double amplifier
E3X-MDA
Fast response
E3X-NA-F
Color
(RGB) amplifier
E3X-DAC-S
Infrared LED
E3X-DAH-S
Infrared
Special Applications
Short turn on time
of 20µs
High stability
E3NX-FA
Simple one button
setting; detects
large and low-
reflection targets;
light intensity and
incidence
compensation for
stability.
AND, OR signal
Infrared LED
comparison of
two input signals
saving space and
set-up time
White LED and RGB
ratio comparison for
challenging color
and mark detection
Infrared LED
Advanced functionality:
E3X-NA /
E3X-SD
E3NX-FA
E3X-HD
Dual digital display amplifier
• Easy 1-button teaching
• Auto-teaching during operation
• Auto power control for long term stability
Basic functionality:
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-iii
B
Type Cylindrical Square shape Miniature Longer
distance
Chemical
resistant Heat resistant
Model
E32 Standard
Cylindrical
E32 Square
Shape E32 Miniature E32 Longer
Distance
E32 Chemical
Resistant
E32 Heat
Resistant
Key features •
Standard and
high-flex fibers
•
Sizes M3 to M6
•
3 or 4 mm
thin housing
•
Models in X,Y
or Z-axis
•
Direct mounting
without bracket
•
Sizes from
500 μm to
3 mm dia
•
Bendable
sleeves
•
Built in focal
lenses
•
Fluoroplastic
cover or
coating
•
Heat resistant
up to 400°C
Through-
beam
4000 mm 3000 mm 3000 mm 20 m 4000 mm 4000 mm
Diffuse-
reflective
2100 mm 1260 mm 1260 mm 4000 mm 1260 mm 1680 mm
Type Vacuum
resistant
Robot
applications
Precision
detection
Area
monitoring
Special
application
Model
E32 Vacuum
Resistant E32 Robot E32 Precision
Detection
E32 Area
Monitoring E32 Special
Key features •
Leakage rate of
1x10-10 Pa*m3/s
max
•
Free moving
multicore fibers
for >1 Mio
bending cycles
•
Detection
accuracy up to
100 μm
•
Coaxial fibers
•
Adjustable
focal points
•
Area monitoring
up to 70 mm
beam width
•
Detection of
special objects
(wafer, liquid
level, flat glass,
print mark, etc.)
Through-
beam
2000 mm 3750 mm 4000 mm 4000 mm 4000 mm
Diffuse-
reflective
–
1260 mm 300 mm 1050 mm 300 mm
*1 Sensing distance varies depending on the amplifier used. These sensing distances were measured with the Giga mode of the E3NX-FA
.
Fiber-optic Sensor Heads
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
B-iv
Type Easy Teach Digital Advanced Functionality Bar Graph/Single Display
Model
E3X-HD E3NX-FA E3X-NA, E3X-SD
Key features •
Simple 1 button setting
•
Compensates for light reduction
from grime, deterioration
•
Longest sensing ranges
•
White LED display
•
Advanced Smart Tuning
•
Predictive Maintenance DPC
•
Easy adjustment by
potentiometer
•
Bar graph gain display (-NA)
Response time
(min.)
50 µs 30 μs 200 μs
Type High functionality Easy Teach Double Amplifier
Model
E3X-DA-S E3X-DA-SE-S E3X-MDA
Key features •
High functionality signal
processing (timer, counter, power
tuning, etc.)
•
1 button object teaching
•
Auto teach during operation
•
2 inputs with AND, OR signal
comparison
Response time
(min.)
1 ms
(80 μs in high speed mode)
1 ms 1 ms
(130 μs in high speed mode)
Fiber-optic Amplifiers
Type High Speed
Color/Print Mark Detection
Infrared LED
Model
E3X-NA-F E3X-DAC-S E3X-DAH-S
Key features •
Fastest response time of Omron
fiber amplifiers
•
White LED and RGB ratio
comparison
•
Infrared LED
Response time
(min.)
20 μs 1 ms
(60 μs in super high speed)
1 ms
(55 μs in super high speed)
Fiber-optic Amplifiers and Sensors
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-v
B
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
B-1
E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B533
Standard Cylindrical Sensor Heads
The standard cylindrical fiber-optic sensing
heads provide reliable object detection, easy
installation and long sensor lifetime for all
general applications.
• High-flex fibers and 90° cable exit reduce
fiber breakage
• Models with hexagonal back for simplified
one-nut mounting
• Sizes M3 to M6
Sensor type Size Sensing distance (mm)*1 Model
Standard High-flex Fiber Standard Fiber High-flex
Through-beam
M4 760 530 E32-TC200 E32-T11R
M3 220 130 E32-TC200E E32-T21R
Through-beam
M4 — 530 — E32-T11N 2M
Retro-reflective
M6 250*2 — E32-R21 —
Diffuse-reflective
M6 300 170 E32-DC200 E32-D11R 2M
M4 80 30 E32-D211 2M E32-D211R 2M
M3 80 30 E32-DC200E E32-D21R 2M
Diffuse-reflective
M6 — 170 — E32-D11N 2M
Diffuse-reflective
6 mm dia 110 45 E32-D14L E32-D14LR
*1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family.
Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.
*2 Measured with E39-R3 reflector
Hi-flex multicore fibers for flex-
ibility in installation without fiber
breakage
Models with hexagonal back for
simple one-nut mounting
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-2
E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B532
Square Shape Sensor Heads
The fiber heads in square shaped housing
provide fast and easy installation on flat
surfaces.
• Models with sensing direction in X, Y or Z
axis
• 3 or 4 mm thick housings for minimal
height requirement
• Standard or high-flex fibers
Sensor type Size (mm) Sensing distance (mm)*1 Model
Standard Fiber High-flex Fiber Standard Fiber High-flex Fiber
Through-beam
15 x 8 x 3 760 560 E32-T15X 2M E32-T15XR 2M
Through-beam
15 x 8 x 3 460 210 E32-T15Y 2M E32-T15YR 2M
Through-beam
15 x 8 x 3 460 480 E32-T15Z 2M E32-T15ZR 2M
Diffuse-reflective
15 x 10 x 3 300 170 E32-D15X 2M E32-D15XR 2M
Diffuse-reflective
15 x 10 x 3 100 40 E32-D15Y 2M E32-D15YR 2M
Diffuse-reflective
15 x 10 x 3 100 60 E32-D15Z 2M E32-D15ZR 2M
Through-beam
24.5 x 10 x 3 890 — E32-A03-1 2M —
20.5 x 2 x 2 340 — E32-A04-1 2M —
*1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family.
Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.
Space saving and fast mounting
without additional brackets
Precise positioning during manufactur-
ing for 90° optics to achieve minimal
tolerance variations in optical output
axis angle
B
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
B-3
E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B526
Miniature Sensor Heads
The miniature fiber heads provide high
accuracy in smallest spaces and reliable
detection of miniature objects.
• Sizes from 500 μm diameter to 3 mm
diameter
• Side view models with precision axis
alignment for highest accuracy
• Bendable sleeves for precision positioning
Sensor type Size Sensing distance (mm)*1 Model
Standard Fiber High-flex Fiber Standard Fiber High-flex Fiber
Through-beam
3 mm dia 750 530 E32-T12 2M E32-T12R
2 mm dia 220 130 E32-T22 E32-T22R 2M
1.5 mm dia 220 130 E32-T222 2M E32-T222R 2M
1 mm dia — 130 — E32-T223R 2M
Through-beam
3 mm dia 460 210 E32-T14L E32-T14LR
2 mm dia 340 — E32-A04 —
Through-beam
1 mm dia 130 50 E32-T24 E32-T24R
Through-beam
1.2 mm dia 750 530 E32-TC200B E32-TC200BR
0.9 mm dia 220 130 E32-TC200F E32-TC200FR
Diffuse-reflective
3 mm dia 80 30 E32-D22 2M E32-D22R
2 mm dia 75 40 E32-D32 E32-D32R 2M
1.5 mm dia — 30 — E32-D22B
Diffuse-reflective
2 mm dia 30 15 E32-D24 E32-D24R
Diffuse-reflective
2.5 mm dia 300 170 E32-DC200B *3 E32-DC200BR *3
1.2 mm dia 80 30 E32-DC200F E32-DC200FR
Diffuse-reflective
0.8 mm dia — 16 — E32-D33
0.5 mm dia — 3 — E32-D331
*1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family.
Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.
*2 Models with 40 mm sleeve instead of 90 mm sleeve are available by adding ’4’ to the order code at the end, e.g. E32-TC200B4
*3 Sleeve cannot be bent
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-4
E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B525
Longer Distance Sensor Heads
With built-in focal lenses the longer distance
fiber heads provide enhanced operational
stability in dusty environments or long
distance applications
• Sensing distance up to 20 m
• Built-in focal lens
• Sizes from 2 mm dia to M14 dia
Sensor type Size Sensing distance (mm)*1 Model
Through-beam
M14 20000 E32-T17L
Through-beam
25.2 x 10.5 x 8 mm 3400 E32-T14
Through-beam
M4 1330 E32-T11L
M3 680 E32-TC200A
Through-beam
3 mm dia 1330 E32-T12L
2 mm dia 440 E32-T22L
Reflector
Convergent-reflective
21.4 x 27 x 10 mm 1500 *2 E32-R16
Diffuse-reflective
22 x 17.5 x 9 mm 700 E32-D16
Diffuse-reflective
M6 400 E32-D11L
M4 130 E32-D21L
Diffuse-reflective
3 mm dia 450 E32-D12
*1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family.
Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.
*2 Measured with E39-R1
Light emission of conventional
fibers
With built-in focal lenses, lon-
ger sensing distances can be
achieved up to 5 times longer
compared to conventional
sensors
B
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
B-5
E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads
E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads
Robot Application Sensor Heads
For applications on frequently or fast moving
parts, the robot fibers reduce the risk of fiber
breakage with a guaranteed operational life
of more than 1 million bending cycles
• Free moving multicore fibers for more than
1 million bending cycles
• Square shapes for easy surface installation
• Cylindrical sizes from 1.5 mm dia to M6
Sensor type Size Sensing distance
(in mm)*1
Model
Through-beam
M4 680 E32-T11
M3 200 E32-T21
Through-beam
3 mm dia 680 E32-T12B 2M
2 mm dia 200 E32-T221B 2M
1.5 mm dia 200 E32-T22B
Through-beam
15 x 18 x 3 mm 680 E32-T15XB
Diffuse-reflective
M6 170 E32-D11
M4 70 E32-D21B
M3 30 E32-D21
Diffuse-reflective
1.5 mm dia 30 E32-D22B
Diffuse-reflective
15 x 10 x 3 mm 170 E32-D15XB 2M
*1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family.
Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.
Built-in Lens Sensor Heads
• Achieve high power, focused beam
detection without the need to attach a lens
• 15° beam aperture angle
• Standard or Flexible fiber options
• M4 through-beams and M6 Diffuse
reflective fibers
Sensor type Size Sensing distance
(mm)*1
Model
Through-beam M4 4,000 E32-LT11 2M
4,000 E32-LT11R 2M
Diffuse-reflective M6 860 E32-LD11 2M
840 E32-LD11R 2M
*1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-HD family.
Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3NX-FA.
B528
B322
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-6
E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads
Chemical Resistant Sensor Heads
The chemical resistant fibers provide long
sensor lifetime in areas with frequent
cleaning, usage of chemicals and higher
temperatures.
• Fluoroplastic cover for highest chemical
resistance
• Temperature resistance up to 200°C
Sensor type Size Sensing distance (mm)*1 Cover material Model
Through-beam
M4 680 Fluororesin coating E32-T11U
Through-beam
5 mm dia 3,000 Fluororesin cover E32-T12F
Through-beam
5 mm dia 1,400 Fluororesin cover E32-T14F
Diffuse-reflective
M6 170 Fluororesin coating E32-D11U
Diffuse-reflective
6 mm dia 85 Fluororesin cover E32-D12F
Diffuse-reflective
6 mm dia 40 Fluororesin cover E32-D14F
Through-beam
6 mm dia 700 Fluororesin cover
Heat resistant to
200°C
E32-T81F-S
Through-beam
5 mm dia 3,000 Fluororesin cover
Heat resistant to
150°C
E32-T51F
*1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family.
Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.
The fluororesin cover provides
highest chemical resistance for
longest lifetime in frequently cleaned
environments like aseptic filling in
pharmaceutical applications
Enhanced temperature resistant
models
B523
B
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
B-7
E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B524
Heat Resistant Sensor Heads
The wide range of heat resistant fibers
provides long sensor lifetime with highest
protection in demanding environments
• Heat resistant up to 400°C
• Sizes from 2 mm dia to M6
• Models for long distances or high
detection accuracy
Sensor type Size Sensing
distance (mm)*1
Temperature
Range
Model
For E3X-DA-S
teachable amplifier
For E3X-NA amplifier with
potentiometer adjustment
Through-beam
M4 450 -40°C to 150°C E32-T51
M4 280 -40°C to 200°C E32-T81R-S
M4 450 -60°C to 350°C E32-T61-S
Through-beam
2 mm dia 230 -40°C to 150°C E32-T54
Through-beam
3 mm dia 1300 -40°C to 200°C E32-T84S-S
Diffuse-reflective
M6 230 -40°C to 150°C E32-D51
M6 280 -40°C to 200°C E32-D81R-S E32-D81R
Diffuse-reflective
M6 150 -60°C to 350°C E32-D61-S E32-D61
Diffuse-reflective
M4 60 -40°C to 400°C E32-D73-S E32-D73
Diffuse-reflective
23 x 20 x 9
mm
35 -40°C to 150°C E32-A09H 2M
30 x 24 x 9
mm
25 -40°C to 300°C E32-A09H2 2M
Diffuse-reflective
36 x 18 x 5 mm 18 -40 to 300°C E32-L66
*1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family.
Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.
The temperature range
optimized material selection
provides best application fit
and value - performance ratio.
Stainless steel spiral coating for
flexibility with highest mechanical
protection.
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-8
E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B534
Vacuum Resistant Sensor Heads
For applications in cleanest and hot
environments the vacuum resistant fibers
and connecting flanges provide long
operational lifetime and vacuum integrity.
• Leakage rate of 1X10-10 Pa*M3/s max
• Heat resistance up to 200°C
• Detergent resistant fluororesin or stainless
steel fiber sheath
Sensor
Sensor type Size Sensing distance
(mm)*1
Temperature
Range
Model
Through-beam
M4 200 -40°C to 120°C E32-T51V 1M
Through-beam
3 mm dia 130 -40°C to 120°C E32-T54V 1M
3 mm dia 480 -60°C to 200°C E32-T84SV 1M
*1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family.
Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.
Flange
Type Size Model
4 channel flange 80 x 80 x 49 mm E32-VF4
1 channel flange 96 x 30 dia mm max. E32-VF1
Flange-to-amplifier connection fiber 2 m length E32-T10V 2M
The vacuum resistant fiber heads and flanges are sealed to prevent
gas leakage into vacuum areas
B
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
B-9
E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B527
Precision Detection Sensor Heads
Highest precision in design and manufacturing of the
fibers and focal lenses ensure highest beam and spot
accuracy allowing the detection of smallest objects
and height differences of less than 100 μm.
• Coaxial fibers with focal lenses for spot diameters
of 100 μm
• Through-beam models with highly focused beam
and precise optical axis alignment
• Limited reflective models for height difference
detection of less than 100 μm
Sensor type Preferred
usage
Size Key feature Sensing
distance (mm) *1
Model
Through-beam
Precise thin
object
detection /
accurate
positioning
3 mm dia - High precision optical
axis adjustment
- Very focused beam
1900 E32-T22S
Through-beam
3 mm dia 890 E32-A03 2M
3 mm dia 340 E32-A04 2M
Diffuse-reflective
Very small
object
detection
M6 — 300 E32-CC200 *2
M3 Spot dia 0.5 mm 20 E32-C31 2M
M3 Spot dia 0.2 mm 17 E32-C41 +
E39-F3B
M3 Spot dia 0.1 mm 7 E32-C41 +
E39-F3A-5
Diffuse-reflective
3 mm dia — 150 E32-D32L
2 mm dia — 75 E32-D32 *2
Diffuse-
reflective
M6 - 90° cable exit
- Hexagonal back
170 E32-C11N 2M
M3 25 E32-C31N 2M
Diffuse-reflective
2 mm dia Spot dia 0.5 to 1 mm 6-15 mm
adjustable
E32-D32 +
E39-F3A
2 mm dia Spot dia 0.1 to 0.6 mm 6-15 mm
adjustable
E32-C42 +
E39-F3A
Diffuse-reflective
Precision
height
difference
detection /
flat surface
detection
23 x 20 x 9 mm — 35 E32-A09 2M
Convergent-
reflective
16 x 18 x 4 mm — 7.2 E32-L25L *2
20 x 20 x 5 mm — 3.3 E32-L25
Diffuse-reflective
18 x 20 x 4 mm Precise spot e.g. for
detection
of a flat / reflective surface
4 E32-L24L *2
Diffuse-reflective
Object
detection in
front of
background
20.5 x 14 x 3.8
mm
Wide beam e.g. for object
detection on a flat surface
15 E32-L16-N 2M
*1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family.
Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.
*2 A high flex cable version is available. Add ’R’ to the order code, e.g. E32-CC200R
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-10
E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B522
Area Monitoring Sensor Heads
The area monitoring fibers allow the detection
of objects passing anywhere through the
detection range and can be used for height
comparisons of different objects.
• Area monitoring up to 70 mm height
• Multi-beam sensor with 4 separate heads
for flexible detection points
• Standard or high flex fibers
Sensor type Area height (mm) Sensing distance (mm)*1 Model
Standard Fiber High-flex Fiber Standard Fiber High-flex Fiber
Through-beam
10 2800 – E32-T16 –
Through-beam
11 1100 840 E32-T16P E32-T16PR
Through-beam
30 1800 1300 E32-T16W E32-T16WR
50 – 1800 – E32-ET16WR-2
70 – 2000 – E32-ET16WR-1
Through-beam
11 1000 750 – E32-T16JR
Through-beam
4 separate M3 heads 610 – E32-M21 –
Diffuse-reflective
11 – 150 – E32-D36P1
*1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family.
Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.
In combination with the twin output function of the E3X-DA-S ampli-
fier, the diffuse reflective area monitoring fibers can detect very small
objects (e.g. needles) and a second state (e.g. cover present). The area
beam compensates for position variations at high speed.
The two outputs of the E3X-DA-S
can be used to detect two differ-
ent light levels
B
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
B-11
E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B529
Special Application Sensor Heads
For a wide range of special applications, the task
optimized fiber heads provide best fitting sensing
performance and adaptation to environmental
requirements.
• Detection of special objects (liquids, labels on
foils, etc.)
• Fiber heads ideal for color mark detection
• Fiber heads optimized for special tasks (wafer
mapping, flat glass, etc.)
Sensor type Size Sensing
distance (mm) *1
Comment Model
Through-
beam
Fork shape 36 x 24 x 8 mm 10 – E32-G14
Through-beam
Wafer mapping 3 mm dia 1900 – E32-T22S
3 mm dia 1300 – E32-T24S
Through-beam
3 mm dia 890 – E32-A03 2M
2 mm dia 340 – E32-A04 2M
Liquid level
sensor
6 mm dia Liquid contact Liquid level contact E32-D82F1
Diffuse-reflective
15 x 23.5 x 5 mm Tube contact Liquid level detection
through transparent
tube or container
E32-D36T 2M
Diffuse-reflective
Glass detection 21 x 16.5 x 4 mm 8 mm Metal housing E32-A10 2M
20.5 x 14 x 3.8 mm 15 mm Plastic housing E32-L16-N 2M
Glass
detection in hot
environment
36 x 18 x 5.5 mm 18 mm Heat resistant up to
300°C
E32-L66
Convergent-reflective
Glass detection
in wet
processes
38.5 x 39 x 17.5 mm 8 to 20
(recommended:
11 mm)
- Heat resistant
up to 85°C
- Recommended
usage with ‘tough
mode’ of E3X-DA-S
E32-L11FS 2M
Convergent-reflective
Label detection 20 x 20 x 5 mm 7.2 – E32-L25L
Diffuse-reflective
18 x 20 x 4 mm 4 – E32-L24L
Diffuse-reflective
Color/print mark
detection
M6 300 Recommended for
standard color and
color mark detection
E32-CC200
Diffuse-reflective
29 x 25.5 x 11.2 55 Recommended for
challenging color and
color mark detection
E32-L15 2M
23 x 20 x 9 mm 35 E32-A09 2M
*1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family.
Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-12
E3X-HD Fiber-optic Sensors
Sensor Amplifiers
Wire-saving Connectors
Network Communication Interface Units
Item Maximum connectable units Connection method NPN output model PNP output model
Standard models
16 units
Pre-wired, 2 m cable E3X-HD11 2M E3X-HD41 2M
16 units
Wire-saving connector E3X-HD6 E3X-HD8
M8 models 16 units M8 4-pin connector
(XS3F Series
E3X-HD14 E3X-HD44
Network models
16 units (E3X-CRT CompoNet);
30 units (E3X-ECT EtherCAT)
Communications unit E3X-HD0
Item Cable length Number of conductors Function Model
Master connector
2 m
3 First amplifier, with power line E3X-CN11
Slave connector
1 Second and subsequent amplifiers E3X-CN12
Cordless slave
connector
-- -- Use with amplifiers connected to a
communication interface unit
E3X-CN02
Network type Applicable Fiber Amplifiers Model
CompoNet
E3X-HD0, E3X-MDA0, E3X-DA0-S
E3X-CRT
EtherCAT
E3X-ECT
B342
Easy-Teach Digital Amplifier
Fiber-optic amplifier provides ultra-stable
performance and smart tuning for high-
speed, reliable input to open protocol
industrial networks.
• Simple one-button smart tuning for sensor
threshold and light intensity
• Confirm settings, status with dual display
and indicators on control buttons
• Automatic compensation for large objects
and low reflectance dark targets
• Smart power control function
compensates for grime build-up and
LED deterioration
• EtherCAT and CompoNet high-speed
open network communication interfaces
available
B
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
B-13
E3NX-FA Fiber-optic Sensors
Sensor Amplifiers
Wire-saving Connectors
Network Communication Interface Units
Item Connection method Inputs/outputs Model
NPN output PNP output
Standard models Pre-wired (2 m) 1 output E3NX-FA11 2M E3NX-FA41 2M
Wire-saving connector 1 output E3NX-FA6 E3NX-FA8
Advanced models Pre-wired (2 m)
2 outputs + 1 input
E3NX-FA21 2M E3NX-FA51 2M
Wire-saving connector 1 output + 1 input E3NX-FA7 E3NX-FA9
2 outputs E3NX-FA7TW E3NX-FA9TW
Model for sensor
communications unit
Connector for sensor
communications unit
2 outputs E3NX-FA0
Item Cable length Number of conductors Applicable Fiber Amplifier Units Model
Master connector
2 m
4 E3NX-FA7, E3NX-FA7TW, E3NX-
FA9, E3NX-FA9TW
E3X-CN21
Slave connector
2 E3X-CN22
Master connector 3 E3NX-FA6, E3NX-FA8 E3X-CN11
Slave connector 1 E3X-CN12
Type Model
Sensor communications unit for EtherCAT E3NW-ECT
Sensor dispersion unit
E3NW-DS
Advanced Functionality Amplifier
The E3NX-FA amplifier is the best choice for
even the most challenging fiber applications
in terms of long sensing distance, small
object detection or high speed processes.
• Easy calibration with Smart Tune allows for
quick and stable setup
• New N-Smart technology provides
significant improvements in sensing
distance, minimum object detection and
speed
• Straightforward sensor status information
with Solution Viewer and Change Finder
function
• EtherCAT communication unit for high-
speed field bus connectivity
B345
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-14
E3X-NA Fiber-optic Sensors
Simple, Easy-to-Read Amplifier
with Bar Graph Display
• Streamlined features provide basic sensing
immediately after plug-in
• Easy push button teach with or without
workpiece
• Pre-wired (2 m cable) and wire-saving
connector models available
• IP66 water-resistant models available
Type
Item
Model
NPN output PNP output
Pre-wired (2 m)
Standard E3X-SD21 2M E3X-SD51 2M
Connector
Standard (fiber amplifier connector)*1 E3X-SD6 E3X-SD8
High Performance Amplifier with
Single Digital Display
• Large, 6 mm wide digital display provides
read-out of incident and operating level
• Incident settings and management can
be performed reliably with fine tune
adjustment
• Connectivity for up to 16 amplifiers
• Rated IP50
Ordering Information
Type
Item Model
NPN output PNP output
Pre-wired (2 m)
Standard E3X-NA11 E3X-NA41
Pre-wired (2 m)
Enhanced water resistance E3X-NA11V 2M E3X-NA41V 2M
Connector
Standard (fiber amplifier connector)*1 E3X-NA6 E3X-NA8
Connector
Enhanced water resistance (M8 4-pin
connector)
E3X-NA14V E3X-NA44V
Ordering Information
*1 Order connector separately, see E3X-DA-S.
*1 Order connector separately, see E3X-DA-S.
E3X-SD Fiber-optic Sensors
B328
B334
B
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
B-15
E3X-DA-S Fiber-optic Sensors
High Function Digital Amplifier
Advanced timing, LED power control and
signal processing functionality providing
highest detection accuracy and stability
even for the most challenging objects and
settings.
• Power tuning function to adjust the
received light to a maximum, minimum or
pre-defined value
• Auto power and threshold adjustment
functions for highest operational stability
• Two outputs for window monitoring or two
level detections (e.g. object + object
state change)
Item Function Model
Power Tuning
Timer
Auto-threshold compensation
(ATC)
Twin output
External input
Differential
operation
Wet process
‘tough mode’
Power saving ‘Eco’ functions
(display/LED off)
NPN output
PNP output
Pre-wired Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes E3X-DA21-S 2M E3X-DA51-S 2M
Fiber amplifier
connector *1
Yes Yes Yes Yes - selectable Yes Yes Yes E3X-DA7-S E3X-DA9-S
*1 Order E3X-CNxx connector separately below.
Item Cable
length
Number of
conductors
Function Compatible sensor amplifiers Model
Master
connector
2 m 3 First amplifier, with
power line
E3X-DA7F-S, E3X-DA9F-S, E3X-DA6SE-S, E3X
DA8SE-S, E3X-DA6-S, E3X-DA8-S, E3X-DAG6-S, E3X-
DAG8-S, E3X-DAB6-S, E3X-DAB8-S, E3X-DAH6-S,
E3X-DAH8-S, E3X-DAC6-S, E3X-DAC8-S, E3X-SD6,
E3X-SD8, E3X-NA6, E3X-NA8, E3X-NA14V, E3X-NA44V,
E3X-HD6, E3X-HD8, E3NX-FA6, E3NX-FA8
E3X-CN11
Slave
connector
1 Second and
subsequent
amplifiers
E3X-CN12
Master
connector
4 First amplifier, with
power line
E3X-DA7-S, E3X-DA9-S, E3X-DA6TW-S, E3X-DA8TW-S,
E3X-DA6RM-S, E3X-DA8RM-S, E3X-DA6AT-S, E3X-
DA8AT-S, E3X-MDA6, E3X-MDA8, E3X-DA6E-S,
E3X-DA8SE-S, E3NX-FA7, E3NX-FA7TW, E3NX-FA9,
E3NX-FA9TW
E3X-CN21
Slave
connector
2 Second and
subsequent
amplifiers
E3X-CN22
Cordless
slave
connector
-- -- Use with amplifiers
connected to a
communication
interface unit
E3X-HD0, E3X-DA0-S, E3X-MDA0 E3X-CN02
Wire-saving Connectors
B324
Amplifier
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-16
E3X-DA-SE-S Fiber-optic Sensors
Amplifier
Item Model
NPN output PNP output
Pre-wired E3X-DA11SE-S E3X-DA41SE-S
Fiber amplifier connector *1 E3X-DA6SE-S E3X-DA8SE-S
*1 Order connector separately.
Amplifier Connectors
Shape Type Comment Model
Fiber amplifier
connector
2 m PVC cable E3X-CN21
30 cm PVC cable with M12 plug connector (4 pin) E3X-CN21-M1J 0.3M
30 cm PVC cable with M8 plug connector (4 pin) E3X-CN21-M3J-2 0.3M
*1 Order connector separately. For M8 connector models see E3X-DA-S.
Digital Amplifier With
One Button Teaching
E3X-DA-SE-S allows easy one button setting and
provides the best value to performance ratio for
standard applications.
• Auto-teaching during machine operation
• Digital dual display for incident level and
threshold
• Object or 2-point teaching within a few seconds
B337
B
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
B-17
E3X-MDA Fiber-optic Sensors
Dual Fiber Amplifier
E3X-MDA incorporates 2 digital fiber
amplifiers in one slimline housing. For
applications requiring the detection of
two objects simultaneously the E3X-MDA
provides an easy to use operation saving
space and set-up time.
• Two digital amplifiers in one slimline housing
• Twin output models – on/off or area
(between two threshold values)
• Signal comparison functions (AND, OR, etc.)
Fast Response Digital Amplifier
with Potentiometer
The E3X-NA-F provides a very fast response
time and is the ideal amplifier for high speed
detection applications.
• Short turn on time of only 20 μs
• Easy adjustment with potentiometer
Item Function Model
NPN output PNP output
Pre-wired AND/OR output E3X-MDA11 E3X-MDA41
Fiber amplifier connector*1 AND/OR output E3X-MDA6 E3X-MDA8
Communication model AND/OR output E3X-MDA0
*1 Order E3X-CNxx connector separately, see E3X-DA-S.
E3X-NA-F Fiber-optic Sensors
B326
B339
Shape Model
NPN output PNP output
Pre-wired E3X-NA11F E3X-NA41F 2M
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-18
E3X-DAC-S Fiber-optic Sensors
Color (RGB) Digital Fiber Amplifier
The E3X-DAC-S detects the color and
returned light intensity of a mark or object and
compares it with a stored RGB ratio or intensity
value. The RGB ratio or contrast difference
allows the stable detection of differently
colored, black, grey or white marks or objects.
• White LED for color independence
• Fast response time of 60 μs
• Timer function for variable ON or OFF delay
up to 5 seconds
• Remote teaching or easy one-button
teaching
Digital Amplifier with Infrared LED
The digital fiber amplifiers with infrared LED
are ideal for water detection applications or
where visible light is not desired.
• Infrared LED
• LED power control and signal processing
function
Pre-wired
Item Functions
Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable)
NPN output PNP output
Standard models Timer, response speed change E3X-DAC11-S 2M E3X-DAC41-S 2M
Advanced models Standard models + simultaneous determination (2 colors) AND/
OR output, remote setting
E3X-DAC21-S 2M E3X-DAC51-S 2M
Standard models + 4-color detection AND/OR output, bank switching ESX-DAC21B-S 2M E3X-DAC518-S 2M
Pre-wired
Item Model (for pre-wired types with 2
m cable length)
NPN output PNP output
Infrared light E3X-DAH11-S E3X-DAH41-S
Connector Versions
Item Functions Model
NPN output PNP output
Standard models (fiber amplifier connector)
*1
Timer, response speed change E3X-DAC6-S E3X-DAC8-S
*1 Order connector separately, see E3X-DA-S.
Connector Versions
Item Model
NPN output PNP output
Infrared light (fiber amplifier
connector)*1
E3X-DAH6-S E3X-DAH8-S
*1 Order connector separately, see E3X-DA-S.
E3X-DAH-S Fiber-optic Sensors
B325
B338
B
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
B-19
E3X Communication Units
E3X-ECT/-CRT/-DRT21S/-DRT21/-CIF11
Network Communication Interface Units
Connector
Network
type
Maximum
connectable
amplifiers
Compatible sensor amplifiers Model
EtherCAT
30 units
E3X-HD0, E3X-MDA0, E3S-DA0-S E3X-ECT
CompoNet 16 units
E3X-HD0, E3X-MDA0, E3S-DA0-S E3X-CRT
DeviceNet
16 units
E3X-DA7-S, E3X-DA9-S, E3X-DA6-S, E3X-DA8-S, E3X-DAG6-S, E3X-
DAG8-S, E3X-DAB6-S, E3X-DAB8-S, E3X-DAH6-S, E3X-DAH8-S, E3X-
DA6RM-S,
E3X-DA8RM-S, E3X-DA6TW-S, E3X-DA8TW-S, E3X-DA6AT-S, E3X-DA8AT-S,
E3X-MDA6, E3X-MDA8, E3C-LDA11, E3C-LDA41, E2C-EDA11, E2C-EDA41
E3X-DRT21S
16 units
E3X-DA6, E3X-DA8, E3X-DAB6, E3X-DAB8, E3X-DAG6, E3X-DAG8, E3X-
DA6TW, E3X-DA8TW, E3X-DA6-P
E3X-DRT21 SVER3
Serial
RS-422
16 units
E3X-DA6, E3X-DA8, E3X-DAB6, E3X-DAB8, E3X-DAG6, E3X-DAG8, E3X-
DA6TW, E3X-DA8TW, E3X-DA6-P
E3X-CIF11
Item Function Model
Cordless slave connector
Replaces individual cabling for network communications
E3X-CN02
B327
Reduced Wiring Solution
to Interface with Open
Communication Networks
Build efficient sensor input slave blocks
using E3X Communication Interface Units
and multiple E3X sensors. This solution
reduces wiring, saves space and shortens
setup time.
• EtherCAT, CompoNet, DeviceNet and serial
communication units available
• Connect up to 16 fiber-optic sensors to
each unit (up to 30 with EtherCAT)
• Supports explicit message
communications
• Use E3X-CN02 Cordless Slave Connector
for each sensor
• Remote setting, monitoring and operating
through CX-Integrator software
• Mobile Programming Console for simple
setting and monitoring locally
Note: The E3NX-FA is not compatible with the above devices. Please use the E3NW EtherCAT device with the E3NX-FA series.
C-i
Proximity Sensors
Contents
Selection Guide C-ii
Inductive Proximity Sensors
Standard Cylindrical
E2E Standard, inductive AC,
DC 2-Wire, DC 3-Wire
C-1
E2B Standard Environment DC 3-Wire C-3
E2A Increased Range DC Inductive C-4
E2EM DC 2-Wire, 2x CENELEC
Distance, IP67
C-5
E2A3 DC 3-Wire, up to 3x CENELEC
distance
C-6
E2E2 DC 2-Wire up to 1.5x CENELEC
distance
C-7
E2E2 DC 3-Wire, IP67 at 1200 psi C-8
E2E2 AC 2-Wire, IP67 at 1200 psi C-10
Miniature/Block Style/Separate Amplifier
E2E Miniature DC 3-Wire Cylindrical C-11
E2EC Miniature, 0.4 m cable between
head and amp
C-12
TL-W Rectangular block, DC 2-Wire
and DC 3-Wire
C-13
E2Q5 Long distance, square head
inductive
C-14
E2S Subminiature block style C-14
Capacitive
E2K-X Threaded cylindrical, standard
sizes
C-15
E2K-C Adjustable Distance Cylindrical C-16
E2K-F Flat rectangular, built-in amplifier C-17
E2K-L Liquid level detector, direct pipe
mounting
C-17
Harsh Environment
E2F Chemical-Resistant plastic
cylindrical inductive sensors
C-18
E2FM All-stainless steel, inductive
sensors
C-19
E2EH High temperature, IP69K
compliant and detergent
resistant ideal for food and
beverage industry
C-21
E2E-U Oil-resistant DC 2-Wire C-22
E2EQ Weld spatter resistant face,
inductive
C-23
E2KQ-X Solid fluoroplastic cylindrical,
capacitive
C-24
E2FQ Weld spatter resistant inductive
Stainless steel
C-24
E2C-
EDA
High-precision positioning,
inductive
C-25
Special Application
E2EV Detect all metals at equal
distance
C-26
E2CY Detects aluminum, inductive C-26
E2EY Detect only non-ferrous metals C-27
E2EZ Resists metal chip accumulation C-27
C
Enhanced
oil resistance
E2E-U
Chemical resistant
plastic body
E2F
Detergent
resistant
E2EH
Metal chip
immune
E2FM
Special Applications
Tested oil
resistance on
commonly used
lubricants
Polyarylate plastic
housing
Stainless steel
housing
All stainless
steel body resists
impacts, abrasive
scouring
Chemical
resistant
E2FQ
Remote amplifier
E2C-EDA
Weld spatter
resistant
E2EQ
Special Applications
Heat resistant;
Small sensing
heads to fit tight
spaces
Fluoro plastic
(PTFE) housing
Rugged fluororesin
coated brass
housing
FOR MACHINES THAT NEVER STOP
Our proximity sensors are designed and tested to ensure
a long service life and achieve maximum machine availability
even in the harshest environments.
Shielded
Unshielded
• Highest water resistance
• Highest electromagnetic noise
immunity (e.g. from inverters)
• Antivalent output for cable
breakage detection
• Wide connection range
E2A
E2E2
E2A
E2E
Long Barrel, cylindrical brass housing,
DC 2-Wire
Long Barrel, cylindrical brass housing,
DC 2-Wire, DC 3-Wire and AC 2-Wire
Cylindrical brass housing, DC 3-Wire
and antivalent (DC 4-Wire)
Cylindrical, Brass Housing, DC 2-Wire,
DC 3-Wire and AC 2-Wire
E2B
Short or Long Barrel, cylindrical brass
housing, DC 3-Wire
Proximity Sensors
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-ii
Enhanced
oil resistance
E2E-U
Chemical resistant
plastic body
E2F
Detergent
resistant
E2EH
Metal chip
immune
E2FM
Special Applications
Tested oil
resistance on
commonly used
lubricants
Polyarylate plastic
housing
Stainless steel
housing
All stainless
steel body resists
impacts, abrasive
scouring
Chemical
resistant
E2FQ
Remote amplifier
E2C-EDA
Weld spatter
resistant
E2EQ
Special Applications
Heat resistant;
Small sensing
heads to fit tight
spaces
Fluoro plastic
(PTFE) housing
Rugged fluororesin
coated brass
housing
Longer distance:
Compact square housing:
Miniature housing:
E2Q5 E2A3
E2S
E2EC E2E small
diameter
TL-W
E2EM
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-iii
C
Proximity Sensors ‐ Special Application
Detect non‐magnetic metals, glass, plastic, liquids, wood and leather, including liquids or solids inside non‐metalic containers.
Capacitive Sensors
Unthreaded
cylindrical
E2K‐C
Adjustable
distance; ABS
housing
Standard
cylindrical
E2K‐X
ABS housing
Miniature
separate amplifier
E2EC
For demanding
mounting
conditions
Aluminum
detection
E2CY
Separate amplifier
with compact
head
Non‐ferrous
metals only
E2EY
Aluminum;
Copper; Brass
Cutting chip
resistant
E2EZ
Machine tool
applications
Flat rectangular
E2K‐F
Thin low‐profile
ABS housing for
conveyor rail
mounting
Liquid level
E2K‐L
Detects clear and
foamy liquids,
mounts to sight
glass and piping
Chemical
resistant
E2KQ‐X
Fluoroplastic resin
coating
Inductive sensors that are specially tuned or sized to solve tough detection problems in challenging locations.
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-iv
Category Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity
Model
E2EM E2A3 E2E2
Product type
Standard cylindrical, extended
range cylindrical
Standard cylindrical, extra long-
distance cylindrical
Long barrel cylindrical
Maximum Shielded
sensing distances
15 mm 20 mm 10 mm
Maximum Unshielded
sensing distances
30 mm N/A (Shielded only) 20 mm
DC supply voltage
12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC
AC supply voltage
N/A N/A 24 to 240 VAC or
90 to 140 VAC 50/60 Hz
Load ratings
100 mA and 200 mA max. 200 mA max. 100, 200 or 300 mA max.
Output types
NPN, PNP, or DC 2-wire NPN or PNP NPN, PNP, DC 2-Wire or SCR
Output state
N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C.
Connections
Pre-wired, connector Pre-wired, connector Pre-wired, connector
IP rating
IP67 IP67 IP67
Category Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity
Model
E2E E2B E2A
Product type
Standard cylindrical Short or long barrel, standard or
extended range cylindrical
Short or long barrel, extended
range cylindrical
Maximum Shielded
sensing distances
10 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Maximum Unshielded
sensing distances
20 mm 30 mm 30 mm
DC supply voltage
12 to 24 VDC 10 to 30 VDC 12 to 24 VDC
AC supply voltage
24 to 240 VAC or
90 to 140 VAC 50/60 Hz
N/A N/A
Load ratings
100, 200 or 300 mA max. 200 mA max. 100 mA max.
Output types
NPN, PNP, DC 2-Wire or SCR NPN or PNP NPN or PNP
Output state
N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C.
Connections
Pre-wired, connector Pre-wired, connector Pre-wired, connector
IP rating
IP67 IP67 IP69K
Proximity Sensors
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-v
C
Category Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity
Model
E2S E2F E2FM
Product type
Super-compact rectangular
proximity sensor
Cylindrical proximity sensor with
resin case and superb water
resistance
Highly durable cylindrical
proximity sensor for tough
environments
Maximum Shielded
sensing distances
N/A 10 mm 10 mm
Maximum Unshielded
sensing distances
2.5 mm N/A N/A
DC supply voltage
12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC
AC supply voltage
N/A 90 to 140 VAC and
24 to 240 VAC
N/A
Load ratings
50 mA max. 100, 200, 300 and
500 mA max.
100 mA and 200 mA max.
Output types
NPN, PNP and DC 2-Wire NPN, PNP and SCR
NPN, PNP and DC 2-Wire
Output state
N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C.
Connections
Pre-wired Pre-wired Pre-wired, connector
IP rating
IP67 IP68 IP67
Category Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity
Model
E2EC TL-W E2Q5
Product type
Subminiature cylindrical with
long-distance detection
Flat rectangular proximity sensor Long distance square proximity
sensor
Maximum Shielded
sensing distances
4 mm 5 mm 20 mm
Maximum Unshielded
sensing distances
N/A (Shielded only) 20 mm 40 mm
DC supply voltage
12 to 24 VDC and 5 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC 10 to 30 VDC
AC supply voltage
N/A N/A N/A
Load ratings
100 mA max. 100 mA and 200 mA max. 200 mA max.
Output types
NPN, PNP, or DC 2-Wire NPN, PNP, or DC 2-wire NPN or PNP
Output state
N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.O. + N.C.
Connections
Pre-wired Pre-wired M12 quick disconnect
IP rating
IP64 and IP67 IP67 IP67 and IP69K
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-vi
Category Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity
Model
E2EH E2E-U E2EQ
Product type
High temperature detergent
resistant cylindrical proximity
sensor
Oil resistant cylindrical Spatter-resistant fluororesin
coated proximity sensor
Maximum Shielded
sensing distances
12 mm 10 mm 15 mm
Maximum Unshielded
sensing distances
N/A N/A N/A
DC supply voltage
12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC
AC supply voltage
N/A N/A N/A
Load ratings
50 mA and 100 mA max. 100 mA max. 100 mA max.
Output types NPN, PNP and DC 2-Wire
DC 2-wire DC 2-Wire
Output state
N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C.
Connections
Pre-wired, connector Pre-wired, connector Pre-wired, connector
IP rating
IP67, IP69K IP67 and IP67g IP67
Category Inductive Proximity Capacitive Proximity Inductive Proximity
Model
E2KQ-X E2FQ E2C-EDA
Product type
Fluororesin coated, chemical
resistant capacitive sensor with
sensitivity adjuster
Fluororesin coated, chemical
resistant Inductive sensor
High precision positioning
proximity sensor with separate
digital amplifier
Maximum Shielded
sensing distances
N/A 10 mm 5 mm
Maximum Unshielded
sensing distances
10 mm N/A 7 mm
DC supply voltage
12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC
AC supply voltage
N/A
N/A
N/A
Load ratings
100 mA max. 100, 200 and 300 mA max. 50 mA max.
Output types
NPN
NPN, DC 2-wire and SCR
NPN and PNP
Output state
N.O. or N.C. N.O. N.O. or N.C.
Connections
Pre-wired Pre-wired Pre-wired, connector
IP rating
IP66 IP67 IP50, IP60, IP67
Proximity Sensors
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-vii
C
Category Inductive Proximity Capacitive Proximity Capacitive Proximity
Model
E2K-X E2K-C E2K-F
Product type
General purpose threaded
cylindrical capacitive sensor
Long-distance cylindrical
capacitive sensor with
adjustable sensitivity
Flat proximity sensor
Maximum Shielded
sensing distances
N/A N/A N/A
Maximum Unshielded
sensing distances
15 mm 25 mm 10 mm
DC supply voltage
12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC and 24 to 240 VDC 12 to 24 VDC
AC supply voltage
100 to 220 VAC, 50/60 Hz 100 to 220 VAC, 50/60 Hz and
24 to 240 VAC 50/60 Hz
N/A
Load ratings
200 mA max. 200 mA and 250 mA max. 100 mA max.
Output types
NPN, PNP and SCR NPN, PNP and SCR NPN
Output state
N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C.
Connections
Pre-wired Pre-wired Pre-wired
IP rating
IP66 IP66, IP67 IP64, IP66
Category Capacitive Proximity
Model
E2K-L
Product type
Liquid level sensor
Maximum Shielded
sensing distances
N/A
Maximum Unshielded
sensing distances
1.5 mm
DC supply voltage
12 to 24 VDC
AC supply voltage
N/A
Load ratings
100 mA max.
Output types
NPN
Output state
N.O.
Connections
Pre-wired
IP rating
IP64, IP66
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-viii
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-1
E2E Inductive Proximity Sensors
Standard Cylindrical DC 2-Wire, DC
3-Wire, and AC Proximity Sensors
• DC 2-wire, DC 3-wire, AC/DC 2-wire, and AC
2-wire versions available
• Popular for Automotive, Food/Beverage, and
Packaging Industries
• Thick nickel-plated brass (NPB) barrel
• Wrench flats for easy installation
• Solid potted internal circuitry
withstands shocks
• IP67 and IP69K rated
• Flush mountable shielded versions
• Built-in circuit protection
• Sensor mounting and protective accessories,
see Y92E
A222
Ordering Information
E2E – – – – –
1234567 8
90!@#
Code Description
1 Appearance
C Cylindrical (not threaded)
X Cylindrical (threaded)
2 Sensing Distance
(number) Sensing distance (unit: mm)
R Indication of decimal point
Example: R6 = 0.6 mm; 1R5 = 1.5 mm
3 Shielding
(blank) Shielded models
M Unshielded models
4 Power Supply and Output Specifications
Whether D models have polarity is defined by 0.
B DC 3-wire PNP open-collector output
C DC 3-wire NPN open-collector output
D DC 2-wire polarity/no polarity
E DC 3-wire NPN collector load built-in output
F DC 3-wire PNP collector load built-in output
T AC/DC 2-wire
Y AC 2-wire
5 Form of Output Switching Element
1 Normally open (NO)
2 Normally closed (NC)
6 Oscillation Frequency Type
(Used to prevent mutual interference.)
(blank) Standard frequency
5 Different frequency
7 Self-diagnosis
(blank) No
5Yes
8 Connection Method
(blank) Pre-wired
M1 M12-size metal connector
M3 M8-size metal connector
(continued on next page)
Note: Models are not available for all combinations of code
numbers.
C
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-2
9 Connector Specifications
(blank) Connector models
DC 3-wire and AC 2-wire, DC 2-wire with
self diagnosis output, DC 2 wire with old pin
arrangement
G Connector models
DC 2-wire with IEC pin arrangement
J Pre-wired connector models
DC 3-wire and AC 2-wire, DC 2-wire with old
pin arrangement
GJ Pre-wired connector models
DC 2-wire with IEC pin arrangement
TJ Pre-wired Smartclick connector models
DC 2-wire
TGJ Pre-wired Smartclick connector models
DC 2-wire with IEC pin arrangement
0 DC 2-Wire Polarity
(blank) Polarity
T No polarity
E2E Inductive Proximity Sensors (continued) A222
(continued from previous page)
E2E – – – – –
1234567 8
90!@#
! Cable Specifications
(blank) Standard PVC cable (oil resistant)
R Flexible PVC cable (oil resistant)
U Polyurethane cable (oil resistant and
reinforced)
@ New Model
N New model (Applies only to DC 2-wire pre-
wired and shielded models.)
This is blank if the cable specification in !
is R or U.
# Cable Length
(number) M Cable length (unit: m) (Applicable to pre-
wired models and pre-wired connector
models.
Examples: 2M, 0.3M
Note: Models are not available for all combinations of code
numbers.
The purpose of this model number legend is to provide
understanding of the meaning of specifications from the
model number.
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-3
E2B Standard Environment DC 3-Wire
Standard Environment DC 3-Wire
• Popular applications: Material handling,
Conveying, Machine tools
• All-around 360° visible output indicator
• IP67 water resistance
• Laser-etched part numbers that do not
wear off
• M8 - M30 sizes, Single or Double sensing
distances, Short or Long body
Ordering Information
E2B – – – –
12345 6 78 9
Code Description
1 Housing shape and material
M Cylindrical, metric threaded, brass
S Cylindrical, metric threaded, stainless steel
2 Housing Size
08 8 mm
12 12 mm
18
18 mm
30
30 mm
3 Barrel Length
K Standard length
L Long body
4 Shield
S Shielded
N Non-shielded
5 Sensing Distance
(number) Sensing distance
Example: 02 = 2 mm; 16 = 16 mm
6 Type of Connection
WP Pre-wired, PVC, dia 4 mm (standard)
M1 M12 connector (4 pin)
MC M8 connector (3 pin)
7 Power Source and Output
B DC, 3-wire, PNP open collector
C DC, 3-wire, NPN open collector
8 Operation Mode
1 Normally open (NO)
2 Normally closed (NC)
9 Cable Length
(blank) Connector type
(number) Cable length
Note: Models are not available for all combinations of code
numbers.
Examples:
E2B-M12LS04-M1-B1
Standard, M12, long barrel, shielded, Sn=4 mm, M12 connector, PNP-NO
E2B-S08KN04-WP-B1 5M
Standard, M8 stainless steel, short barrel, non-shielded, Sn=4 mm, pre-wired PVC cable, PNP-NO, cable length = 5 m
A289
C
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-4
E2A Inductive Proximity Sensors
Increased Sensing Range DC
Inductive
• DC 2-Wire, DC 3-Wire, DC 4-Wire (NO+NC)
• Popular in Food/Beverage, Bottling, and
Packaging industries
• Extended (double) sensing distance
• IP67 and IP69K for wash down resistance
• Standard or Long body length
• Wide installation and connectivity range
through modular concept
A272
Ordering Information
E2A – – – –
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
!
Code Description
1 Sensing Technology
(blank) Standard double distance
2 Housing shape and material
M Cylindrical, metric threaded, brass
S Cylindrical, metric threaded, stainless steel
3 Housing Size
08 8 mm
12 12 mm
18
18 mm
30
30 mm
4 Barrel Length
K Standard length
L Long body
5 Shield
S Shielded
N Non-shielded
6 Sensing Distance
(number) Sensing distance
Example: 02 = 2 mm; 16 = 16 mm
7 Type of Connection
WP Pre-wired, PVC, dia 4 mm (standard)
M1 M12 connector (4-pole)
M3 M8 connector (4-pole)
M5 M8 connector (3-pole)
8 Power Source and Output
B DC, 3-wire, PNP open collector
C DC, 3-wire, NPN open collector
E DC, 3-wire, NPN voltage output
F DC, 3-wire, PNP voltage output
9 Operation Mode
1 Normally open (NO)
2 Normally closed (NC)
0 Specials
Example: Cable material, oscillating frequency)
! Cable Length
(blank) Connector type
(number) Cable type
Note: Models are not available for all combinations of code
numbers.
Examples:
E2A-M12LS04-M1-B1
Standard, M12, long barrel, shielded, Sn=4 mm, M12 connector, PNP-NO
E2A-M08KN04-WP-B1 5M
Standard, M8 stainless steel, short barrel, non-shielded, Sn=4 mm, pre-wired PVC cable, PNP-NO, cable length = 5 m
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-5
E2EM DC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors
Extended Range, DC 2-Wire
Standard Cylindrical Sensors
• Nickel-Plated Brass (NPB) barrel
• Wrench flats for easy installation
• Solid potted internal circuitry
withstands shocks
• IP67 rated, 1200 psi water washdown
• Built-in circuit protection
• Normally Open (NO) circuit type stocked;
Normally Closed (NC) available
A225
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response
Frequency
Body
Material
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
M12 4.0 Yes NO 1 kHz NPB 33 (38) E2EM-X4X1
M18 8.0 500 Hz E2EM-X8X1
16.0 No 400 Hz 50 (65) E2EM-X16MX1
M30 15.0 Yes 250 Hz 43 (48) E2EM-X15X1
30.0 No 100 Hz 50 (70) E2EM-X30MX1
DC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable
DC 2-Wire with M12 Micro-Changes Connectors
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response
Frequency
Body
Material
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
M8 2.0 Yes NPN-NO 1.5 kHz NPB 30 (43) E2EM-X2C1-M1
PNP-NO E2EM-X2B1-M1
M12 4.0 NPN-NO 500 Hz 33 (48) E2EM-X4C1-M1
PNP-NO E2EM-X4B1-M1
M18 8.0 NPN-NO 300 Hz 38 (53) E2EM-X8C1-M1
PNP-NO E2EM-X8B1-M1
M30 15.0 NPN-NO 100 Hz 38 (53) E2EM-X15C1-M1
PNP-NO E2EM-X15B1-M1
NPN Normally Open (C1-M1) PNP Normally Open (B1-M1)
C
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-6
E2A3 DC 3-Wire Proximity Sensors A274
Triple Distance Inductive Sensor in
Cylindrical Brass Housing
The E2A3 family features an optimized
sensing performance to achieve triple
sensing distance for flush mounting
requirements.
• Triple distance for enhanced sensor
protection from mechanical damage
• IP67 and IP69K
Size Sensing
Distance
Thread Length
(overall length)
Output
Type
Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length)
Operation Mode NO Operation Mode NC
M8 53.0 mm 27 (40) mm PNP E2A3-S08KS03-WP-B1 2M E2A3-S08KS03-WP-B2 2M
NPN E2A3-S08KS03-WP-C1 2M E2A3-S08KS03-WP-C2 2M
M12 56.0 mm 34 (50) mm PNP E2A3-M12KS06-WP-B1 2M E2A3-M12KS06-WP-B2 2M
NPN E2A3-M12KS06-WP-C1 2M E2A3-M12KS06-WP-C2 2M
M18 511.0 mm 39 (60) mm PNP E2A3-M18KS11-WP-B1 2M E2A3-M18KS11-WP-B2 2M
NPN E2A3-M18KS11-WP-C1 2M E2A3-M18KS11-WP-C2 2M
M30 520.0 mm 44 (65) mm PNP E2A3-M30KS20-WP-B1 2M E2A3-M30KS20-WP-B2 2M
NPN E2A3-M30KS20-WP-C1 2M E2A3-M30KS20-WP-C2 2M
Size Sensing
Distance
Connection Thread Length
(overall length)
Output
Type
Model (for M12 connector types)
Operation Mode NO Operation Mode NC
M8 53.0 mm
M12
Connector
27 (44) mm PNP E2A3-S08KS03-M1-B1 E2A3-S08KS03-M1-B2
NPN E2A3-S08KS03-M1-C1 E2A3-S08KS03-M1-C2
M12 56.0 mm 34 (49) mm PNP E2A3-M12KS06-M1-B1 E2A3-M12KS06-M1-B2
NPN E2A3-M12KS06-M1-C1 E2A3-M12KS06-M1-C2
M18 511.0 mm 39 (54) mm PNP E2A3-M18KS11-M1-B1 E2A3-M18KS11-M1-B2
NPN E2A3-M18KS11-M1-C1 E2A3-M18KS11-M1-C2
M30 520.0 mm 44 (59) mm PNP E2A3-M30KS20-M1-B1 E2A3-M30KS20-M1-B2
NPN E2A3-M30KS20-M1-C1 E2A3-M30KS20-M1-C2
DC 3-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired
(For different cable materials and lengths, special housing length or special connectors, please refer to complete datasheet)
DC 3-Wire Sensors, Connector Versions (M12)
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-7
E2E2 DC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors
Long-Barrel DC 2-Wire Proximity
Sensors Reduce Wiring to Control
Devices
• Nickel-plated brass (NPB) barrel
• Wrench flats for easy installation
• Solid potted internal circuitry
withstands shocks
• IP67 rated, 1200 psi water washdown
• High visibility indicator
• Flush mountable shielded versions
• Built-in circuit protection
• Normally Open (NO) circuit type stocked;
Normally Closed (NC) available
• Sensor mounting and protective
accessories, see Y92E
A275
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response
Frequency
Body
Material
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
M12 3.0 Yes NO 1000 Hz NPB 55 (60) E2E2-X3D1
NC E2E2-X3D2
8.0 No NO 800 Hz 48 (60) E2E2-X8MD1
NC E2E2-X8MD2
M18 7.0 Yes NO 500 Hz 60 (65) E2E2-X7D1
NC E2E2-X7D2
14.0 No NO 400 Hz 50 (65) E2E2-X14MD1
NC E2E2-X14MD2
M30 10.0 Yes NO 65 (70) E2E2-X10D1
NC E2E2-X10D2
20.0 No NO 100 Hz 52 (70) E2E2-X20MD1
NC E2E2-X20MD2
DC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable
C
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-8
E2E2 DC 3-Wire Proximity Sensors
Long-Barrel DC 3-Wire Proximity
Sensors Built for Rugged Duty
• Nickel-plated brass (NPB) barrel
• Wrench flats for easy installation
• Solid potted internal circuitry
withstands shocks
• IP67 rated, 1200 psi water washdown
• High visibility indicator
• Voltage output eliminates the need for pull
up/down resistors (standard models)
• Flush mountable shielded versions
• Unshielded models offer longest sensing
distances
• Built-in circuit and polarity protection
• Normally Open (NO) models stocked;
Normally Closed (NC) available
• Sensor mounting and protective
accessories, see Y92E
A276
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response
Frequency
Body
Material
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
M12 2.0 Yes NPN-NO 1.5 kHz NPB 55 (60) E2E2-X2C1
PNP-NO E2E2-X2B1
5.0 No NPN-NO 400 Hz 48 (60) E2E2-X5MC1
PNP-NO E2E2-X5MB1
M18 Yes NPN-NO 600 Hz 60 (65) E2E2-X5C1
PNP-NO E2E2-X5B1
10.0 No NPN-NO 200 Hz 50 (65) E2E2-X10MC1
PNP-NO E2E2-X10MB1
M30 Yes NPN-NO 400 Hz 65 (70) E2E2-X10C1
PNP-NO E2E2-X10B1
18.0 No NPN-NO 100 Hz 52 (70) E2E2-X18MC1
PNP-NO E2E2-X18MB1
DC 3-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-9
E2E2 DC 3-Wire Proximity Sensors (continued) A276
DC 3-Wire Sensors with Built-in M12 Micro-Changes Connectors
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response
Frequency
Body
Material
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
M12 2.0 Yes NPN-NO 1.5 kHz NPB 55 (70) E2E2-X2C1-M1
PNP-NO E2E2-X2B1-M1
5.0 No NPN-NO 400 Hz 48 (70) E2E2-X5MC1-M1
PNP-NO E2E2-X5MB1-M1
M18 Yes NPN-NO 600 Hz 60 (75) E2E2-X5C1-M1
PNP-NO E2E2-X5B1-M1
10.0 No NPN-NO 200 Hz 50 (75) E2E2-X10MC1-M1
PNP-NO E2E2-X10MB1-M1
M30 Yes NPN-NO 400 Hz 65 (80) E2E2-X10C1-M1
PNP-NO E2E2-X10B1-M1
18.0 No NPN-NO 100 Hz 52 (80) E2E2-X18MC1-M1
PNP-NO E2E2-X18MB1-M1
NPN Normally Open (C1-M1)
Note: Terminal 2 is not used Note: Terminal 2 is not used
PNP Normally Open (B1-M1)
C
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-10
E2E2 AC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors
Long-Barrel AC 2-Wire Proximity
Sensors Built for Rugged Duty
• Nickel-plated brass (NPB) barrel
• Wrench flats for easy installation
• Solid potted internal circuitry
withstands shocks
• IP67 rated, 1200 psi water washdown
• High visibility indicator
• Flush mountable shielded versions
• Normally Open (NO) models stocked;
Normally Closed (NC) available
• Sensor mounting and protective
accessories, see Y92E
A277
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response
Frequency
Body
Material
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
M12 2.0 Yes NO 25 Hz NPB 55 (60) E2E2-X2Y1-US
5.0 No 48 (60) E2E2-X5MY1-US
M18 Yes 60 (65) E2E2-X5Y1-US
10.0 No 50 (65) E2E2-X10MY1-US
M30 Yes 65 (70) E2E2-X10Y1-US
18.0 No 52 (70) E2E2-X18MY1-US
AC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable
AC 2-Wire Sensors with M12, 3-Pin Dual Key-Way
Micro-Changes Connectors
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response
Frequency
Body
Material
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
M12 2.0 Yes NO 25 Hz NPB 55 (70) E2E2-X2Y1-M4
5.0 No 48 (70) E2E2-X5MY1-M4
M18 Yes 60 (75) E2E2-X5Y1-M4
10.0 No 50 (75) E2E2-X10MY1-M4
M30 Yes 65 (80) E2E2-X10Y1-M4
18.0 No 52 (80) E2E2-X18MY1-M4
Normally Open
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-11
E2E Miniature Proximity Sensors
Small Diameter, DC 3-Wire
Proximity Sensor in Cylindrical
Metal Housing
The E2E Small Diameter line with housing
sizes from 3 mm dia to 5.4 mm dia is part
of the E2E family and is the ideal solution
where space is crucial. The metal housing
provides high mechanical protection.
• Miniature housing sizes from 3 mm dia to
6.5 mm dia
• Stainless steel or brass housing
• 5 kHz switching frequency
• Mounting blocks, brackets and protective
stainless steel tubes available
A286
Ordering Information
E2E – – –
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Code Description
1 Case Material and Shape
C SUS, cylindrical
S SUS, threaded
2 Size
03 Outer diameter 3 mm
04 Outer diameter 4 mm
05
Outer diameter 5 mm
06
Outer diameter 6 mm
3 Shielding
S Shielded models
N Unshielded models
4 Sensing Distance
(number) R8 = 0.8 mm, 12 = 1.2 mm, 02 = 2 mm, 03 =
3 mm, 04 = 4 mm
5 Connecting Method
WC PVC pre-wired model
MC M8 connector, 3-pin
CJ M8 pre-wired connector, 3-pin
6 Output Specifications
B DC 3-wire PNP open-collector output
C DC 3-wire NPN open-collector output
7 Operation Mode
1 Normally open (NO)
2 Normally closed (NC)
8 Cable Length
(blank) Connector models
(number) M Cable length (Unit: m)
(Applicable to pre-wired models 2M and pre-
wired connector models 0.3M)
Note: Models are not available for all combinations of code
numbers.
The purpose of this model number legend is to provide
understanding of the meaning of specifications from the
model number.
C
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-12
E2EC Proximity Sensors
Subminiature Sensor with In-line
Amplifier Offers Great Mounting
Flexibility
• Small nickel-plated brass (NPB) sensing
heads on 0.4 m cable fit space-confined
installations
• Shielded sensing head allows the sensor
to be flush mounted in metal
• Easy operation monitoring with LED
indicator on the amplifier unit
• Robotic cable on DC 2-wire models
withstands repeated flexing on robots and
reciprocating machinery
• DC 2-wire models have cylindrical
amplifiers; DC 3-wire rectangular
amplifiers allow side-by-side mounting
• Normally Open (NO) circuit type stocked;
Normally Closed (NC) available
• Rated IP67 (2-wire); IP64 (3-wire)
A226
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response
Frequency
Body
Material
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
3 mm dia. 0.8 Yes NO 1.5 kHz NPB 0 (12) E2EC-CR8D1
NC E2EC-CR8D2
5.4 mm
dia.
1.5 NO 0 (18) E2EC-C1R5D1
NC E2EC-C1R5D2
8 mm dia. 3 NO 1 kHz E2EC-C3D1
NC E2EC-C3D2
M12 4 NO 18 (23.6) E2EC-X4D1
NC E2EC-X4D2
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response
Frequency
Body
Material
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
3 mm dia. 0.5 Yes NPN-NO 1 kHz NPB 0 (12) E2EC-CR5C1
8 mm dia. 2.5 0 (18) E2EC-C2R5C1
Description Model
Mounting
brackets
Fits 5.4 mm dia. E2EC-C1R5D sensors, SUS304 strap Y92E-F5R4
Fits M12 size E2EC-X4D@ sensors Y92E-B12
DC 2-Wire Sensors
DC 3-Wire Sensors
Accessories
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-13
TL-W Proximity Sensors
Subminiature, Flat-Pack DC
Sensor Fits Tight Spaces
• Rated IP67 for water washdown
• Space-saving mounting area, as small as
10 x 27 mm (0.39 x 1.06 in), is ideal for
conveyor wall mounting
• Mounts directly onto metal base or rail
• Rugged die-cast metal or heat-resistant
ABS plastic housing
• Pre-wired with 2 m (6.56 ft.) length cable
• Built-in circuit protection
• DC 2-wire and DC 3-wire models
Sensing
distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body material Dimensions Model
5 NO NPN-NO 500 Hz ABS 30.5 x 18 x 10 TL-W5MD1
NON-NC TL-W5MD2
Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body Material Dimensions Model
1.5 No NPN-NO 1 kHz ABS 25 x 8 x 5.5 TL-W1R5MC1*
3 600 Hz 27 x 10 x 6 TL-W3MC1*
NPN-NC TL-W3MC2*
5 NPN-NO 500 Hz 30.5 x 18
x 10
TL-W5MC1
NPN-NC TL-W5MC2
Yes NPN-NO 300 Hz Die cast
aluminum
50 x 24.9
x 10
TL-W5E1
NPN-NC TL-W5E2
NPN-NO TL-W5F1
NPN-NC TL-W5F2
20 No NPN-NO 40 Hz ABS 53 x 40 x 23 TL-W20ME1
NPN-NC TL-W20MF1
* Model includes mounting bracket.
DC 2-Wire Flat-Pack Inductive Sensors
DC 3-Wire Flat-Pack Inductive Sensors
A227
C
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-14
E2Q5 Proximity Sensors
Long Distance Inductive Sensor in
Short Plastic Body
• M12 Plug-in connection
• Integrated short circuit and reverse
polarity protection
• Active face positioning:
Y-axis 15°, X-axis 90° increments
Sensing Distance (mm) Connection Active Face Model
Type NO NO+NC
20 mm shielded Plug-in
Connector
Changeable NPN E2Q5-N20E1-M1 E2Q5-N20E3-M1
PNP E2Q5-N20F1-M1 E2Q5-N20F3-M1
40 mm non-shielded NPN E2Q5-N40ME1-M1 E2Q5-N40ME3-M1
PNP E2Q5-N40MF1-M1 E2Q5-N40MF3-M1
DC Models
World’s Smallest Square Sensor
with Built-In Amplifier
• 5.5 x 5.5 mm type allows smaller, space-
saving machines and devices
• High response frequency (1 kHz) for fast
machine processes
• Long sensing distance: (E2S-91, 1.6 mm)
(E2S-92, 2.5 mm)
• Front and end sensing face versions
match mounting needs
• DC 2-wire and DC 3-wire models
• Pre-wired with 3 m cable
• Rated IP67 for water washdown
E2S Proximity Sensors
A229
A234
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-15
E2K-X Proximity Sensors
Threaded, Cylindrical Sensor
Detects Metallic and Non-Metallic
Objects
• Non-contact detection of metallic and
non-metallic targets including water, oil,
glass, plastic and wood
• Detects level inside non-metallic
containers
• Built-in amplifier switches loads up
to 200 mA
• LED indicator and fixed sensitivity for
simple installation
• Built-in circuit protection
• Heat-resistant ABS plastic sensor rated
IP66
A323
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response
Frequency
Body
Material
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
M12 4.0 NO NPN-NO 100 Hz ABS 40 (80) E2K-X4ME1
NPN-NC E2K-X4ME2
PNP-NO E2K-X4MF1
PNP-NC E2K-X4MF2
M18 8.0 NPN-NO E2K-X8ME1
NPN-NC E2K-X8ME2
PNP-NO E2K-X8MF1
PNP-NC E2K-X8MF2
M30 15.0 NPN-NO 50 (80) E2K-X15ME1
NPN-NC E2K-X15ME2
PNP-NO E2K-X15MF1
PNP-NC E2K-X15MF2
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response
Frequency
Body
Material
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
M12 4.0 NO SCR-NO 10 Hz ABS 40 (80) E2K-X4MY1
SCR-NC E2K-X4MY2
M18 8.0 SCR-NO E2K-X8MY1
SCR-NC E2K-X8MY2
M30 15.0 SCR-NO 50 (80) E2K-X15MY1
SCR-NC E2K-X15MY2
• Normally Open (NO) and Normally Closed
(NC) available
• CE (all models), UL, CSA (AC models)
• Sensor mounting and protective
accessories, see Y92E
DC 3-Wire Models
AC 2-Wire Models
C
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-16
E2K-C Proximity Sensors
Cylindrical Sensor Offers
Adjustable Detecting Distance
• Non-contact detection of metallic and
non-metallic targets including water, oil,
glass, plastic and wood
• Detects level inside non-metallic
containers
• Settable detection distance from 3 to 25
mm with multi-turn adjuster
• Reliably detects foamy liquids in sight
glass applications
• Built-in amplifier switches up to 200 mA
• Mounting bracket included
• AC 2-wire and DC 3-wire models available
• Heat-resistant ABS plastic sensor rated
IP66
A324
Size
(dia.)
Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response
Frequency
Body
Material
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
34 mm 3 to 25 No NPN-NO 70 Hz ABS 0 (89) E2K-C25ME1
NPN-NC E2K-C25ME2
PNP-NO E2K-C25MF1
PNP-NC E2K-C25MF2
Size
(dia.)
Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response
Frequency
Body
Material
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
34 mm 3 to 25 No SCR-NO 10 Hz ABS 0 (89) E2K-C25MY1
SCR-NC E2K-C25MY2
Barrel size Description Model
M30 (34 mm) Sight Glass Mount for M30 (34 mm) Barrel Proximity Sensor Y92E-SGM34
DC 3-Wire Sensors
AC 2-Wire Sensors
Accessories
• Normally Open (NO) and Normally Closed
(NC) available
• CE (all models), UL, CSA (AC models)
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-17
E2K-F Proximity Sensors
Thin Rectangular Plastic DC
3-Wire Sensor Fits Tight Spaces
• Non-contact detection of metallic and
non-metallic targets including water, oil,
glass, plastic and wood
• Detects level inside non-metallic
containers
• Thin, 10 mm (0.39 inch) body is ideal for
conveyor wall mounting
• Unshielded sensor has LED indicator and
fixed sensitivity for simple installation
• Built-in amplifier provides NPN switching
of loads to 100 mA
Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response
Frequency
Body
Material
Dimensions
(H x W x D) mm
Model
10 No NPN-NO 100 Hz ABS 20.5 x 50 x 10.1 E2K-F10MC1
NPN-NC E2K-F10MC2
4-10 NPN-NO E2K-F10MC1-A
NPN-NC E2K-F10MC2-A
Flat-Pack Capacitive Sensors
Capacitive Liquid Level Sensor
• Mounts directly to sight glass and
bypass pipes
• Sensors unaffected by liquid color
• Fits a wide range of pipe diameters:
8 to 11 mm or 12 to 26 mm
• Built-in amplifier with indicator and
sensitivity adjuster
• Sensing heads rated IP66
• Heat-resistant ABS plastic body rated
IP66
E2K-L Proximity Sensors
A322
A326
C
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-18
E2F Proximity Sensors
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit
Type
Response
Frequency
Body
Material
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
M8 1.5 Yes NPN-NO 2 kHz Polyarylate 20 (30) E2F-X1R5E1
NPN-NC E2F-X1R5E2
PNP-NO E2F-X1R5F1
PNP-NC E2F-X1R5F2
M12 2.0 NPN-NO 1.5 kHz 24 (38) E2F-X2E1
NPN-NC E2F-X2E2
PNP-NO E2F-X2F1
PNP-NC E2F-X2F2
M18 5.0 NPN-NO 600 Hz 29 (47) E2F-X5E1
NPN-NC E2F-X5E2
PNP-NO E2F-X5F1
NPN-NC E2F-X5F2
M30 10.0 NPN-NO 400 Hz 38 (57) E2F-X10E1
NPN-NC E2F-X10E2
PNP-NO E2F-X10F1
NPN-NC E2F-X10F2
DC 3-Wire Models
AC 2-Wire Sensors
Without Short-Circuit Protection
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response
Frequency
Body
Material
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
M8 1.5 Yes SCR-NO 25 Hz Polyarylate 29 (40) E2F-X1R5Y1
SCR-NC E2F-X1R5Y2
M12 2.0 SCR-NO 25 kHz 29 (43) E2F-X2Y1
SCR-NC E2F-X2Y2
M18 5.0 SCR-NO 25 Hz 29 (47) E2F-X5Y1-US
SCR-NC E2F-X5Y2-US
M30 10.0 SCR-NO 38 (57) E2F-X10Y1-US
SCR-NC E2F-X10Y2-US
Watertight and Chemical-Resistant
Short Barrel, Plastic Body Sensors
• IP68 watertight construction
• Polyarylate plastic housing offers good
chemical resistance to acids and solvents
• Operation indicator on all models
• Short-circuit protection available on all DC
and some AC models
• CE all models; UL and CSA (M18, M30 AC
2-wire)
• Sensor mounting and protective
accessories, see Y92E
A242
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-19
E2FM Proximity Sensors
All-Stainless Inductive Sensor
Resists Abrasion and Chemicals
• One-piece 303 stainless steel face/barrel
construction resists damage caused by
work piece contact, scouring abrasion,
and harsh chemicals
• Up to 0.8 mm thick sensing face for
superior mechanical durability, wear
resistance
• Operation not influenced by accumulation
of aluminum or iron cutting chips and weld
slag
• 20% longer sensing range (10 mm)
with M30 models versus the CENELEC
standard 8 mm
• Flush mountable in ferrous materials to
protect sensor from side impact damage
A243
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Output Type Response
Frequency
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
M8 1.5 Yes PNP-NO 200 Hz 25 (49) E2FM-X1R5B1
NPN-NO E2FM-X1R5C1
M12 2.0 PNP-NO 100 Hz 33 (53) E2FM-X2B1
NPN-NO E2FM-X2C1
M18 5.0 PNP-NO 36 (56) E2FM-X5B1
NPN-NO E2FM-X5C1
M30 10.0 PNP-NO 50 Hz 43 (63.5) E2FM-X10B1
NPN-NO E2FM-X10C1
DC 3-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable
• Thick insulation protects pig-tail lead
for increased endurance in harsh
environments
• IP67 enclosure rating
C
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-20
E2FM Proximity Sensors (continued)
DC 3-Wire Sensors, Built-in M12 Connector
DC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable
A243
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit Type Response
Frequency
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
M8 1.5 Yes PNP-NO 200 Hz 25 (53.5) E2FM-X1R5B1-M1
NPN-NO E2FM-X1R5C1-M1
M12 2.0 PNP-NO 100 Hz 33 (53) E2FM-X2B1-M1
NPN-NO E2FM-X2C1-M1
M18 5.0 PNP-NO 36 (56) E2FM-X5B1-M1
NPN-NO E2FM-X5C1-M1
M30 10.0 PNP-NO 50 Hz 43 (63.5) E2FM-X10B1-M1
NPN-NO E2FM-X10C1-M1
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Circuit
Type
Response
Frequency
Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
Standard with Flouroresin Coating
M8 1.5 Yes NO,
polarity
200 Hz 25 (49) E2FM-X1R5D1 E2FM-QX1R5D1
M12 2.0 100 Hz 33 (53) E2FM-X2D1 E2FM-QX2D1
M18 5.0 NO,
polarity
36 (56) E2FM-X5D1 E2FM-QX5D1
M30 10.0 NO,
polarity
50 Hz 43 (63.5) E2FM-X10D1 E2FM-QX10D1
E2FM extra strong
sensing face
No interference by
small metal chips
on sensing surface
Cable resistant to
welding spatter
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-21
E2EH Proximity Sensors
DC 3-Wire and DC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired
DC 3-Wire and DC 2-Wire Sensors, Connector versions (M12)
Size Sensing Distance Output
Type
Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length)
Operation Mode NO Operation Mode NC
M12
5
3 mm PNP E2EH-X3B1 2M E2EH-X3B2 2M
NPN E2EH-X3C1 2M E2EH-X3C2 2M
DC 2-wire E2EH-X3D1 2M E2EH-X3D2 2M
M18 7 mm PNP E2EH-X7B1 2M E2EH-X7B2 2M
NPN E2EH-X7C1 2M E2EH-X7C2 2M
DC 2-wire E2EH-X7D1 2M E2EH-X7D2 2M
M30 12 mm PNP E2EH-X12B1 2M E2EH-X12B2 2M
NPN E2EH-X12C1 2M E2EH-X12C2 2M
DC 2-wire E2EH-X12D1 2M E2EH-X12D2 2M
Size Sensing Distance Output
Type
Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length)
Operation Mode NO Operation Mode NC
M12
5
3 mm PNP E2EH-X3B1-M1 E2EH-X3B2-M1
NPN E2EH-X3C1-M1 E2EH-X3C2-M1
DC 2-wire E2EH-X3D1-M1G E2EH-X3D2-M1G
M18 7 mm PNP E2EH-X7B1-M1 E2EH-X7B2-M1
NPN E2EH-X7C1-M1 E2EH-X7C2-M1
DC 2-wire E2EH-X7D1-M1G E2EH-X7D2-M1G
M30 12 mm PNP E2EH-X12B1-M1 E2EH-X12B2-M1
NPN E2EH-X12C1-M1 E2EH-X12C2-M1
DC 2-wire E2EH-X12D1-M1G E2EH-X12D2-M1G
A244
Heat and Detergent Resistant
Inductive Sensor in Cylindrical
Stainless Steel Housing
The heat and detergent resistant inductive
sensors allow reliable metal object or
machine part detection in demanding
environments such as food processing.
• Temperature resistant up to 120°C
• SUS316L housing with heat resistant
plastic sensing face
• IP69K for highest water resistance
• ECOLAB tested and certified detergent
resistance C
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-22
E2E-U DC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors
Oil Resistant Inductive Sensor in
Cylindrical Brass Housing
The standard E2E family offers tested oil
resistance on commonly used oils in the
automotive industry for reliable long-life
operation in automotive assembly lines.
• Oil resistant PUR cable
• M8, M12, M18 and M30 standard sizes
• IP67 (water and oil resistant)
A285
Size Sensing Distance Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length)
Operation Mode NO Operation Mode NC
M8
5
2 mm E2E-X2D1-U E2E-X2D2-U
M12 3 mm E2E-X3D1-U E2E-X3D2-U
M18 7 mm E2E-X7D1-U E2E-X7D2-U
M30 10 mm E2E-X10D1-U E2E-X10D2-U
Size Sensing Distance Model (for pre-wired types with 30 cm cable length and M12 connector)
Operation Mode NO Operation Mode NC
M8
5
2 mm E2E-X2D1-M1TGJ-U 0.3M E2E-X2D2-M1TGJ-U 0.3M
M12 3 mm E2E-X3D1-M1TGJ-U 0.3M E2E-X3D2-M1TGJ-U 0.3M
M18 7 mm E2E-X7D1-M1TGJ-U 0.3M E2E-X7D2-M1TGJ-U 0.3M
M30 10 mm E2E-X10D1-M1TGJ-U 0.3M E2E-X10D2-M1TGJ-U 0.3M
DC 2-wire, Pre-Wired
DC 2-wire, Pre-Wired with M12
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-23
E2EQ DC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors
Weld-Spatter Resistant DC 2-Wire
Cylindrical Sensors
• Rugged flouroplastic-coated brass barrel
withstands high tightening torque
• Fluoroplastic resin face prevents weld slag
build-up on sensor
• Stability and operation indicators standard
• Pre-wired and pig-tail connector models
Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Output
Type
Response
Frequency
Body Material Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
M12 4.0 Yes NO 1.0 kHz Fluoroplastic resin
coated brass
33 (38) E2EQ-X4X1
M18 8.0 500 Hz 38 (43) E2EQ-X8X1
M30 15.0 250 Hz 43 (48) E2EQ-X15X1
M12 Connector on 300 mm Pigtail Lead
Size Sensing
Distance
(mm)
Shielded Output
Type
Response
Frequency
Body Material Thread Length
(overall length)
mm
Model
M12 4.0 Yes NO 1.0 kHz Fluoroplastic resin
coated brass
33 (38) E2EQ-X4X1-M1J
M18 8.0 500 Hz 38 (43) E2EQ-X8X1-M1J
M30 15.0 250 Hz 43 (48) E2EQ-X15X1-M1J
A245
C
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-24
E2KQ-X Proximity Sensors
Chemical Resistant Capacitive Sensor
• Complete fluoroplastic resin coating for
superior chemical and oil resistance
• Detect ferrous and non-ferrous metals as
well as other materials
• Adjustable sensitivity from 6 to 10 mm
• Built-in indicator located on cable
connection face
• Rated IP66
Chemical Resistant Inductive Sensor
in Cylindrical PTFE Housing
The E2FQ features a full-body fluoroplastic
housing for chemical resistance (e.g. against
cleaning agents used in the semiconductor
industry).
• Full body fluoroplastic housing for
chemical resistance
• DC 2-wire and DC 3-wire models
DC 2-Wire, Pre-Wired
Size Sensing
Distance
Output Type Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length)
Operation Mode NO
M12
5
2 mm DC 2-wire with
polarity
E2FQ-X2D1
M18 5 mm E2FQ-X5D1
M30 10 mm E2FQ-X10D1
DC 3-Wire, Pre-Wired
Size Sensing
Distance
Output Type Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length)
Operation Mode NO
M12
5
2 mm PNP E2FQ-X2F1
NPN E2FQ-X2E1
M18 5 mm PNP E2FQ-X5F1
NPN E2FQ-X5E1
M30 10 mm PNP E2FQ-X10F1
NPN E2FQ-X10E1
E2FQ Proximity Sensors
A327
A246
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-25
E2C-EDA Proximity Sensors
Sensor Heads
Appearance Sensing Distance Repeat Accuracy Model
Cylindrical 3 dia. x 18
5—
0.6 mm 1 μm E2C-EDR6-F
5.4 dia. x 18 1 mm 1 μm E2C-ED01*1
8 dia. x 22 2 mm 2 μm E2C-ED02*1
Screw M10 x 22 2 mm 2 μm E2C-EM02*1
Flat 30 x 14 x 4.8 5 mm 2 μm E2C-EV05*1
Screw M18 ×x 6.3
—5
7 mm 5 μm E2C-EM07M*1
Screw (heat
resistant
M12 x 22
5—
2 mm 2 μm E2C-EM02H
*1 For models with cut-to-length cables add ‘-F’ for example E2C-ED01-F
For models with protective stainless steel spiral tubes add ‘-S’ for example E2C-ED01-S
Amplifier Units with Cables
Item Sensing Distance Model
NPN
Output
PNP Output
Twin-output
models
Area output, open
circuit detection,
Differential
operation
E2C-
EDA11
E2C-EDA41
External-
input
models
Remote setting,
Differential
operation
E2C-
EDA21
E2C-EDA51
Amplifier Units with Connector*2
Item Sensing Distance Model
NPN
Output
PNP
Output
Twin-output
models
Area output, open
circuit detection,
Differential
operation
E2C-EDA6 E2C-EDA8
External-
input
models
Remote setting,
Differential
operation
E2C-EDA7 E2C-EDA9
*2 Order connector E3X-CN21 separately. See E3X-DA-S in Fiber-
Optic Sensors for details.
High Precision Positioning Inductive
Proximity Sensor with Separate Amplifier
The separate amplifier inductive sensor family
E2C-EDA offers high precision distance
positioning and detection. The teach-in function
allows simple installation, and with the window
function (2 outputs) production tolerance
checks can easily be set up and modified.
• Typically several hundred μm detection precision
• Precision distance teaching
• Window function (2 outputs) for production
tolerance checks
C433
C
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-26
E2EV Proximity Sensors
Inductive Sensor Detects All
Metals at Equal Distance
• One sensor detects all kinds of metal at
equal distance
• Detect aluminum up to 3x conventional
sensing distance
• Shielded for flush mounting in metal
• Sensing distance: 2 mm (M12); 5 mm
(M18); 10 mm (M30)
• Rated IP67, resists water splash and oil
contamination
Inductive Sensor Detects Aluminum
in Tight Spaces
• Compact sensing heads and separate
amplifier for mounting flexibility
• Detect differences between object types,
object position, distance within a range
• Monitor operation with excess gain level
bar graph indicator and diagnostic output
• One-touch teaching for sensitivity
adjustment
• Shielded for flush mounting in metal
• Sensing distance by sensing head:
• 1.5 mm (M5 and unthreaded 5.4 mm dia.)
• 2 mm (unthreaded 8 mm dia.)
• 3 mm (flat)
• Pre-wired sensing heads and amplifier
each
with 2 m cable
• Sensing heads rated IP67
E2CY Proximity Sensors
A248
A249
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-27
E2EY Proximity Sensors
Inductive Sensor for Aluminum
and Non-Ferrous Metals
• Detects non-magnetic ones such as
aluminum, copper and brass and ignores
ferrous materials
• Shielded for flush mounting in metal
• Sensing distance: 4 mm (M18) and 8 mm
(M30)
• Rated IP67, resists water splash and oil
contamination
Cutting Chip Resistant Inductive
Sensor
• Detects objects without influence of
accumulated aluminum and cast iron
cutting chips
• Ideal for machine tool applications
• Sensing distance: 4 mm (M18) and 8 mm
(M30)
• Shielded for flush mounting in metal
• DC 2-wire, DC 3-wire and AC 2-wire
models
• Rated IP67, resists water splash and oil
contamination
E2EZ Proximity Sensors
A252
A253
C
Proximity Sensors
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
C-28
D-i
Cordsets
Contents
Connector Cordsets
XS2F-M12 M12 Cordsets D-1
XS5F M12 Smartclick Connector
Cordsets
D-3
XS3F-M8 M8 Cordsets D-4
Y96E-M12 Connectors for AC cables D-6
XW3D Connector terminal boxes D-7
E39-VA Handy checker for sensors D-7
D
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
D-1
XS2F-M12 Connector Cables
Water- and Environment-Resistant
M12 Connectors Save Wiring and
Maintenance Effort
• Single-ended cables with M12 connectors
satisfy IP67 requirements and ensure a
94V-0 fire retardant rating.
• Connectors make wiring a system more
modular, simplify maintenance, and
reduce downtime.
• Connectors with Cables and Connector
Assemblies are available.
A264
40.7
14.9 dia.
05L
(40: For PUR cable)
30 5
45°
5 dia.
M12
25.3
28.3
L
50
(40: For PUR cable)
30 5
45
°
5 dia.
M12
seroc 5seroc 4seroc 3
1
2
3
4
Blue
Black
Contact No. Cable lead
colors
Brown 1
2
3
4
Blue
Black
Brown
White
Contact No. Cable lead
colors
1
23
5
4Blue
Green / Ye llow
Black
Brown
White
Contact No. Cable lead
colors
XS2F - M12 Single-ended Cable with Socket
Dimensions
Straight
XS2F-M12PVC9999M PVC Cable
XS2F-M12PUR9999M PUR Cable
Angled
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com D-2
XS2F-M12 Connector Cables (continued) A264
Connector Size Cores Shape Length (m) PVC Cable Model PUR Cable Model
Socket M12
3
Angled
2 XS2F-M12PVC3A2M XS2F-M12PUR3A2M
5 XS2F-M12PVC3A5M XS2F-M12PUR3A5M
10 XS2F-M12PVC3A10M XS2F-M12PUR3A10M
Straight
2 XS2F-M12PVC3S2M XS2F-M12PUR3S2M
5 XS2F-M12PVC3S5M XS2F-M12PUR3S5M
10 XS2F-M12PVC3S10M XS2F-M12PUR3S10M
4
Angled
2 XS2F-M12PVC4A2M XS2F-M12PUR4A2M
5 XS2F-M12PVC4A5M XS2F-M12PUR4A5M
10 XS2F-M12PVC4A10M XS2F-M12PUR4A10M
Straight
2 XS2F-M12PVC4S2M XS2F-M12PUR4S2M
5 XS2F-M12PVC4S5M XS2F-M12PUR4S5M
10 XS2F-M12PVC4S10M XS2F-M12PUR4S10M
5
Angled 2 XS2F-M12PVC5A2M XS2F-M12PUR5A2M
5 XS2F-M12PVC5A5M XS2F-M12PUR5A5M
Straight 2 XS2F-M12PVC5S2M XS2F-M12PUR5S2M
5 XS2F-M12PVC5S5M XS2F-M12PUR5S5M
Description Model
Connector Type Keyway Cable Size Length Straight Connector
4-wire DC female
socket and male plug
Single 22 AWG 2 m (6.56 ft.) XS2W-D421-D81-F
5 m (16.40 ft.) XS2W-D421-G81-F
Description Model
Connector Type Keyway Cable Size Length Straight Connector
M12 male plug Single 5 to 6 mm dia 58.7 mm XS2G-D4S1
M12 female socket 54.9 mm XS2C-D4S1
Insulation Displacement Contact
M12 male plug Single 2 to 8 mm dia. 66 m XS5G-D418
M12 female socket 62.4 mm XS5C-D418
Extension Cordsets, Two Single Key Molded M12 Sensor Connectors
Plug and Socket Field Wireable Assemblies
D
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
D-3
Premium M12 Smartclick Connectors
• Single-ended cables with M12 connectors
• Smartclick offers a fast, one-step connection
with only a 1/8th turn lock
• Smartclick can connect with standard screw-
type M12 connectors
• IP67 water resistance
XS5F Connector Cables K249
Dimensions
Wiring Diagram
Note: The cover of the Standard Cable
(XS5F-D421-981-A) and the Oil-resistant
Polyurethane Cable (XS5F-D421-981-P) is black,
and the cover of the Vibration-proof Robot Cable
(XS5F-D421-981-F) is warm gray.
(Unit: mm)
Ordering Information
Cable type Cable connection direction No. of cable cores Cable length Model Minimum Order
Standard cable Straight 4 1
XS5F-D421-C80-A
10
2
XS5F-D421-D80-A
3 XS5F-D421-E80-A
5 XS5F-D421-G80-A 5
10 XS5F-D421-J80-A
Vibration-proof
robot cable
1 XS5F-D421-C80-F
102 XS5F-D421-D80-F
3 XS5F-D421-E80-F
5 XS5F-D421-G80-F 5
10 XS5F-D421-J80-F
Oil-resistant poly-
urethane cable
2 XS5F-D421-D80-P 10
5 XS5F-D421-G80-P 5
10 XS5F-D421-J80-P
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com D-4
XS3F-M8 Connector Cables
L
31.4
21.5
12.9
30
50
(40: For PUR cable)
5
9 dia.
Compact, Watertight M8
Connectors
• Water-resistive, compact connector meets
IP67 requirements.
• Using connectors for wiring ensures
ease of equipment maintenance and
reduces downtime required for equipment
maintenance.
A267
XS3F - M8 Socket on One Cable End
Connectors with Cable Attached
Dimensions
Wiring Diagram
(Unit: mm)
XS3F-M8PVC9999M PVC Cable
XS3F-M8PUR9999M PUR Cable
Angled
Straight
selop 4 selop 3
Male Female Male Female
13
4
1
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
L
30
50
(40: For PUR cable)
5
20.5
23.1
9 dia.
seloP 4seloP 3
1
3
4
Brown
Blue
Black
Cable lead colors
Contact No.
1
2
3
4
White
Brown
Blue
Black
Cable lead colors
Contact No.
D
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
D-5
XS3F-M8 Connector Cables (continued) A267
Connector Size Cable Material Poles Type Length Model
Socket M8
PVC
3
Angled
2 XS3F-M8PVC3A2M
5 XS3F-M8PVC3A5M
10 XS3F-M8PVC3A10M
Straight
2 XS3F-M8PVC3S2M
5 XS3F-M8PVC3S5M
10 XS3F-M8PVC3S10M
4
Angled
2 XS3F-M8PVC4A2M
5 XS3F-M8PVC4A5M
10 XS3F-M8PVC4A10M
Straight
2 XS3F-M8PVC4S2M
5 XS3F-M8PVC4S5M
10 XS3F-M8PVC4S10M
PUR
3
Angled
2 XS3F-M8PUR3A2M
5 XS3F-M8PUR3A5M
10 XS3F-M8PUR3A10M
Straight
2 XS3F-M8PUR3S2M
5 XS3F-M8PUR3S5M
10 XS3F-M8PUR3S10M
4
Angled
2 XS3F-M8PUR4A2M
5 XS3F-M8PUR4A5M
10 XS3F-M8PUR4A10M
Straight
2 XS3F-M8PUR4S2M
5 XS3F-M8PUR4S5M
10 XS3F-M8PUR4S10M
Description Model
Connector Type Keyway Cable Size Cable Type Length Straight Connector
4-wire DC female
socket and male plug
Single 22 AWG Robotic 1 m (3.28 ft.) XS3W-M421-401-R
2 m (6.56 ft.) XS3W-M421-402-R
Extension Cordsets, Two Single Key Molded M8 Sensor Connectors
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com D-6
AC Cordsets with M12
Micro-Changes Connectors
• Quick-disconnect AC cordsets allow easy
installation and replacement of AC sensors
• Female 3-pole dual keyway socket
• Oil-resistant, PVC jacketed cable with
internal metal sheath protects conductors
against cuts and abrasions
• Straight and right-angle connector
cordsets available
• Rated IP67
• UL recognized, CSA certified
A263
Micro-Change®: Registered trademark of Woodhead Industries
Description Model
Connector Type Keyway Cable Size Length Straight Connector Right Angle Connector
3-wire AC, female
Micro-Change® socket
Dual 22 AWG 6 ft. Y96E-33SA6 Y96E-33RA6
12 ft. Y96E-33SA12 Y96E-33RA12
20 ft. Y96E-33SA20 Y96E-33RA20
Straight Connector Cordsets Face View Female Connector
Gold/palladium/
nickel plated
brass contacts
Gold/palladium/
nickel plated
brass contacts
Y96E-33SA9
Y96E-33RA9
Right Angle Connector Cordsets
Y96E-M12 Connector Cables
D
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
D-7
Simple Wiring of Sensor Actuators
• Greatly reduces wiring work
• Higher rated current to enable output
applications.
• Compatible with other M12 screw connectors.
• Degree of protection : IP67 (IEC60529)
Handheld Power Supply to Check
Sensor Operation
• Portable Power Supply Unit for Sensors
• Check sensor operation via buzzer and
LED indicator
• Low battery indicator for easy battery
maintenance
• Use with both PNP and NPN three wire
sensors
Ratings Description Model
Power supply voltage 18 V (use two 9 V dry-cell batteries) E39-VA
Note: Two 9 VDC dry-cell batteries are included.
XW3D Connector Terminal Boxes
Ratings and Specifications
Rated current 4 A/port, 12 A/Box (power line)
Rated voltage 10 to 30 VDC
Contact resistance (connector) 40 mΩ max. (20 mV max., 100 mA max.)
Insulation resistance 100 mΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength (connector) 500 VAC for 1 min. (leakage current: 1 mA max.)
Insertion tolerance 50 times min.
Ambient operating temperature range −25 to 70°C
Sensor type and wiring 3-Wire DC NPN/2-Wire DC 3-4 2-Wire DC 1-4/Without polarity 3-4 3-Wire DC PNP/2-Wire DC 1-4
Actuator wiring Actuator wiring 1-4 – Actuator wiring 3-4
No. of ports No. of I/O Model Model Model
4 4 XW3D-P455-G11 XW3D-P452-G11 XW3D-P453-G11
8 8 XW3D-P855-G11 XW3D-P852-G11 XW3D-P853-G11
4 8 XW3D-P458-G11 –XW3D -P457-G11
Ordering Information
Note: 1. “1-4” and “3-4” are the connector pin numbers that are wired.
2. All cables are 5 m long.
E39-VA Hand-held Checker
H324
B297
E-i
Photomicrosensors
Contents
Selection Guide E-ii
Slotted
EESX959Ultra-small, 5 mm slot
sensors
E-1
EE-SX779/
EE-SX879
Thin profile, pre-wired
5 mm slot sensors
E-2
EE-SX479/
EESX-679
Plug-in or pre-wired
slotted sensors
E-3
EE-SX979Plug-in slot sensors with
reduced mounting depth
E-5
EE-SPX749/
EE-SPX849
Plug-in light modulated
slot sensors
E-6
EE-SPX301/
EE-SPX401
Plug-in 3.6 mm slot sensors E-7
EE-SPX-
W2A
Pre-wired light modulated
slot sensors
E-8
EE-
SPX303N/
EE-SPX403N
Plug-in 13 mm slot sensors E-9
Reflective
EE-SPY319/
EE-SPY-419
Reflective plug-in sensors E-10
EE-SY671/
EE-SY672
Adjustable sensitivity
reflective plug-in sensors
E-11
EE-SPY301/
302/401/402
Reflective sensors with
plug-in/solder terminals
E-7
Through-Beam
EE-SPW311/
EE-SPW411
Long-distance miniature
built in amp
E-12
EE-SPW321/
EE-SPW421
Miniature sensing heads
with in-line cable amplifier
E-13
Special Application
EE-SPX613 Liquid level sensor E-14
EE-SPZ-A Retro-reflective sensor E-15
EE-SA701/
EE-SA801
Pushbutton actuator
sensors
E-16
EE-SPY801/
EE-SPY802
Wafer carrier mounting
sensor
E-17
E
EE‐SX97
EE‐SPX303N
EE‐SPX403N
EE-SX47
EE-SX67
EE-SX77
EE-SX87 EE-SX95 EE-SPX74
EE-SPX84 EE-SPX-W
EE-SPX301
EE-SPX401
EE- SPW311
EE- SPW411
EE-SPW321
EE-SPW421
EE-SPY31
EE-SPY41
EE-SY671
EE-SY672
EE-SPY30_
EE-SPY40_
EE-SPZ-W EE-SPY613
EE-SPY801
EE-SPY-802
EE-SA701
EE-SA801
What type of application?
5 mm 13 mm 5, 7, 10 mm 5 mm 5 mm 3.6, 5 mm 3.6, 5 mm 3.6 mm 1 m 300 mm 2‐5 mm 1‐5 mm 5 mm 200 mm Liquid
level
detection
Wafer
carrier
position
detection
Pushbutton
actuator
for robotic
gripper
What kind of sensor do you need?
Slot width Sensing distance Sensing distance
Slot Sensor
Through Beam Sensor Reflective sensors Retro‐Reflective
Sensors
Application Specific
Sensors
Sensing distance
Continuous miniaturization of robots and machinery for semiconductor, photovoltaic
and electronics manufacturing require increasingly precise positioning data to maximize
production yield and maintain high quality. Amplified Photomicrosensors deliver high
precision in a simply
mounted format. Embed them in rails for robots, X-Y positioning
tables and conveyors for
end-of-travel and home position inputs. All are designed for easy
connection to PLCs and other
controllers as part of a motion control solution.
• Wide choice of models: slotted, through-beam, reflective, and retro-reflective
• Special application solutions for liquid level detection, wafer carrier positioning,
and object confirmation for robotic grippers
SMALL SENSORS DELIVER PRECISE POSITIONING
Photomicrosensors
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
E-ii
EE‐SX97
EE‐SPX303N
EE‐SPX403N
EE-SX47
EE-SX67
EE-SX77
EE-SX87 EE-SX95 EE-SPX74
EE-SPX84 EE-SPX-W
EE-SPX301
EE-SPX401
EE- SPW311
EE- SPW411
EE-SPW321
EE-SPW421
EE-SPY31
EE-SPY41
EE-SY671
EE-SY672
EE-SPY30_
EE-SPY40_
EE-SPZ-W EE-SPY613
EE-SPY801
EE-SPY-802
EE-SA701
EE-SA801
What type of application?
5 mm 13 mm 5, 7, 10 mm 5 mm 5 mm 3.6, 5 mm 3.6, 5 mm 3.6 mm 1 m 300 mm 2‐5 mm 1‐5 mm 5 mm 200 mm Liquid
level
detection
Wafer
carrier
position
detection
Pushbutton
actuator
for robotic
gripper
What kind of sensor do you need?
Slot width Sensing distance Sensing distance
Slot Sensor
Through Beam Sensor Reflective sensors Retro‐Reflective
Sensors
Application Specific
Sensors
Sensing distance
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-iii
E
Type Slotted Through-Beam
Model
EE-SX95 EE-SX77/87 EE-SX47/67 EE-SPX74/84
Features •
Indicator visible from
many directions
•
Mount using M2 or M3
Screws
•
Robot Cable option
•
Compact size
•
Indicator visible from
both sides
•
M3 mounting holes and
slotted mounting holes
for easy adjustment
•
Visible indicator from
many directions
•
Response frequency as
high as 1 kHz
•
Robot Cable standard
on pre-wired models
•
4 models
•
Connectors with
locks for vibration
applications
•
Mount with M3 screws
Housing material
Polybutylene
terephthalate
(PBT) (Case/Cover)
Polycarbonate (PC)
(Emitter/receiver)
Polybutylene
terephthalate (PBT)
Polybutylene
terephthalate
(PBT) (Case/Cover)
Polycarbonate (PC)
(Emitter/receiver)
Polycarbonate (PC)
Sensing distance
5 mm slot width 5 mm slot width 5 mm slot width 3.6 or 5 mm slot width
Output type
NPN, PNP NPN, PNP NPN, PNP NPN
Output configuration
Light-On or Dark-On Light-On or Dark-On Light-On/Dark-On
(selectable)
Light-On or Dark-On
Supply voltage
5 – 24 VDC 5 – 24 VDC 5 – 24 VDC 5 – 24 VDC
Connection type •
Pre-wired (4 wire cable)
(1 m std length)
•
Pre-wired (3 wire cable)
(2 m std length)
•
4 wire cable (1 m std
length)
•
Solder Connector
•
Connector with 1 m
Cable
•
Special Connector
(EE-1013 with 1 m
cable)
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
E-iv
Type Slotted Through-Beam Diffuse Reflective
Model
EE-SX97 EE-SPX-W2A EE-SPX-303N/403N EE-SPY31_
Features •
Reduced mounting
height from deeply
embedded socket
•
7 mounting shapes
•
Indicator visible from
4 directions
•
Locking connectors for
secure wiring
•
4 models
•
Light Modulation to
reduce external light
interference
•
Bright Light Indicator
•
Widest Slot type
•
Resistant to common
noise
•
Can be used in front of
shiny background
•
Small object detection
(0.05 mm dia.)
•
Light modulation
reduces external light
interference
Housing material
Polybutylene
terephthalate
(PBT) (Case/Cover)
Polycarbonate (PC)
(Emitter/receiver)
Polycarbonate (PC) Polycarbonate (PC) Polycarbonate PC
(case) Polybutylene
terephthalate PBT
(holder)
Sensing distance
5 mm slot width 3.6 or 5 mm slot width 13 mm slot width 2 to 5 mm
Output type
NPN, PNP NPN NPN NPN
Output configuration
Light-On and Dark-On Light-On or Dark-On Light-On or Dark-On Light-On or Dark-On
Supply voltage
5 – 24 VDC 5 – 24 VDC 5 – 24 VDC 5 – 24 VDC
Connection type •
Commercially available
connector: EE-1017
with 1 m or 3 m cable;
EE-1017-R with 1 m or
3 m robotic cable
•
Pre-wired (3 wire cable)
(1 m std length)
•
Connector with
standard cable
•
Connector with robot
cable
•
NPN to PNP
Conversion connector
•
Connector with
standard cable
•
Connector with robot
cable
•
NPN to PNP
Conversion connector
Photomicrosensors
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-v
E
Type Diffuse Reflective Through-beam
Model
EE-SY671/672 EE-SPX301/401
EE-SPY301/401 EE-SPW311/411 EE-SPW321/421
Features •
Built in sensitivity
adjustment
•
Built-in amplifier with
100 mA capacity
•
Bright indicator light
•
Light Modulation,
sensor not affected by
external light
•
Optical Axis mark for
easy adjustment
•
Through Beam
•
Easy-to wire connector
•
Bright indicator light
•
Cable mounted
amplifier for space
savings mounting
•
Through beam
•
Both sensor head
and amplifier have
indicating lights
Housing material
Polybutylene
terephthalate
(PBT) (Case/Cover)
Polycarbonate (PC)
(Emitter/receiver)
Polycarbonate (PC) Polybutylene
terephthalate
(PBT) (Case/Cover)
Polycarbonate (PC)
(Emitter/receiver)
ABS Resin (case) Acrylic
Resin (lens)
Sensing distance
1 to 5 mm 3 - 6 mm slot width
or 5 mm distance
1 m 300 mm max. distance
between sensing heads
Output type
NPN NPN NPN NPN
Output configuration
Light-On/Dark-On
(selectable)
Light-On or Dark-On Light-On or Dark-On Light-On or Dark-On
Supply voltage
5 – 24 VDC 5 – 24 VDC 5 – 24 VDC 12 – 24 VDC
Connection type •
Connector only
•
Connector with cable
•
Connector with robot
cable
•
Connector only
•
Connector with cable
•
NPN to PNP
Conversion connector
•
Connector with 2 m
cable
•
Pre-wired 2 m cable
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
E-vi
Type Retro-reflective Liquid level Pushbutton actuator Wafer carrier positioning
Model
EE-SPZ-A EE-SPX613 EE-SA701-/801 EE-SPY801/802
Features •
Longer sensing
distance, simpler to
align than diffuse and
through-beam sensors
•
Supports connection
with PLCs
•
Can mount on 6 mm to
13 mm diameter pipe
•
Liquid level indicator
•
Built-in sensitivity
selector
•
Pushbutton actuator
detects FOUP
cassettes loading on
robotic transfer arms
•
5 million operation
mechanical life
•
Diffuse reflective
sensors detect leg
section of wafer
carriers
•
Pedestals guide carrier
for detection
•
Left- and right-hand
models
Housing material
Polycarbonate (PC) Polycarbonate (PC) Polycarbonate (PC)
(Base) Polyacetal
(Actuator)
Ethylene tetrafluoro
ethylene (ETFE)
case Polybutylene
terephthalate (PBT) base
plate
Sensing distance
200 mm 6-13 mm dia. pipe 3.5-4.5 mm operating
position
0-3 mm
Output type
NPN NPN NPN or PNP NPN
Output configuration
Light-On or Dark-On Light-On/Dark-On
(selectable)
—Dark-On
Supply voltage
5 – 24 VDC 12 – 24 VDC 12 – 24 VDC 12 – 24 VDC
Connection type •
Connector only
•
Connector with cable
•
NPN to PNP
Conversion connector
•
Pre-wired 1 m cable
•
Pre-wired 1 m cable
•
Pre-wired 1 m robot
cable
•
Pre-wired with 2 m,
talc-free cable
Photomicrosensors
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-vii
E
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
E-1
Ultra-Small Size for Space
Constrained Locations
• 5 body shapes enable easier fit and
alignment
• Indicator light can be viewed from 4
directions for simple installation and
operation
• Easy to mount with either M2 or M3 screws
• Flexible robot cable options available, ideal
for moving part applications
• Wire selectable Dark-ON or Light-ON output
Sensors
Appearance Sensor
method
Sensing
distance
Output
configuration
Connection method
(cable length)
Output
type
Model
Standard Through-
beam
(with slot)
Infrared
light
5 mm
(slot width)
Light-ON
Dark-ON
(2 outputs)
Pre-wired model with
standard cable (1 m)
NPN EE-SX950-W 1M *1
PNP EE-SX950P-W *2
Pre-wired model with
robot cage (1 m)
NPN EE-SX950-R 1M *1
L-shaped Pre-wired model with
standard cable (1 m)
NPN EE-SX951-W 1M *1
PNP EE-SX951P-W 1M *2
Pre-wired model with
robot cage (1 m)
NPN EE-SX951-R 1M *1
F-shaped Pre-wired model with
standard cable (1 m)
NPN EE-SX952-W 1M *1
PNP EE-SX952P-W 1M *2
Pre-wired model with
robot cage (1 m)
NPN EE-SX952P-R 1M *1
R-shaped Pre-wired model with
standard cable (1 m)
NPN EE-SX953-W 1M *1
PNP EE-SX953P-W 1M *2
Pre-wired model with
robot cage (1 m)
NPN EE-SX953-R 1M *1
U-shaped Pre-wired model with
standard cable (1 m)
NPN EE-SX954-W 1M *1
PNP EE-SX954P-W 1M *2
Pre-wired model with
robot cage (1 m)
NPN EE-SX954-R 1M *1
*1. A model with a 3 m cable is available.. The model number is EE-SX959-93M. (Example: EE-SX950-W 3M)
*2. A pre-wired model with PNP output and 1 m cable is available. The model number is EE-SX959P-R 1M.
(Example: EE-SX950P-R 1M).
EE-SX959 Slotted Photomicrosensors
6
23.9 12
Standard
12
12
13.4
L-shaped
11.7
12
13.4
F-shap
ed
12
11.7
13.4
R-shaped
6
16
13.4
U-shaped
6
23.9 12
Standard
12
12
13.4
L-shaped
11.7
12
13.4
F-shap
ed
12
11.7
13.4
R-shaped
6
16
13.4
U-shaped
6
23.9 12
Standard
12
12
13.4
L-shaped
11.7
12
13.4
F-shaped
12
11.7
13.4
R-shaped
6
16
13.4
U-shaped
6
23.9 12
Standard
12
12
13.4
L-shaped
11.7
12
13.4
F-shap
ed
12
11.7
13.4
R-shaped
6
16
13.4
U-shaped
6
23.9 12
Standard
12
12
13.4
L-shaped
11.7
12
13.4
F-shap
ed
12
11.7
13.4
R-shaped
6
16
13.4
U-shaped
B443
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-2
Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors with
Open Collector Output
• Standard, L-shaped, and T-shaped models
available
• Pre-wired with 2 m flexible cable that
conforms to machine contours
• Models available with Light-ON or Dark-ON
output configurations
• Response frequency as high as 1 kHz
• Easy to monitor, indicators are visible from
both sides
• Indicator turns OFF when light is interrupted;
opposite operation models available
• Readily-visible, molded workpiece insertion
mark allows fine-tuning of sensing position
• Allows standard M3-screw mounting
• Wide operating voltage range simplifies
sensor connection to TTLs, relays, and
programmable controllers (PLC)
• Ideal for use in end-of-travel, home position
and operation trigger applications
Pre-Wired Slotted Photomicrosensors
Appearance Sensor type Slot width/depth Dimensions H x W x D mm Output form Output Type Model
Standard Through-
beam (slot)
5 mm W x 9 mm
D
31.1 x 18 x 4.6 Light-ON NPN EE-SX870
PNP EE-SX870P
Dark-ON NPN EE-SX770
PNP EE-SX770P
L-shaped 21 x 18 x 13 Light-ON NPN EE-SX871
PNP EE-SX871P
Dark-ON NPN EE-SX771
PNP EE-SX771P
T-shaped 31.1 x 12.3 x 19.1 Light-ON NPN EE-SX872
PNP EE-SX872P
Dark-ON NPN EE-SX772
PNP EE-SX772P
EE-SX779/EE-SX879
Slotted Photomicrosensors B422
E
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
E-3
Widest Variety of Body Shapes of
Connector-Ready Slotted Sensors
• 8 body configurations available with connector, pre-
wired cable or pre-wired connector
• Easy operation monitoring with bright LED indicator
• Choose Light-ON or Light-ON/Dark-ON output
models
• Light modulation reduces external light interference
• Flexible robot cable is standard on all pre-wired
models
• Wide operating voltage range simplifies sensor
connection to TTLs, relays and programmable
controllers (PLC)
Connector-Ready Slotted Photomicrosensors
Shape Sensor
type
Slot width/depth Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Output form Indicator operation Output
Type
Model
Standard Through-
beam
5 mm W x
9 mm H
28.4 x 25.4 x
6.95
Light-ON Light-ON NPN EE-SX470
Light-ON/
Dark-ON
selectable
Dark-ON EE-SX670
Light-ON EE-SX670A
Dark-ON PNP EE-SX670P
L-shaped 15.5 x 26.2 x
20.7
Light-ON Light-ON NPN EE-SX471
Light-ON/
Dark-ON
selectable
Dark-ON EE-SX671
Light-ON EE-SX671A
Dark-ON PNP EE-SX671P
T-shaped 7 mm W x
9 mm H
28.4 x 29 x
13.7
Light-ON Light-ON NPN EE-SX472
Light-ON/
Dark-ON
selectable
Dark-ON EE-SX672
Light-ON EE-SX672A
Dark-ON PNP EE-SX672P
Close-mount-
ing vertical
5 mm W x
9 mm H
28.4 x 13.4 x
12.8
Light-ON Light-ON NPN EE-SX473
Light-ON/
Dark-ON
selectable
Dark-ON EE-SX673
Light-ON EE-SX673A
Dark-ON PNP EE-SX673P
Close-mount-
ing horizontal
15.5 x 13.6 x
27.7
Light-ON Light-ON NPN EE-SX474
Light-ON/
Dark-ON
selectable
Dark-ON EE-SX674
Light-ON EE-SX674A
Dark-ON PNP EE-SX674P
T-shaped 10 mm W x
9 mm H
28.4 x 31 x
16.7
Light-ON NPN EE-SX675
PNP EE-SX675P
F-shaped 5 mm W x
9 mm H
28.4 x 13.2 x
13.7
NPN EE-SX676
PNP EE-SX676P
R-shaped NPN EE-SX677
PNP EE-SX677P
EE-SX479/EE-SX679
Slotted Photomicrosensors B423
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-4
Connectors and Accessories (continued)
Appearance Item Description Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Model
Solder connector — 16.8 x 13.0 x 4.0 EE-1001
Makes selectable operation models into Light-ON
operation sensors. The L and positive (+) termi-
nals are already short-circuited.
EE-1001-1
Connector has locking mechanism 13.5 x 13 x 4 EE-1009
Connector with
cable
2 m cable 11.8 x 16.2 x 5.3 EE-1006
Pre-Wired Slotted Photomicrosensors
Shape Sensor
type
Slot
width/
depth
Dimensions
H x W x D
mm
Output
form
Connection Method
(cable length)
Model
NPN Output PNP Output
Standard Through-
beam
5 mm W x
9 mm H
28.4 x 25.4 x
6.95
Light-ON
Dark-ON
(select-
able)
Pre-wired models (1 m) EE-SX670-WR EE-SX670P-WR
Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)
EE-SX670-C1J-R EE-SX670P-C1J-R
L-shaped 15.5 x 26.2 x
20.7
Pre-wired models (1 m) EE-SX671-WR EE-SX671P-WR
Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)
EE-SX671-C1J-R EE-SX671P-C1J-R
T-shaped 7 mm W x
9 mm H
28.4 x 29 x
13.7
Pre-wired models (1 m) EE-SX672-WR EE-SX672P-WR
Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)
EE-SX672-C1J-R EE-SX672P-C1J-R
Close-
mounting
vertical
5 mm W x
9 mm H
28.4 x 13.4 x
12.8
Pre-wired models (1 m) EE-SX673-WR EE-SX673P-WR
Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)
EE-SX673-C1J-R EE-SX673P-C1J-R
Close-
mounting
horizon-
tal
15.5 x 13.6 x
27.7
Pre-wired models (1 m) EE-SX674-WR EE-SX674P-WR
Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)
EE-SX674-C1J-R EE-SX674P-C1J-R
T-shaped 10 mm
W x
9 mm H
28.4 x 31 x
16.7
Pre-wired models (1 m) EE-SX675-WR EE-SX675P-WR
Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)
EE-SX675-C1J-R EE-SX675P-C1J-R
F-
shaped
5 mm W x
9 mm H
28.4 x 13.2 x
13.7
Pre-wired models (1 m) EE-SX676-WR EE-SX676P-WR
Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)
EE-SX676-C1J-R EE-SX676P-C1J-R
R-
shaped
28.4 x 13.2 x
13.7
Pre-wired models (1 m) EE-SX677-WR EE-SX677P-WR
Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)
EE-SX677-C1J-R EE-SX677P-C1J-R
EE-SX479/EE-SX679
Slotted Photomicrosensors (continued) B423
E
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
E-5
Space Saving Sensor with Secure
Connector
• Deeply embedded socket reduces overall
mounting height
• 7 shapes to match most applications
• Light-ON and Dark-ON outputs wire selectable
• PNP and NPN output models
• Locking connector for secure wiring
• Indicator visible from 4 directions
• Power reverse polarity protection and output
overcurrent with thermal
• Shutdown circuit built into NPN output models
Connector-Ready Slotted Photomicrosensors
Shape Sensor type Slot width/depth Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Output form NPN output
Model
PNP output
model
Standard Through beam
with slot
5 W x
9 D mm
22 x 26 x 6.8 Dark-ON/
Light-ON/
(selectable)
EE-SX970-C1 EE-SX970PC1
L-shaped 5 W x
9 D mm
15.5 x 26.2 x 14.7 EE-SX971-C1 EE-SX971PC1
T-shaped 5 W x
9 D mm slot
center 7 mm
22 x 13.7 x 26 EE-SX972-C1 EE-SX972PC1
Close-
mounting
5 W x
9 D mm
15.5 x 13.4 x 21.7 EE-SX974-C1 EE-SX974PC1
T-shaped slot
center 10 mm
5 W x
9 D mm slot
center 10 mm
22 x 16.7 x 26 EE-SX975-C1 EE-SX975PC1
T-shaped 5 W x
9 D mm
22 x 15.9 x 13.2 EE-SX976-C1 EE-SX976PC1
F-shaped 5 W x
9 D mm
22 x 15.9 x 13.2 EE-SX977-C1 EE-SX977PC
Connector
Description Cable length Model
Connector with standard
cable
1 m EE-1017 1M
3 m EE-1017 3M
Connector with robotic cable 1 m EE-1017-R 1M
3 m EE-1017-R 3M
EE-SX97 Slotted Photomicrosensors B442
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-6
Connector-Ready Photomicrosensors
with Open Collector Output
• Compact sensor for high-density mounting
• Standard, L-shaped, and T-shaped models available
• Easy to maintain, plugs into Connector
cordset EE-1013
• Connector features built-in safety lock vibration and
shock resistance
• Models available with Light-ON or Light-ON/Dark-ON
output configurations
• Powerful light modulation against external light
interference
• Easy operation monitoring with bright LED indicator
• Wide operating voltage range simplifies sensor
connection to TTLs, relays, and programmable
controllers (PLC)
• Ideal for use in end-of-travel, home position and
operation trigger applications
Plug-In Slotted Photomicrosensors
Shape Sensor type Slot width/depth Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Output form Model
Standard Through
beam (slot)
3.6 mm W x 6.6 mm D 21.2 x 25 x 7.4 Light-ON EE-SPX840
Dark-ON EE-SPX740
L-shaped, left tab 21.2 x 15.5 x 13 Light-ON EE-SPX842
Dark-ON EE-SPX742
L-shaped, right tab Light-ON EE-SPX843
Dark-ON EE-SPX743
T-shaped 5 mm W x 9 mm H 15.4 x 27.2 x 15.5 Light-ON EE-SPX841
Dark-ON EE-SPX741
Connector
Appearance Item Description Dimensions H x W x D mm Model
Connector with
cable
1 m cable 11.8 x 16.2 x 5.3 EE-1013
EE-SPX749/EE-SPX849
Slotted Photomicrosensors B425
E
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
E-7
Narrow Slot Sensors and
Reflective Sensors with Plug in
Connection
• Slotted DC sensor with plug-in connection
for counting and presence/absence detection
applications
• Light modulation reduces external light
interference
• Light-ON and Dark-ON operation models
• Built-in Light-ON indicator
• Connector simplifies installation and
maintenance: choose connector with 1 m
cable (EE-1003) or solder terminals (EE-1002)
• Convert EE-SPX301/401 NPN output to PNP
with EE-2001 output converter
Photomicrosensors
Appearance Sensor type Sensing distance Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Output
type
Output
form
Model
Through beam with
slot
3.6 W x 9 L mm slot 31.5 H x 26 W x 7 D mm NPN Dark-ON EE-SPX301
Light-
ON
EE-SPX401
Horizontal
type
Diffuse reflective 5 mm 27.5 H x 26 W x 7 D mm Dark-ON EE-SPY301
Light-
ON
EE-SPY401
Vertical type Diffuse reflective 5 mm 27.5 H x 26 W x 7 D mm Dark-ON EE-SPY302
Light-
ON
EE-SPY402
Connectors and Accessories
Description Model
Solder connector EE-1002
Connector with cable 1 m length EE-1003
Connector hold-down clip for EE-1003 EE-1003A
NPN/PNP conversion connector, 0.46 length EE-2001
EE-SPX301/401, -SPY301/302/401/402
Slotted/Reflective Photomicrosensors B426
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-8
Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors
Appearance Sensor
type
Slot width/depth Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Output form Output
Type
Model
Standard Through
beam
(slot)
3.6 mm W x 6.6
mm D
29.2 x 25 x 7.4 Light-ON NPN EE-SPX306-W2A
Dark-ON EE-SPX406-W2A
L-shaped,
left tab
29.2 x 15.5 x 13 Light-ON EE-SPX302-W2A
Dark-ON EE-SPX402-W2A
L-shaped,
right tab
21.2 x 15.5 x 13 Light-ON EE-SPX304-W2A
Dark-ON EE-SPX404-W2A
T-shaped 5 mm W x 9 mm H 15.5 x 27.2 x 22.5 Light-ON EE-SPX305-W2A
Dark-ON EE-SPX405-W2A
Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors with
Open Collector Output
• Compact sensor for high-density mounting
• Standard, L-shaped, and T-shaped models
available
• Incorporating dust-proof slit
• Detects objects as small as 0.5 mm diameter
• Light-ON or Dark-ON output configurations
models available
• Optical axis monitoring with a Light-ON
indicator
• Light modulation effectively reduces external
light interference
• Pre-wired with 2 m cable
EE-SPX-W2A
Slotted Photomicrosensors B427
E
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
E-9
Connector-Ready Wide Slot
Sensors
• Large slot width (13 mm W x 10 mm D)
• Models available with Light-ON or Dark-ON
output configurations
• Powerful light modulation against external
light interference
• Easy adjustment and optical axis monitoring
with a Light-ON indicator
• Convert to PNP output with EE-2002
conversion connector
Wide Slot Photomicrosensors
Appearance Sensor type Slot width/depth Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Output form Output
Type
Model
Through beam with
slot
13 mm W x 10 mm D 26 x 26 x 7.4 Light-ON NPN EE-SPX303N
Dark-ON EE-SPX403N
Connectors and Accessories
Appearance Item Description Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Model
Solder connector Connector makes selectable opera-
tion
sensors into Light-ON operation
sensors. Short-circuits L and positive
(+) terminals.
16.8 x 13.0 x 4.0 EE-1001
Connector with cable 2 m cable 11.8 x 16.2 x 5.3 EE-1006
Connector holder For EE-1006 25.2 x 29.2 x 5.5 EE-1006A
Connector with cable 2 m cable 13.5 x 13.0 x 4.0 EE-1010
Connector with robotic cable EE-1010R
NPN/PNP conversion con-
nector
16.2 x 11.8 x 5.3 EE-2002
EE-SPX303N/EE-SPX403N
Slotted Photomicrosensors B428
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-10
Connector-Ready Reflective
Sensors
• Detect dark colored objects and targets in
front of mirror-like backgrounds
• Detect objects as small as 0.05 mm diameter
copper wire
• 2 to 5 mm sensing distance
• Vertical and horizontal mounting models
available
• Easy to maintain, plugs into Connector
cordset EE-1006
• Light modulation effectively reduces external
light interference
• Easy operation monitoring with bright LED
indicator
Plug-in Reflective
Appearance Sensor type Slot width/depth Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Output form Output
type
Model
Horizontal Convergent
reflective
2-5 mm 29 x 26 x 8 Dark-ON NPN EE-SPY311
Light-ON EE-SPY411
Vertical Dark-ON EE-SPY312
Light-ON EE-SPY412
EE-SPY319/EE-SPY419
Reflective Photomicrosensors B429
E
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
E-11
Reflective Sensors with Sensitivity
Adjuster
• 1 to 5 mm sensing distance
• Vertical and horizontal mounting models
available
• Light-ON/Dark-ON output wire selectable
• Light modulation effectively reduces external
light interference
• Easy operation monitoring with bright LED
indicator
Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors
Appearance Sensor type Sensing distance Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Output form Output
type
Model
Horizontal Convergent
reflective
1 to 5 mm 31.4 x 25.4 x 6.95 Light-ON/Dark-
ON selectable
NPN EE-SY671
Vertical 31.2 x 25.4 x 6.95 EE-SY672
EE-SY671/EE-SY672
Reflective Photomicrosensors B432
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-12
Long Distance Miniature Sensors
with Built-In Amplifier
• 1 meter sensing distance with 5 mm diameter
minimum object size
• Models available with Light-ON or Dark-ON
output configurations
• Light modulation effectively reduces external
light interference
• Easy operation monitoring with bright LED
indicator
• Cordsets with 2 m cable supplied for emitter
and receiver
• Convert to PNP output with EE-2002
conversion connector
• Extend cabling up to 10 m
Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors
Appearance Sensor type Sensing Distance Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Output form Output
type
Model
(Receiver shown)
Through-beam 1 m 33.2 x 25.4 x 8.6 Light-ON NPN EE-SPW411
Dark-ON EE-SPW311
Connector Cordsets (Cordsets Included with Sensor)
Appearance Sensor type Description Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Model
Horizontal Emitter cordset 2 m cable, 2 conductors 29 x 26 x 8 EE-1006L
Vertical Receiver cordset 2 m cable, 3 conductors 16.2 x 11.8 x 5.3 EE-1006D
EE-SPW311/EE-SPW411
Through-Beam Photomicrosensors B434
E
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
E-13
Miniature Sensing Heads with
In-Line Cable Amplifier
• 30 cm sensing distance with 2 mm diameter
minimum object size
• Detect objects as small as 0.5 mm using slit
pairs supplied
• Operation indicators allow monitoring from
the amplifier housing or sensor head
• Models available with Light-ON or Dark-ON
output configurations
• Light modulation effectively reduces external
light interference
• Slim amplifier (12 H x 7.5 W x 50 D mm) with
NPN output for easy handling and mounting
• Pre-wired with 2 m, 3-conductor cable for
simple wiring
• 0.5 or 1 m sensing head-to-amplifier cable
lengths available
Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors
Appearance Sensor type Sensing
distance
Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Output form Output
type
Model
Through-beam 30 cm 14 x 5.8 x 14, 0.5 m cable Light-ON NPN EE-SPW421
14 x 5.8 x 14, 1 m cable EE-SPW421A
14 x 5.8 x 14, 0.5 m cable Dark-ON EE-SPW321
14 x 5.8 x 14, 0.5 m cable EE-SPW321A
Slit Sets
Reduce beam size to detect smaller objects more accurately by applying slits to the emitter and receiver. Two sizes included with the sensor.
Size of aperture Sensing distance Minimum object size
0.5 x 3 mm 10 cm Opaque: 0.5 mm dia.
1 x 3 mm 20 cm Opaque: 1 mm dia.
EE-SPW321/EE-SPW421
Through-Beam Photomicrosensors B435
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-14
Liquid Level Photomicrosensor
Appearance Sensor type Sensing Distance Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Output form Output
type
Model
Through-beam
(slot)
6-13 mm
diameter pipes,
as transparent
as FEP
16 x 26 x 19 Light-ON/
Dark-ON
selectable
NPN EE-SPX613
Liquid Level Sensor with Built-In
Amplifier
• Detect liquid level in manufacturing processes
used in food & beverage and semiconductor
industries
• Fits 6-13 mm diameter transparent or
semi-transparent pipe with a wall thickness
of 1 mm
• Easy to install tie-wrap and rubber tube
provided to prevent slippage
• Incorporates a sensitivity selector, built-in
amplifier, and operation mode selector
• Built-in amplifier with NPN output saves
space and wiring effort
• Pre-wired with 1 m, talc-free cable, safe for
use in clean room equipment
EE-SPX613
Special Application Photomicrosensors B436
E
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
E-15
Longer Sensing Distance,
Simpler to Align Than Diffuse
and Through-Beam Sensors
• Photomicrosensor with light modulation for
reduced external light interference
• Easy adjustment and optical axis monitoring
with a light indicator
• Wide operating voltage range: 5 to 24 VDC
• Supports connection with Programmable
Controllers (PLCs)
• Easy-to-wire connectors assure easy
maintenance
Photomicrosensors
Appearance Sensor type Sensing
distance
Output type Output form Model
Retro-reflective type 200 mm NPN output Dark-ON EE-SPZ301-A
Light-ON EE-SPZ401-A
Accessories (Order Separately)
Type Cable length Model Remarks
Connector — EE-1002 —
Connector with cable 1 m EE-1003 —
NPN/PNP Conversion Connector 0.46 m (total length) EE-2001 —
Connector Hold-Down Clip — EE-1003A For EE-1003 only.
Reflector — E39-R1 —
EE-SPZ-A
Retro-reflective Photomicrosensors with Lens B438
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-16
Pushbutton Type Photomicrosensor
Appearance Sensor
distance
Sensing
method
Operation mode Cable length Model
NPN output PNP output
0 to 3.5 mm
(pressed position)
(see note. 1)
Pushbutton ON with no load 1 m EE-SA801A 1M EE-SA801R 1M
1 m
(robot cable)
EE-SA801A-R 1M EE-SA801R-R 1M
OFF with no load EE-SA701-R- 1M EE-SA701P-R 1M
Note: 1. Distance from the top surface of the housing to the top of the actuator.
Pushbutton Actuator Accurately Detects
Presence of Difficult-to-Detect Objects
• Conforms to semiconductor standards to enable
accurate detection of FOUP cassettes without being
affected by the material, color, or reflectance of the
cassette bottoms. Thin design enables mounting in a
wider range of applications, e.g., on transfer arms
• Increased visibility with 4-direction indicator
• Optical detection of actuator operation provides a
long life (mechanical life: 5 million operations min.)
• Models with PNP or NPN output
• Models are available with very flexible robot cable
EE-SA701/EE-SA801
Pushbutton-type Photomicrosensors B439
E
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
E-17
Wafer Carrier Position Sensor
• Unique optical system enables stable
detection of almost all wafer-carriers
• Contact surfaces with the wafer carrier use a
special chemical-resistant fluororesin
• Set the mounting position using optional
pedestals
• Light modulation effectively reduces external
light interference
• Pre-wired with 2 m, talc-free cable, safe for
use in clean room equipment
Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors
Appearance Sensor type Sensing distance Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Output form Output
Type
Model
Diffuse
reflective
0-3 mm 15 x 32 x 30 Turns on
when a
wafer carrier
is present
NPN EE-SPY801
EE-SPY802
Pedestal
(no sensor
function)
— 15 x 32 x 30 Guides
carrier for
detection
— EE9-C01
EE9-C02
Application
Mount sensors to detect the support rails along the bottom of
the wafer carrier.
Install a Sensor or Pedestal at each of the four corners indi-
cated by a circle in the following diagram.
Points A and C
Points B and D
EE-SPY801 or EE9-C01
EE-SPY802 or EE9-C02
EE-SPY801/EE-SPY802
Special Application Photomicrosensors B437
F-i
Limit and Basic Switches
Contents
Selection Guide F-ii
Limit Switches
WL/
WL-N
Robust single-pole/double
break switches
F-1
D4A-N Heavy-duty SPDT and DPDT
switches, plug-in construction
F-2
D4C Sealed, compact, slim pre-wired
limit switch
F-3
D4CC Sealed, compact, slim limit
switch with connector
F-3
D4MC Compact enclosed limit switch F-4
D4E-N Slim and compact enclosed limit
switch with a long life
F-4
SHL Enclosed limit switch with coil
spring action
F-5
D5B Tactile switches detect objects
from multiple directions
F-6
VB Multiple plunger limit switch F-6
ZE/ZV/
ZV2
High-capacity switches,
3 mounting styles
F-7
Basic Switches
Z High precision basic switch F-8
A High capacity basic switch F-9
X Direct current basic switch F-10
DZ Basic switch with two
independent circuits
F-11
TZ High temperature basic switch F-11 F
General purpose
Plunger, lever, spring
IP67
WL-ND4A-N WL D4E-_NZE/ZV/ZV2 SHLD4MC
Which type of switch is needed?
What type of actuator?
Miniature switch
IP67
D4CCD4C
What type of actuator?
Enclosed switch
What type of actuator?
IP67IP65
Plunger, lever
Multiple switch
IP67
VB
What type of actuator?
Plunger
Tactile switch
IP67
D5B
What type of actuator?
Plunger, wobble-stick
Plunger, lever
D4C – Compact, flat, high-performing switches
With only a width of 16 mm, these compact and flat switches let you meet the demand for
down-sizing without compromising on specifications. The reliable SPDT contact inside
can switch up to 5 A/250 VAC resistive load. A full range of actuators is available to meet
all your mechanical requirements.
• Slim, compact body sizes
• Wide range of actuators
• Strong metal housing, triple sealed with IP67 rating
• Pre-wired and quick-to-service connector models
DOWNSIZE WITHOUT COMPROMISE
Limit Switches
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
F-ii
General purpose
Plunger, lever, spring
IP67
WL-ND4A-N WL D4E-_NZE/ZV/ZV2 SHLD4MC
Which type of switch is needed?
What type of actuator?
Miniature switch
IP67
D4CCD4C
What type of actuator?
Enclosed switch
What type of actuator?
IP67IP65
Plunger, lever
Multiple switch
IP67
VB
What type of actuator?
Plunger
Tactile switch
IP67
D5B
What type of actuator?
Plunger, wobble-stick
Plunger, lever
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com F-iii
F
Type Two circuit
limit switch
Heavy duty
limit switch
Enclosed switch,
pre-wired
Enclosed switch,
connector
High-capacity
switch
Selection criteria
Model
WL/WL-N D4A-N D4C D4CC ZE/ZV/ZV2
Degree of
protection IEC
IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP65
Contact
type
SPDT
4 4 4 4 4
DPDT
–
4
–––
SPST-NC
– – – – –
Switch ratings (Resistive load) •
10 A, 500 VAC
•
6 A, 30 VDC
•
0.8 A, 125
VDC
•
0.4 A, 250
VDC
•
10 A, 480 VAC
•
10 A, 14 VDC
•
6 A, 30 VDC
• 0.8 A, 125 VDC
•
5 A, 250 VAC
•
4 A, 30 VDC
•
0.4 A, 125 VDC
•
0.2 A, 250 VDC
•
1 A, 125 VAC
•
1 A, 30 VDC
•
15 A, 250 VAC
•
10 A, 480 VAC
•
10 A, 30 VDC
•
0.5 A, 125 VDC
•
0.25 A, 250
VDC
Fea-
tures
Microload type
4
–
4
– –
Operation indicator
4 4 4 4
–
Actuators
Adjustable rod lever
4 4
–––
Adjustable roller lever
4 4
–––
Bevel plunger
– – – – –
Center roller lever
4
–
4 4
–
Coil spring
4 4
–––
Cross roller plunger
4
–
444
Fork lever lock
4 4
–––
Hinge lever
– – – – –
Hinge roller lever
– – – – –
Horizontal roller plunger
4 4
–––
Horizontal ball plunger
4 4
–––
One-way action hinge
roller lever
– – – –
4
Panel mount plunger
– – – – –
Panel mount pin plunger
– – – – –
Panel mount roller plunger
– – – – –
Panel mount cross
roller plunger
– – – – –
Pin plunger
4
–
4 4
–
Plastic rod
4
–
4 4
–
Roller lever
4 4 4 4 4
Roller plunger
4 4 4 4 4
Sealed cross roller plunger
4
–
444
Sealed plunger
4
–
444
Sealed roller plunger
4
–
444
Short hinge lever
– – – – –
Short hinge roller lever
– – – – –
Side plunger
4 4
–––
Side roller plunger
4 4
–––
Top ball plunger
4 4
–––
Top plunger
4 4
–––
Hemispherical ball
– – – – –
Cone plunger
– – – – –
Wire plunger
– – – – –
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
F-iv
Type Small sealed
switch Enclosed switch
Coil spring
action switch
Multiple plunger
switch
Tactile switch
Selection criteria
Model
D4E-_N D4MC SHL VB D5B
Degree of
protection IEC
IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Contact
type
SPDT
4 4 4 4
–
DPDT
– – –
4 (Up to 6PDT)
–
SPST-NC
– – –
4
Switch ratings (Resistive load) •
5 A, 250 VAC
•
5 A, 30 VDC
•
0.5 A, 125 VDC
•
0.25 A, 250
VDC
•
10 A, 250 VAC
•
3 A, 480 VAC
•
10 A, 14 VDC
•
6 A, 30 VDC
•
0.5 A, 125 VDC
•
0.25 A, 250 VDC
•
10 A, 250 VAC
•
2 A, 480 VAC
•
10 A, 14 VDC
•
0.4 A, 125 VDC
•
0.2 A, 250 VDC
•
10 A, 250 VAC
•
0.6 A, 125 VDC
•
0.3 A, 250 VDC
•
1 mA, 5 VDC
•
30 mA,
30 VDC
Fea-
tures
Microload type
4
–
4 4 4
Operation indicator
4
–
4
– –
Actuators
Adjustable rod lever
– – – – –
Adjustable roller lever
– – – – –
Bevel plunger
– – –
4
–
Center roller lever
– – – – –
Coil spring
– – – – –
Cross roller plunger
4
– – – –
Fork lever lock
– – – – –
Hinge lever
–
4 4
– –
Hinge roller lever
4 4 4
– –
Horizontal roller plunger
– – – – –
Horizontal ball plunger
– – – – –
One-way action hinge
roller lever
4
–
4
– –
Panel mount plunger
4 4 4
– –
Panel mount pin plunger
– –
Panel mount roller plunger
4 4 4
– –
Panel mount cross
roller plunger
4 4 4
– –
Pin plunger
– – – – –
Plastic rod
– – – – –
Roller lever
4 4 4
– –
Roller plunger
4 4
–
Sealed cross roller plunger
4
– – – –
Sealed plunger
4
– – – –
Sealed roller plunger
4
– – – –
Short hinge lever
–
4 4
– –
Short hinge roller lever
–
4 4
– –
Side plunger
– – – – –
Side roller plunger
– – – – –
Top ball plunger
– – – – –
Top plunger
– – – – –
Hemispherical ball
– – – –
4
Cone plunger
– – – –
4
Wire plunger
– – – –
4
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Limit Switches
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com F-v
F
High precision
15A @ 250VAC
SPDT
Z X
Which type of switch is needed?
Maximum load rating
High capacity
SPDT
A
Maximum load rating
Direct current switch
Maximum load rating
SPDT
20A @ 250VAC
High temperature
SPDT
TZ
Maximum load rating
1A @ 250VAC
Two independent circuits
DPDT
DZ
Maximum load rating
10A @ 250VAC
10A @ 125VDC/AC
Wide range offering the most standard basic switches
High precision and wide variety of styles meet wide range of applications.
• Long life, high-accuracy and high quality
• A large switching capacity of 15 A with high repeat accuracy
• Micro load models available
• Molded terminal-type models available
GLOBAL STANDARD BASIC SWITCHES
Basic Switches
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
F-vi
Type High precision
switch
High capacity
switch
Direct Current
switch
High-tempera-
ture switch
Two independent
circuits
Specifications
Model
Z-15G A-20G X-10G TZ-1G DZ-10G
Contact
type
SPDT
4 4 4 4
–
DPDT
– – – –
4
Switch ratings (Resistive load) •
15A @ 250VAC
•
6A @ 30VDC
•
0.5A @ 125VDC
•
20A @ 250VAC
•
6A @ 30VDC
•
0.5A @ 125VDC
•
10A @ 125VDC/AC
•
3A @ 250VDC/AC
•
1A @ 250VAC
•
1A @ 30VDC
•
10A @ 250VAC
•
0.5A @ 125VDC
Service Life
Mechanical (cycles) •
20 million
•
1 million
•
1 million
•
100,000
•
1 million
Electrical (cycles) •
500,000
•
500,000
•
100,000
•
50,000
•
500,000
Actuators
Pin plunger
4 4 4 4 4
Slim spring plunger
8
–
8
– –
Short spring plunger
8 8 8
– –
Panel mount plunger
4 4 4
– –
Panel mount roller plunger
4 4 4
– –
Panel mount cross roller
plunger
8 8 8
– –
Leaf spring lever
8
–
8
– –
Roller leaf spring lever
8
– – – –
Short hinge lever
8 8 8
– –
Hinge lever
4 4 4 4 4
Low-force hinge lever
8
–
8
– –
Low-force wire hinge lever
8
– – – –
Short hinge roller lever
4 8 4 4 4
Short hinge cross roller lever
8
– – – –
Hinge roller lever
8 4 8 4 4
Hinge cross roller lever
8
– – – –
One-way short hinge roller
lever
8
– – – –
Reverse hinge lever
8
–
8
– –
Reverse short hinge roller
lever
8
–
8
– –
Reverse hinge roller lever
8
–
8
– –
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com F-vii
F
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
F-1
WL/WL-N General-Purpose Limit Switches L822
Robust Single-Pole/Double Break
Switches with Built-In Actuators
• Rugged die-cast aluminum housing with
high mechanical strength
• Rated IP67 with waterproof, oil-tight and
dust-proof construction
• Easy to install and maintain
• Wide range of actuators:
• Roller levers: Short, medium, long; flush
mounting; flange mounting
• Adjustable levers: Roller lever, rod lever
• Fork roller levers
• Plungers: Plain top, top roller, top ball,
plain side, side roller, side ball
• Wobble levers: Steel wire, nylon rod,
coil spring
• Wide variety of standard, high-precision
and overtravel models
• LED or neon lamp status indicator models
available
Type Basic High sensitivity overtravel 90-degree High-precision overtravel
Action
Features • Used with roller
levers
• Operation is highly
sensitive with only 10°
pretravel
• Overtravel is large,
making setting the dog
easier
• Mounting is compatible
with basic models
• Overtravel is large,
• making setting the dog
easier
• Mounting is compatible
with basic models
• Repeat accuracy is twice
that of basic models
• Operation is highly sensitive
with only 5° pretravel
• Ideal for positioning, e.g.,
with machine tools
One-way
operation
Possible Not possible Not possible Not possible
Head mounting Any of 4
directions
Any of 4 directions Any of 4 directions Any of 4 directions
Specifications
• Load rating: 10 A max. at 125 VAC,
NEMA A600
• Contact configuration: SPDT double break
• Mechanical life: 15 million operations
• High temperature, low temperature,
corrosion proof, hermetic, anti-coolant,
spatter resistant types available
• Micro-load and “Long-Life” types
available
• Class 1 protection against electric shock
• Connection: 1/2-14 NPT conduit entrance,
terminal screw connections
• Enclosure rating: IP67; NEMA 3, 4, and 13
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com F-2
D4A-N General-Purpose Limit Switches L823
Heavy-Duty SPDT and DPDT
Switches with Plug-In
Construction
• Oil-tight, watertight construction with
double seal on the head, a complete
gasket cover
• Plug-in construction reduces downtime
for maintenance
• Convenient front mounting simplifies
installation
• User-selectable operating direction for
side rotary switches—CW, CCW, or both
• Position and lock the operating head at
any of four 90° positions
• Wide operating temperature range:
-40° to 100° C (side rotary)
• Side rotary switches accept a wide
selection of levers
• DPDT, double-break models available for
sequential operation and center neutral
switching
Specifications
• Load rating: SPDT double break:
10 A max. at 125 VAC, NEMA A600
• DPDT double break: 5 A max.
at 125 VAC, NEMA B600
• Mechanical life:
• SPDT double break: 50 million
operations
• DPDT double break: 30 million
operations
• Connection: 1/2-14 NPT conduit entrance,
terminal screw connections
• Enclosure rating: IP67; UL NEMA 3, 4, 4X,
6P, 12 and 13
• Class I protection against electrical shock
• Wide range of actuators:
• Roller lever: Standard, high-sensitivity,
low torque, maintained, sequential
operation, center neutral operation
• Adjustable lever: Side plunger, top
plunger
• Wobble lever: Spring wire, plastic rod,
cat whisker, coil spring F
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
F-3
D4C Enclosed Limit Switches
Sealed, Compact, Slim Pre-Wired
Limit Switch
• Rugged die-cast aluminum housing
• Rated IP67; triple-sealed construction
• Designed for easy gang mounting
• Standard cable offers high flexibility,
outstanding oil and extreme temperature
resistance
• Wide range of actuators:
Specifications
• Load rating: SPDT: 5 A max.
at 250 VAC, NEMA B300
• Micro load versions available
• Enclosure rating: IP67; UL NEMA 3, 4 and 13
• Weather-resistant models available
D4CC Enclosed Limit Switches
Sealed, Compact, Slim Limit
Switch with Connector
• Center roller lever models enable ganged
mounting of up to 6 switches
• M12 4-pin connector reduces installation
and maintenance time
• Rated IP67; triple-sealed construction for
plungers provides oil-tight and water-
tight protection
• AC and DC switching models
• Wide range of actuators
Specifications
• Load rating: SPDT, 1 A max. at
125 VAC, NEMA D150 or 1 A max. at
30 VDC
• Connection: M12 single keyway 4-pin connector
• Enclosure rating: IP67; UL NEMA 3, 4 and 13
L824
L825
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com F-4
D4MC Limit Switches
Compact Enclosed Limit Switch
• Suitable for applications demanding
higher mechanical strength, dustproof and
drip-proof properties
• Rated IP67; gasket diaphragm seal provides
high environmental resistance
• High-precision and long life (10,000,000
mechanical operations)
• Wide range of actuators:
• Panel mount plunger, roller plunger, cross
roller plunger
• Short and standard hinge lever
• Standard, short and one-way action short
hinge roller lever
• Screw terminals or pre-wired with 1 m cable
Slim and Compact Enclosed Limit
Switch with a Long Life
• Ideal for gang mounting
• Rated IP67; NEMA 3, 4 and 13
• Long service life (10,000,000 mechanical
operations)
• Wide range of actuators:
• Plunger, roller plunger, cross roller
plunger
• Sealed plunger, roller plunger, cross
roller plunger
• Standard and one-way action roller lever
• Screw terminals, connector or pre-wired
with 1 m cable models
• Micro-load types available
Specifications
• Control output: SPDT (form C),
rated 10 A max. at 125 VAC (inductive load)
• NEMA A300 rated
• Dimensions: 44.8 H x 21.7 W x 50 D mm
(switch body with boot)
Specifications
• Control output: SPDT (form C),
rated 5 A max. at 125 VAC (inductive load)
• NEMA A300 rated
• Dimensions: 32.9 H x 18 W x 43 D mm
(switch body)
D4E-N Limit Switches
L827
L828
F
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
F-5
SHL Limit Switches
Enclosed Limit Switch with Coil
Spring Action
• Coil spring mechanism extends life
of the switch
• Rated IP67; rigid zinc die-cast alloy
housing
• Long service life (10,000,000 mechanical
operations)
• Wide range of actuators:
• Plunger panel mount plunger, roller
plunger, cross roller plunger
• Standard and short hinge lever
• Standard and short hinge roller lever
• One-way action standard and short
hinge roller lever
• Screw terminals or pre-wired with
cable models
• Molded terminal and indicator
models available
Specifications
• Control output: SPDT (form C),
rated 10 A max. at 250 VAC
(resistive load)
• Microload types rated 0.1 A at 125 VAC/
30 VDC (resistive load)
• UL & NEMA A300 rated
• Dimensions: 32.9 H x 17.5 W x 45.6 D mm
(switch body)
L829
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com F-6
D5B Limit Switches
Multiple Plunger Limit Switch
• Multiple plunger switches are ideal for
machine tools and sequential control
• Robust solution offers 2 to 6 switches
in one enclosure
• Easy to install and service; switch box has
an oil drain
• Rated IP67; rugged die-cast aluminum
housing
• Ground terminal models have EN/IEC
approval (CE marking)
• Long service life (5,000,000 mechanical
operations)
• Roller plunger or bevel plunger actuators
• G1/2 conduit entrance; screw terminals
Specifications
• Control output: SPDT (form C), rated 10 A
max. at 125 VAC (resistive load)
• Microload types rated @ 0.1 A
• Dimensions: 68 H x 85 W x 58 D mm
(2 switch model)
• 106 D mm (6 switch model)
Tactile Switches Detect Objects
from Multiple Directions
• Detects object contact and operates even
with a slight force
• Gold-plated contacts provide high contact
reliability
• Switches micro current/voltage loads
• Long service life (10 million mechanical
operations)
• Rated IP67 for resistance to dust, fine
particles and water or oil splash
• Three sizes (M10, M8, and M5) to match
total travel and operating force requirements
• Three actuator types: hemispheric, cone-
shaped, and wobble-stick type
• Pre-wired with 1, 3 or 5 m cable
Specifications
• Control output: Normally closed;
1 mA at 5 VDC to 30 mA max. at 30 VDC
(resistive load)
• Dimensions: M5 x 24.5 L mm (hemispheric);
27 L mm (cone-shaped); 64.1 L mm
(wobble stick)
• M8 x 28 L mm (hemispheric);
32.5 L mm (cone-shaped);
92.8 L mm (wobble stick)
• M10 x 33.3 L mm (hemispheric);
39.3 L mm (cone-shaped)
• 111.1 L mm (wobble stick)
VB Limit Switches
L833
L832
F
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
F-7
ZE/ZV/ZV2 Limit Switches L826
High-Capacity Switches
• Large 15 A, 125 VAC switching capacity
and long service life
• Wide range of actuators:
• Plunger: Pin, roller, cross roller
• Roller arm lever: Standard and sealed
• Sealed plunger: Pin, roller, cross roller
• Rugged die-cast aluminum housing
• Sealed switches rated IP65 (Z9-N)
• Three mounting styles available:
• Side mounting (ZE)
• Diagonal side mounting (ZV2) is ideal for
gang mounting several switches
• Flanged base mounting (ZV)
Specifications
• Load rating: SPDT, 15 A max. at
125 VAC, NEMA B300 or 1 A max.
at 30 VDC
• Mechanical life: 10 million operations
• Connection: Screw terminals on
internal switch face forward when
the cover is opened
• Enclosure rating: IP65 (ZE-N); IP60
(ZE-Q)
• Micro load version available
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com F-8
Z Series General-Purpose Basic Switches L862
Best-selling Basic Switch Boasting
High Precision and Wide Variety
• Long life with high-accuracy and high
quality
• A large switching capacity of 15 A with
high repeat accuracy
• A wide range of variations in contact
form available: basic, split-contact, and
maintained-contact
• Micro load models available
• Molded terminal-type models incorporate
a finger protection safety terminal cover
Specifications
• Switch rating: 15 A, 250 VAC
• Contact form: SPDT
• Ambient operating temperature:
-25ºC to +80ºC (with no icing)
• Ambient operating humidity:
35%RH to 85%RH
• Electrical operating frequency:
20 operations/minute maximum
• Electrical service life: 500,000
operations minimum
Actuator Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Rating Contact
form
Mounting
hole size
Terminal type
Model
Pin plunger 30 X 49.2 X 17.45 15 A, 250 VAC
10 A, 500 VAC
0.5 A, 125 VDC
0.25 A, 250 VDC
SPDT 4.2 mm Screw terminal
Size : M4
Z-15G-B
Screw terminal
Size : #6-32NC
Z-15G-B7-K
Panel mount plunger 48.3 X 49.2 X 17.45 Screw terminal
Size : M4
Z-15GQ-B
Panel mount roller plunger 62.3 X 49.2 X 17.45 Z-15GQ22-B
Hinge lever 38 X 49.2 X 17.45
Z-15GW-B
Short hinge roller lever 42.5 X 49.2 X 17.45 Z-15GW22-B
Ordering Information
F
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
F-9
A Series General-Purpose Basic Switches L863
High-capacity Switch Handles 20 A
Loads with Large Inrush Currents
• Long life with high-accuracy and high
quality
• Directly switches loads such as motors,
halogen lamps and solenoids
• Same shape as Omron snap action switch
model Z except pin plunger position, yet
endures inrush currents as large as 75 A
Specifications
• Switch Rating: 20 A, 250 VAC
• Contact form: SPDT
• Ambient operating temperature:
-25°C to +80°C (with no icing)
• Ambient operating humidity:
35%RH to 85%RH
• Electrical operating frequency: 20
operations/minute maximum
• Electrical service life: 500,000
operations minimum
Actuator Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Rating Contact
form
Mounting
hole size
Terminal type
Model
Pin plunger 30 X 49.2 X 17.45 20 A, 250 VAC
15 A, 500 VAC
0.5 A, 125 VDC
0.25 A, 250 VDC
SPDT 4.2 mm Screw terminal
Size : M4
A-20G-B
3.56 mm
Screw terminal
Size : #6-32NC
A-20G-B7-K
Panel mount plunger 48.3 X 49.2 X 17.45
4.2 mm
Screw terminal
Size : M4
A-20GQ-B
Panel mount roller plunger 62.3 X 49.2 X 17.45 A-20GQ22-B
Hinge lever 49 X 49.2 X 17.45
A-20GV-B
Hinge roller lever 57 X 49.2 X 17.45 A-20GV2-B
Ordering Information
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com F-10
X Series General-Purpose Basic Switches L864
Direct Current Switch with Built-in
Magnetic Blowout
• Can be used for either load rating of DC or
AC for wide variety of applications
• Incorporates a small permanent magnet in
the contact mechanism to deflect the arc
to effectively extinguish it
• Ideal for switching DC circuits
• Wide variety of actuators for a wide scope
of applications
• Same shape and mounting procedures as
Omron’s Model Z snap action switches.
Actuator Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Rating Contact
form
Mounting
hole size
Terminal type
Model
Pin plunger 30 X 49.2 X 17.45 10 A, 125 VDC/AC
3 A, 250 VDC/AC
SPDT 4.2 Screw terminal
Size : M4
X-10G-B
Panel mount plunger 54 X 49.2 X 17.45 X-10GQ-B
Panel mount roller plunger
65 X 49.2 X 17.45
X-10GQ22-B
Hinge lever 49 X 49.2 X 17.45
X-10GW-B
Short hinge roller lever 52 X 49.2 X 17.45 X-10GW22-B
• Switch Rating: 10 A, 125 VAC
• Contact form: SPDT
• Ambient operating temperature:
-25°C to +80°C (with no icing)
• Ambient operating humidity:
35%RH to 85%RH
Specifications
• Electrical operating frequency: 20
operations/minute maximum
• Electrical service life: 100,000
operations minimum
Ordering Information
F
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
F-11
DZ Series General-Purpose Basic Switches
DPDT Basic Switch for Two
Independent Circuit Control
• Compact DPDT contacts for size restricted
applications
• Incorporates two completely independent
built-in switches
• Ideal for switching the circuits operating on
two different voltages, and for controlling
two independent circuits
Specifications
• Ambient operating temperature: -25°C to +80°C (with no icing)
• Electrical service life: 500,000 operations minimum
Actuator Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Rating Contact
form
Mounting
hole size
Terminal type
Model
Pin plunger 25.5 X 49.2 X 17.45 10 A, 250 VAC
10 A, 30 VDC
0.5 A, 125 VDC
0.25 A, 250 VDC
DPDT 4.2 mm Screw terminal
Size : M3
DZ-10G-1B
Hinge roller lever 41.6 X 49.2 X 17.45 DZ-10GV2-1B
Hinge lever 54.5 X 49.2 X 17.45 DZ-10GW-1B
Short hinge roller lever 47.9 X 49.2 X 17.45
DZ-10GW22-1B
High-temperature Basic Switch for
Extreme Applications
• Stable operation at an ambient
temperature of 400°C
• Carefully chosen materials ensure
high contact reliability at high ambient
temperature
Specifications
• Ambient operating temperature: -65°C to +400°C (with no icing)
• Electrical service life: 50,000 operations minimum
Actuator Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Rating Contact
form
Mounting
hole size
Terminal type
Model
Pin plunger 25.5 X 49.2 X 17.45 1 A, 250 VAC
1 A, 30 VDC
0.4 A, 125 VDC
SPDT 3.56 mm Screw terminal
Size : M3.5
TZ-1G
Hinge lever 54.5 X 49.2 X 17.45 TZ-1GV
Short hinge roller lever 47.9 X 49.2 X 17.45 TZ-1GV22
Hinge roller lever 49 X 49.2 X 17.45
TZ-1GV2
Ordering Information
Ordering Information
TZ Series General-Purpose Basic Switches
L866
L865
G-i
Measurement Sensors
Contents
Selection Guide G-ii
Laser Displacement
ZX1 CMOS laser displacement
sensors with built-in amplifier,
long distance models
G-1
ZX2 CMOS laser displacement
sensors for stable
measurement
G-2
ZX-L-N Laser measurement sensors,
smart amplifier
G-3
ZS-L Scalable precision laser
measurement sensor
G-4
ZS-HL Scalable high-precision
and long distance
measurement sensor
G-5
Inductive Displacement
ZX-E Inductive displacement
sensors, smart amplifier
G-6
Contact Displacement
ZX-T Contact displacement
sensors, smart amplifier
G-7
Confocal Displacement
ZW Confocal fiber displacement
sensor
G-8
Width-Measuring
ZX-GT Wide laser measurement
sensors, smart amplifier
G-9
Laser 2D Profile
ZG2 2D measurement sensor G-10
G
Standard
Analog On/Off
ZS-L ZX2
Long distance,
multitask type
Standard, IP67
sensing heads
ZX1
Long distance,
built-in amplifier
ZS-HLZW
Laser
triangulation
Confocal Type
Position/
Diameter/Width
Displacement sensors Measurement sensors
Inductive Contact 2D Profile
All surfaces including glass, shiny,
mirror and black matte surfaces
All surfaces
including
glass, shiny,
mirror and
black matte
surfaces
General
surfaces
ZX-TZX-EZX-L-N ZG2 ZX-GTE9NCE3NC
On/Off
Zero defect becomes reality–scalable accuracy in inspection
The Smart displacement sensor family offers a modular and scalable approach to solve
the most challenging measurement tasks. This powerful portfolio enables you to measure
profiles, thickness, distance, evenness/warpage, as well as width, edge, and more. Several
measurement profiles can be performed simultaneously, using a single- or multi-controller
unit. Aided by Omron’s advanced technologies, the highest accuracy over long distances,
speed and reliability will be achieved.
• Accurate and fast – models available with 0.25 μm at less than 110 μs sampling time
• Scalable – multi-controller connectivity allows coordinate measurement with
multiple points
• Smart – data storage and remote control via networking capabilities
HIGH-PRECISION QUALITY INSPECTION
Measurement Sensors
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
G-ii
Standard
Analog On/Off
ZS-L ZX2
Long distance,
multitask type
Standard, IP67
sensing heads
ZX1
Long distance,
built-in amplifier
ZS-HLZW
Laser
triangulation
Confocal Type
Position/
Diameter/Width
Displacement sensors
Measurement sensors
Inductive Contact 2D Profile
All surfaces including glass, shiny,
mirror and black matte surfaces
All surfaces
including
glass, shiny,
mirror and
black matte
surfaces
General
surfaces
ZX-TZX-E
ZX-L-N
ZG2 ZX-GTE9NCE3NC
On/Off
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G-iii
G
1D Smart laser measuring sensors
Selection criteria
Model
ZS-HL ZS-L ZX-L-N ZW
Measurement range Z Min.
10 ±0.5 mm 20 ±1 mm 30 ±2 mm 2 ±1 mm
Max.
1500 ±500 mm 350±135 mm 300 ±200 mm 40 +/- 6 mm
Spot diameter Min.
– – –
40 μm
Max
– – –
80 μm
Resolution
0.25 μm 0.25 µm 0.25 μm 0.25 μm
Resolution X
– – – –
Linearity (±% of full scale)
0.05% ±0.1% 0.2% Note 1
Response time
110 μs 110 µs 150 μs 500 μs
Spot beam
 
Line beam
 
–
IP-rating head
IP64/IP67
IP66 (0.5 m); IP67 (2 m)
IP50 IP40
IP-rating controller
IP40 IP40 IP40 IP20
Ambient operating temperature
0 to 50°C 0 to 50 C° 0 to 50°C 0 to 50°C
Number of connectable sensors
9 9 5 1
Features
Thickness measurement
 
Eccentricity
 
–
Height
 
Step
 
–
Profile
– – – –
Distance
 
–
Evenness
– – – –
Warpage
– – – –
Edge
– – – –
Width
– – – –
Peak
 
Peak to peak
 
Bottom
 
Self-trigger
 
Calibration
–
 
Signal scaling
– –
 
PC-software
 
Application
Mirror
 
–
Glass
 
–
Metal
 
Plastic
 
Black rubber
 
–
Paper
 
Supply
voltage
VDC
21.6 to 26.4 VDC 21.6 to 26.4 VDC 12 to 24 VDC 21.6 to 26.4 VDC
Control I/O
4 to 20 mA
 
1 to 5 VDC
–
-10 to +10 V
Judgement output High/Pass/Low
 
Trigger
 
Commu-
nication
RS-232C
 
USB 2.0
 
– –
Ethernet
– – –

Standard

Available
–
No/not available
Note1: See lens specifications
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
G-iv
1D Smart laser
measuring sensors
1D Smart laser
measuring sensors
Inductive
measuring sensors
Contact
measuring sensors
Selection criteria
Model
ZX1 ZX2 ZX-E ZX-T
Measurement range Z Min.
50 ±10 mm 48 ±5 mm 0.5 mm 1 mm
Max.
600+/-400 mm 100±35 mm 7 mm 10 mm
Spot diameter Min.
0.17 mm 60 μm – –
Max
0.56 mm 110 μm – –
Resolution
2 to 80 μm 1.5 μm - 5 μm 1 μm 0.1 μm
Resolution X
––––
Linearity (±% of full scale)
0.15 to 0.5% F.S. ±0.05 to 0.1% F.S. 0.5% 0.3%
Response time
1 ms 30 μs 150 μs 1 ms
Spot beam
 
– –
Line beam
 
– –
IP-rating head
IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
IP-rating controller
–
IP40 IP40 IP40
Ambient operating temperature
-10 to +55°C 0 to +50°C 0 to 50°C 0 to 50°C
Number of connectable sensors
1557
Features
Thickness measurement
–

Eccentricity
–

Height

Step
–

Profile
––––
Distance

Evenness
–

Warpage
–

Edge
––––
Width
–
– –
Peak

Peak to peak

Bottom

Self-trigger
–

Calibration

–
Signal scaling
–

PC-software
– –
 
Application
Mirror
 
–
Glass
 
–
Metal

Plastic
 
–
Black rubber
 
–
Paper
 
– –
Supply
voltage
VDC
10 to 30 VDC 10 to 30 VDC 12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC
Control I/O
4 to 20 mA

1 to 5 VDC
–
and ±5 V  
Judgement output High/Pass/Low

Trigger

Commu-
nication
RS-232C
– –
 
USB 2.0
––––
* For unit specifics see data sheets.

Standard

Available
–
No/not available
Measurement Sensors
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G-v
G
Profile measuring
sensor
Smart laser
micrometer
Selection criteria
Model
ZG2 ZX-GT
Measurement range Z Min.
22.3 ±0.5 mm
–
Max.
210 ±48 mm 28 mm
Spot diameter Min.
3 mm
–
Max
70 mm
–
Resolution
0.25 μm 10 μm
Resolution X
* 631 pixels
–
Linearity (±% of full scale)
0.5% 0.1%
Response time
5 ms 0.5 ms
Spot beam
– –
Line beam
 
IP-rating head
IP66/67 IP40
IP-rating controller
IP20 IP40
Ambient operating temperature
0 to 50°C 0 to 50°C
Number of connectable sensors
1 5
Features
Thickness measurement
 
Eccentricity
 
Height
 
Step
–
Profile
–
Distance
–
Evenness
– –
Warpage
– –
Edge
–
Width
 
Peak
 
Peak to peak
 
Bottom
 
Self-trigger
 
Calibration
–
Signal scaling
–
PC-software
 
Application
Mirror
 
Glass
 
Metal
 
Plastic
 
Black rubber
 
Paper
 
Supply
voltage
VDC
21.6 to 26.4 VDC 24 VDC
Control I/O
4 to 20 mA
 
1 to 5 VDC
-10 to +10 V
Judgement output High/Pass/Low
 
Trigger
 
Commu-
nication
RS-232C
 
USB 2.0
–
* For unit specifics see data sheets.

Standard

Available
–
No/not available
Measurement Sensors
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
G-vi
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G-1
CMOS Laser Displacement Sensor
with Built-in Amplifier
Smart sensor for simple measurements that
do not require additional equipment
for configuration. All-in-one laser
now provides ease of use and stable
measurements for any type of work piece.
Different sensing distance ranges provide a
solution for every application.
• Amplifier setup built into laser sensor
• Long distance model up to 1,000 mm
• Pre-wired connector version allows
extension up to 20 m
• IP67 heads and Robotic cables
C437
Ordering Information
Extension Cables
Shape Spot di-
ameter
Connection
method
Cable
length
Sensing distance NPN output model PNP output model
0.17 mm Pre-wired 2 m ZX1-LD50A61 2M ZX1-LD50A81 2M
5 m ZX1-LD50A61 5M ZX1-LD50A81 5M
Pre-wired
connector
0.5 m ZX1-LD50A66 0.5M ZX1-LD50A86 0.5M
0.33 mm Pre-wired 2 m ZX1-LD100A61 2M ZX1-LD100A81 2M
5 m ZX1-LD100A61 5M ZX1-LD100A81 5M
Pre-wired
connector
0.5 m ZX1-LD100A66 0.5M ZX1-LD100A86 0.5M
0.52 mm Pre-wired 2 m ZX1-LD300A61 2M ZX1-LD300A81 2M
5 m ZX1-LD300A61 5M ZX1-LD300A81 5M
Pre-wired
connector
0.5 m ZX1-LD300A66 0.5M ZX1-LD300A86 0.5M
0.56 mm Pre-wired 2 m ZX1-LD600A61 2M ZX1-LD600A81 2M
5 m ZX1-LD600A61 5M ZX1-LD600A81 5M
Pre-wired
connector
0.5 m ZX1-LD600A66 0.5M ZX1-LD600A86 0.5M
Cable length Model
10 m ZX0-XC10R
20 m ZX0-XC20R
Order extension cables for Pre-wired Connector Models only.
200
600 ± 400 mm
1,000
65
100 ± 35 mm
135
150
300 ± 150 mm
450
40
50 ± 10 mm
60
ZX1 Measurement Sensors
G
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
G-2
CMOS Laser Displacement Sensor
This next generation smart sensor provides
stable measurements with ease of use.
Achieve accurate measurements for distance
and thickness calculations even with product
in motion. The CMOS sensor provides
repeatable measurements for any color or
surface condition.
• 11 Segment display for easy configuration
• World’s smallest CMOS head with laser
life display
• 4 bank function for easy setup changeover
• IP67 heads and robotic cables
C436
Ordering Information
Sensor Heads
Amplifiers
Sensor Head Extension Cables
Mounting Brackets
Calculating Unit
Appearance Optical system Beam shape Sensing distance Resolution Model
Diffuse reflective Line beam 1.5 µm ZX2-LD50
Spot beam ZX2-LD50L
Line beam 5 µm ZX2-LD100
Spot beam ZX2-LD100L
Regular reflective Spot beam 1.5 µm ZX2-LD50V
Description Power supply Analog output
(Switch selectable)
Discrimination output function Output type Model
Amplifier with
2 m cable
12 to 24 VDC 4 to 20 mA, 1 to
5 VDC, ±5 VDC
High, Pass, Low NPN ZX2-LDA11 2M
PNP ZX2-LDA41 2M
Length Model
1 m ZX2-XC1R
4 m ZX2-XC4R
9 m ZX2-XC9R
20 m ZX2-XC20R
Contents Applicable sensor heads Model
Mounting bracket: 1 ZX2-LD50V, ZX2-LD50L, ZX-LD50 E39-L178
Nut plate: 1
Phillips screws (M3x30): 2
ZX-LD100L, ZX-LD100 E39-L179
Appearance Model
ZX2-CAL
40
50±10m
m
60
65
100±35mm
135
43
48±5mm
53
ZX2 Measurement Sensors
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G-3
Smart, Fast Laser
Measurement Sensor
Smart ZX-L offers simple setup and measurement
for applications where high resolution and fast
response time are required. A wide range of
interchangeable sensor heads provides great
flexibility in solving demanding applications.
• Small and light sensor heads for easy
integration
• High-speed response time of 150 μs
• Easy sensor head replacement
• Scalability through a modular platform concept
C426
Ordering Information
Reflective Sensing Heads
Through-beam Sensing Heads
Amplifiers
Accessories
Sensing method Sensing distance Beam shape Resolution Dimensions
(H x W x D mm)
Model
Diffuse reflective 40 ±10 mm Spot, 50 mm dia. 2 μm 39 x 33 x 17 ZX-LD40
100 ±40 mm Spot, 100 mm dia. 16 μm ZX-LD100
300 ±200 mm Spot, 300 mm dia. 300 μm ZX-LD300
40 ±10 mm Line, 75 μm x 2 mm 2 μm ZX-LD40L
100 ±40 mm Line, 150 μm x 2 mm 16 μm ZX-LD100L
300 ±200 mm Line, 450 μm x 2 mm 300 μm ZX-LD300L
Regular reflective 30 ±2 mm Spot, 75 mm dia. 0.25 μm 45 x 55 x 25 ZX-LD30V
Line, 100 μm x 1.8 mm ZX-LD30VL
Sensing
method
Sensing distance Measuring width Resolution Dimensions
(H x W x D mm)
Model
Through-beam 0 to 2000 mm 1 mm dia. 4 μm 15 x 15 x 34 emitter;
15 x 15 x 19 receiver
ZX-LT001
0 to 500 mm 5 mm dia 20 x 20 x 42 emitter;
20 x 20 x 25 receiver
ZX-LT005
10 mm dia. 20 x 64 x 68 emitter;
20 x 64 x 58 receiver
ZX-LT010
30 mm dia. 12 μm ZX-LT030
Description Power supply Analog output (Switch selectable) Discrimination
output function
Output type Model
Amplifier with
2 m cable
12 to 24 VDC 4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 VDC,
0 to 5 VDC, ±4 VDC, ±5 VDC
High, Pass, Low NPN ZX-LDA11N 2M
PNP ZX-LDA41N 2M
Please refer to data sheet for Attachments, Extension cables, Software, Calculating unit and Communications module.
ZX-L-N Measurement Sensors
G
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
G-4
Scalable Precision Laser
Measurement Sensor
Smart ZS-L sensor offers high-precision,
high-speed and high-sensitivity inspections
and detects nearly all surfaces.
• Sensitive enough to measure thickness of
coating or sealer on glass
• High resolution of 0.25 μm
• Fast response time of 110 μs for accurate
measurements of moving work pieces
• Sensor head with 2D-CMOS technology
delivers high dynamic sensing range to
measure black rubber, plastic, shiny glass
and mirror surfaces
Sensing Heads
Controllers
Accessories
C424
Sensing
method
Measurement
center distance
Measurement
range
Beam type Beam diameter Resolution* Model
Diffuse
reflective 50 mm ±5 mm 50 - Line 900 x 60 μm 0.8 μm ZS-LD50
±15 mm 50S - Spot 50 μm ZS-LD50S
80 mm 50 mm +/-5 mm 80 - Line 900 x 60 μm 2 μm ZS-LD80
130 mm ±15 mm 130 - Line 900 x 70 μm 3 μm ZS-LD130
200 mm ±50 mm 200 - Line 900 x 100 μm 5 μm ZS-LD200
350 mm ±135 mm 350S - Spot 240 μm dia. 20 μm ZS-LD350S
Regular
reflective 20 mm ±1 mm 20T - Line 900 x 25 μm 0.25 μm ZS-LD20T
20 mm +/-1 mm 20ST - Spot 25 μm ZS-LD20ST
40 mm ±2.5 mm 40T - Line 2000 x 35 μm 0.4 μm ZS-LD40T
Description Supply voltage Control outputs Model
Sensor Controllers 24 VDC NPN outputs ZS-LDC11
PNP outputs ZS-LDC41
Multi-Controllers for Calculation 24 VDC NPN outputs ZS-MDC11
PNP outputs ZS-MDC41
Data Storage Units Support Data Logging 24 VDC NPN outputs ZS-DSU11
PNP outputs ZS-DSU41
*Resolution is the peak-to-peak displacement conversion value in the displacement output at the measuring center distance in
high-precision mode, when the number of samples to average is set to 128, and the measuring mode is set to high-resolution
mode. The standard work piece is white aluminum ceramic for diffuse reflection heads and glass in the regular reflection heads.
Extension cables, Software, Communications cables, Mounting adapters, and Controller Link connector.
Ordering Information
ZS-L Measurement Sensors
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G-5
Shape Supply voltage Control outputs Model
24 VDC NPN outputs ZS-HLDC11
PNP outputs ZS-HLDC41
High-Precision Long Distance
Laser Measurement Sensors
High performance sensors support
critical quality inspection with precise
measurements over long distances.
• Sensor heads support measuring center
distances from 20 to 1,500 mm
• Achieves a maximum high resolution of
0.25 μm
• Solve tough inspection problems: Stable
measurement of black rubber, black resin,
glass and metal sheets, and printed circuit
boards
• Fast response time of 110 μs for accurate
measurements of moving work pieces
Sensing Heads
Series Sensor Heads for Nozzle Gaps
Series Sensor Controllers
Accessories
C425
Sensing
method
Measuring range
[Sensing distance]
Beam size/
measuring region
Resolution FDA laser
class
Model
Regular 20 mm ± 1 mm 1.0 mm x 20 μm 0.25 μm Class II ZS-HLDS2T 2M
Diffuse 5.2 mm ± 1 mm
Regular 50 mm ± 5 mm 1.0 mm x 30 μm 0.1 μm ZS-HLDS5T 2M
Diffuse 44 mm ± 4 mm
Regular 100 mm ± 20 mm 3.5 mm x 60 μm 1.0 μm ZS-HLDS10 2M
Diffuse 94 mm ± 16 mm
Regular 600 mm ± 350 mm 16 mm x 0.3 mm 8 μm @ 250 mm,
40 μm @ 600 mm
ZS-HLDS60
1500 mm ± 500 mm 40 mm x 1.5 mm 500 μm ZS-HLDS150
Optical system Sensing distance Beam shape Beam diameter Resolution Model
Regular reflective models 10 ± 0.5 mm Line beam 900 x 25 μm 0.25 μm ZS-LD10GT
15 ± 0.75 mm ZS-LD15GT
Extension cables, Software, Communications cables, Mounting adapters, Controller Link and Controller options.
Ordering Information
ZS-HL Measurement Sensors
G
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
G-6
Shape Dimensions Sensing distance Resolution Model
Unthreaded cylindrical 3 dia. x 18 mm 0.5 mm 1 μm ZX-EDR5T
5.4 dia. x 18 mm 1 mm ZX-ED01T
8 dia. x 22 mm 2 mm ZX-ED02T
Threaded cylindrical M10 x 22 mm 2 mm ZX-EM02T
M18 x 46.3 mm 7 mm ZX-EM07MT
Flat 30 x 14 x 4.8 mm 4 mm ZX-EV04T
Heat-resistant, cylindrical M12 x 22 mm 2 mm ZX-EM02HT
Smart ZX-E offers simple setup for
applications requiring non-contact
displacement measurements of metal
objects. A wide range of interchangeable
sensor heads provides great flexibility in
solving demanding applications.
• Compact inductive sensor heads for easy
integration
• High-speed response time of 150 μs
• Easy sensor head replacement
• Scalability through a modular platform
concept
C427
Ordering Information
Inductive Sensing Heads
Amplifiers
Description Power supply Analog output (Switch selectable) Discrimination
output function
Output type Model
Amplifier with
2 m cable
12 to 24 VDC 4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 VDC,
0 to 5 VDC, ±4 VDC, ±5 VDC
High, Pass, Low NPN ZX-EDA11 2M
PNP ZX-EDA41 2M
Accessories
Please refer to data sheet for Mounting brackets, Extension cables, Software, Calculating unit and Communications module.
Smart Inductive
Displacement Sensor
ZX-E Measurement Sensors
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G-7
Type Sensing distance Resolution Tip size Dimensions
(sensing head)
Model
Short type 1 mm 0.1 μm 4.5 dia. mm 57.1 L x 6 dia. mm ZX-TDS01T
Standard type 4 mm 86 L x 6 dia. mm ZX-TDS04T
Low-load type ZX-TDS04T-L
Standard type 10 mm 0.4 μm 5 dia. mm 123 L x 8 dia. mm ZX-TDS10T
Ultra-low-load type 7.5 dia. mm 132.15 L x 8 dia. mm ZX-TDS10T-L
Vacuum retracting type 5 dia. mm 129.5 L x 8 dia. mm ZX-TDS10T-V
Vacuum retracting/Air push type 7 dia. mm 124.5 L x 8 dia. mm ZX-TDS10T-VL
Smart Contact Displacement Sensor
Smart ZX-T offers simple setup for applications
requiring high-precision contact displacement
measurements to verify part shape and
orientation.
• Slim sensor heads make it easy to integrate
• Fast response time of 1 ms
• Multipoint measurement with up to 7 sensors
• Dust-tight linear ball bearing construction
assures long service life: 10 million
mechanical operations minimum
C428
Ordering Information
Contact Sensing Heads
Amplifiers
Description Power supply Analog output (Switch selectable) Discrimination
output function
Output type Model
Amplifier with
2 m cable
12 to 24 VDC 4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 VDC,
0 to 5 VDC, ±4 VDC, ±5 VDC
High, Pass, Low NPN ZX-TDA11 2M
PNP ZX-TDA41 2M
Accessories
Please refer to data sheet for Actuator options, Mounting brackets, Extension cables, Software, Calculating unit and Communi-
cations module.
ZX-T Measurement Sensors
G
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
G-8
Measuring
range
Spot diam-
eter
Static reso-
lution
Model*
7 ±1 mm 18 µm dia. 0.25 µm ZW-S079M
20 ±1 mm 40 µm dia. 0.25 µm ZW-S209M
30 ±1 mm 60 µm dia. 0.25 µm ZW-S309M
40 ±6 mm 80 µm dia. 0.25 µm ZW-S409M
Dimensions Power supply Output type Software included Model
124 x 72 x 128 mm 24 VDC NPN No ZW-CE10T
124 x 72 x 128 mm 24 VDC PNP No ZW-CE15T
Fiber Optic Cleaner ZW-XCL
SYSMAC Software & License Contact Omron or see website for details
Description Feature Cable
length
Model
Sensor head to
controller exten-
sion cable
Fiber-optic
cable; includes
Fiber Adapter
ZW-XFC
2 m ZW-XF02R
5 m ZW-XF05R
10 m ZW-XF10R
20 m ZW-XF20R
30 m ZW-XF30R
Fiber adapter Coupler between
fibers
- ZW-XFC
Parallel I/O
Cable
Input/Output
Wiring
2 m ZW-XCP2E
Controller to
personal com-
puter cable
RS-232C cable 2 m ZX-XRS2
Controller to
PLC/HMI cable
RS-232C cable 2 m ZW-XPT2
The ZW confocal fiber displacement
sensor delivers stable, non-contact, in-line
measurement of heights, thicknesses and
other dimensions. It solves the problems
of traditional laser triangulation sensors:
deviation between different material with
inclination tolerance. The compact sensing
head has no electronic parts to eliminate
problems of installation space and mutual
interference, electrical/magnetic noise,
temperature rise and mechanical positioning.
• Ultra-compact sensing head: 24 x 24 mm;
weighs only 105 g
• High flexibility fiber-optic cable from
sensor to controller, extends up to 32 m
• Mount sensing head one time: no need to
re-tune for changing materials
C438
Ordering Information
Sensor Heads
Controllers and Software
Cables
• Separate amplifier provides white LED
light source, spectroscope and processor
to convert reflected color light to distance
• Smart Monitor ZW Software simplifies
setup and data collection/analysis
• EtherCAT models includes EtherNet/IP
communications interface
Ultra-compact, Lightweight
Sensor Measures Any Material
*Note: Cable length (specified in meters) should be added in
place of the box at the end of the part number.
ZW Confocal Fiber Displacement Sensor
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G-9
Appearance Power supply Output type Model
DC NPN ZX-GTC11
PNP ZX-GTC41
Appearance Optical system Measuring width Sensing distance Resolution Output type Model
Separate type Through-beam 28 mm 0 to 500 mm 10 μm NPN ZX-GT28S11
PNP ZX-GT28S41
Integrated type 40 mm NPN ZX-GT2840S11
PNP ZX-GT2840S41
Wide Laser Beam CCD
Measurement Sensor
Now you can accurately and reliably get
precision measurements of 10 μm at a
distance of up to 500 mm by using the
ZX-GT. The ZX-GT provides unparalleled
measurement precision with high-speed
measurement of 2,000 samples per second.
The ZX-GT’s ability to measure glass and
mirror surfaces along with its “Smart Recipe”
PC software, makes the ZX-GT the most
powerful and easy to use measurement
sensor in its class.
• 10 μm accuracy by 500 mm range
• High-speed processing of 2,000 images
per second ensures fast, accurate in-line
measurements
• Dedicated glass detection function
• “Smart Recipe” software makes setup easy
C435
Ordering Information
Sensor
Amplifiers
Accessories
Please refer to data sheet for Extension cables, Software, Calculating unit and Communications module.
ZX-GT Measurement Sensors
G
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
G-10
2D Measurement Sensor
The ZG2 sensor measures the height and
width of entire objects simultaneously, using
a wide laser beam.
• All-in-one controller with built-in LCD
display
• Measure entire shapes in 2D, X and Z axis
• Immediate live feedback
• Fast 5 ms sampling time
• Accuracy as fine as 0.25 μm
Ordering Information
Controller
Accessories
C422
Measurement
mode
Measurement range
regular reflective
Measurement range
diffuse reflective
Beam size/
measuring
region
Resolution
X dir/Z dir
FDA
laser
class
Model
Regular
reflective
22.3 ±0.5 mm 10.6 ±0.4 mm 3 mm 5 μm / 0.25
μm
Class II ZG2-WDS3VT 0.5M
ZG2-WDS3VT 2M
Diffuse
reflective
44 ±2 mm 50 ±3 mm 8 mm 13 μm / 1 μm Class IIIb ZG2-WDS8T 0.5M
ZG2-WDS8T 2M
94 ±10 mm 100 ±12 mm 22 mm 35 μm / 2.5
μm
ZG2-WDS22 0.5M
ZG2-WDS22 2M
mode not available 210 ±48 mm 70 mm 111 μm / 6
μm
ZG2-WDS70 0.5M
ZG2-WDS70 2M
Description Power supply Analog output (Switch selectable) Discrimination
output function
Output
type
Model
Controller 24 VDC 4 to 20 mA, -10 to 10 VDC All Pass/NG/
Error
NPN ZG2-WDC11
PNP ZG2-WDC41
NPN ZG2-WDC11A
PNP ZG2-WDC41A
Note: Models with ‘A’ suffix includes Smart Monitor ZG Set-up Software.
Extension cables, Software, Communications cables, Mounting adapters, and Controller Link connector.
Sensing Heads
FDA Class IIIb
ZG2 2D Laser Profiling Sensor
H-i
Rotary Encoders
Contents
Selection Guide H-ii
Absolute Rotary Encoders
E6C3-A Standard, 50 mm dia. H-1
E6CP-A Plastic body, 50 mm dia. H-2
E6F-A Rugged housing, 60 mm dia. H-3
Incremental Rotary Encoders
E6A2-C
Small diameter encoder, 25 mm dia.
H-4
E6B2-C
Small diameter encoder, 40 mm dia.
H-5
E6C3-C Standard, 50 mm dia. H-6
E6D-C
Rugged housing, Narrow shaft,
40 mm dia.
H-7
E6F-C
Rugged housing, Narrow shaft
,
60 mm dia.
H-7
H
Close the loop – angle, position and velocity on hand
Rotary encoders create information which represent the movement of your application.
To meet challenging demands, Omron offers a wide range of absolute and incremental
encoders.
• Wide resolution variety
• Models with rugged housing
• Models for multi-turn applications
ACCURACY AND ROBUSTNESS MADE RELIABLE
E6A2-C
E6B2-C E6C3-C E6D-C E6F-C
Incremental
Rotary encoders
Small diameter
Standard Narrow shaft
Rugged housing
E6C3-A E6F-A E6CP-A
Absolute
Standard
Rugged housing
Plastic body
Rotary Encoders
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
H-ii
E6A2-C
E6B2-C E6C3-C E6D-C E6F-C
Incremental
Rotary encoders
Small diameter
Standard Narrow shaft
Rugged housing
E6C3-A E6F-A E6CP-A
Absolute
Standard
Rugged housing
Plastic body
Output Incremental
Model
E6A2-C E6B2-C E6D-C E6C3-C E6F-C
Type Small diameter shaft Small diameter shaft Small diameter shaft
Standard Rugged housing
Resolution
range (Pulse/
rev)
Min
10 10 10 100 100
Max
500 2,000 6,000 3,600 1,000
Output NPN

PNP
–
–
Size dia. (mm)
25 40 55 50 60
Max. force Radial
10 N 30 N 50 N 80 N 120 N
Axial
5 N 20 N 30 N 50 N 50 N
IP rating IP50

– –
IP64
–––––
IP65
–––
 
Max. rotation frequency
(rpm)
5,000 6,000 12,000 5,000 5,000
Output Absolute
Model
E6C3-A E6F-A E6CP-A
Type
Standard Rugged housing Lightweight, plastic
body
Resolution
range
(Pulse/rev)
Min
6256 10
Max
1,024 1,024 256
Output NPN
 
PNP
 
–
Size dia. (mm)
50 60 50
Max. force Radial
80 N 120 N 30 N
Axial
50 N 50 N 20 N
IP rating IP50
– –
IP64
– – –
IP65
 
–
Max. rotation frequency
(rpm)
5,000 5,000 1,000

Standard

Available
–
No/not available
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com H-iii
H
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
H-1
Water Resistant Encoder for Tough
Environments
• IP65 drip-proof, oil-proof construction
with sealed bearing
• 8 mm stainless steel shaft provides
superior shaft loading performance:
Radial: 8 kg-f; Axial: 5.1 kg-f
• NPN, or PNP open collector or voltage
outputs
• Optimum angle control when combined
with cam positioner (stand-alone H8PS or
PLC-based) or encoder-input PLC position
control modules
• Response frequency: 20 kHz max., 5,000
rpm max
• Pre-wired with 1 meter cable; 2 meter
cable available, connector version
available for direct connection to an H8PS
Cam Positioning Unit
Ordering Information
F522
When ordering, specify the resolution in addition to the model number (example: E6C3-AG5C 360P/R 1M).
Size Shaft Supply
Voltage
Output
configuration
Output
code
Resolution (pulses/
rotation)
Connection
method
Model
50 dia. x 43
D mm
8 dia. x 15 L
mm, stainless
steel
12 to 24
VDC
NPN open-
collector output
Gray 256, 360, 720 2 m
connector for
H8PS Cam
Positioner
E6C3-AG5C-C
256, 360, 720, 1,024 Pre-wired,
1 m cable
E6C3-AG5C
Binary 32, 40 E6C3-AN5C
BCD 6, 8, 12 E6C3-AB5C
PNP open-
collector output
Gray 256, 360, 720, 1,024 E6C3-AG5B
Binary 32, 40 E6C3-AN5B
BCD 6, 8, 12 E6C3-AB5B
5 VDC Voltage output Binary 256 E6C3-AN1E
12 VDC E6C3-AN2E
E6C3-A Rotary Encoders –Absolute
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com H-2
Ordering Information
Low-Cost Absolute Encoder,
50 mm Diameter
• High-precision detection of automatic
machine timing, also ideal for robot limit
signals
• Absolute encoder performance at the cost
of an incremental encoder
• Gray code output eliminates reading
mistakes
• Lightweight, plastic body construction,
IP50 enclosure rating
• Shaft loading: Radial: 3 kg-f; Axial: 2 kg-f
• Open collector output
• Response frequency: 5 kHz max., 1,000
rpm max
• Pre-wired with 2 m cable, connector
version available for direct connection to
an H8PS Cam Positioning unit
F523
Size Shaft Power supply
voltage
Output
configuration
Output
code
Resolution
(pulses/
rotation)
Connection
method
Model
50 dia. x
55 D mm
6 dia. x
10 L mm
5 to 12 VDC Open-collector
output
Gray 256 (8-bit) Pre-wired, 2 m
cable
E6CP-AG3C
12 to 24 VDC E6CP-AG5C
2 m cable with
connector for
H8PS Cam
Positioner
E6CP-AG5C-C
E6CP-A Rotary Encoders – Absolute
H
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
H-3
Rugged Encoder for High-
Precision Detection
• 10 mm stainless steel shaft and rugged
construction provide the highest shaft
loading among Omron encoders: Radial:
12 kg-f, Thrust: 5 kg-f
• IP65f water and oil-proof construction
• High response speed for faster control:
Gray code: 20 kHz; BCD: 10 kHz, 5,000
rpm max
• Combine with H8PS Cam Positioner or
PLC encoder input module for optimum
angle control
• Pre-wired with 2 m cable, connector
version available for direct connection to
an H8PS Cam Positioning unit
Ordering Information
F524
When ordering, specify the resolution in addition to the model number (example: E6C3-AG5C 360P/R 1M).
Size Shaft Power supply
voltage
Output
configuration
Output
code
Resolution
(pulses/
rotation)
Connection method Model
60 mm
dia. x 65 D
mm
10 dia. x
20 L mm
5 to 12 VDC NPN open
collector
BCD 360 Pre-wired 2 m cable E6F-AB3C
12 to 24 VDC E6F-AB5C
PNP open
collector
E6F-AB5B
NPN open
collector
Gray
code
256, 360,
720
2 m cable with connector
for H8PS Cam Positioner
E6F-AG5C-C
NPN open
collector
256, 360,
720, 1,024
Pre-wired 2 m cable E6F-AG5C
PNP open
collector
E6F-AG5B
E6F-A Rotary Encoders – Absolute
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com H-4
Rugged Encoder for High-
Precision Detection
• High response frequency and noise
immunity make encoders ideal for factory
automation applications with 10 to 500
pulses/revolution
• Space saving enclosure: 25 mm dia.
• 4 mm shaft with load rating of: Radial:
1 kg-f; Axial: 0.5 kg-f
• Open collector output, other output types
available
• Output phases: A/A, B and A, B, Z
(reversible) are available
• Response frequency: 20 kHz max., 5,000
rpm max
• Enclosure rating: IP50
• Pre-wired with 0.5 meter cable
Ordering Information
F525
Size Shaft Supply voltage Output
configuration
Resolution
(pulses/revolution)
Model
25 dia. x 31 D mm 4 dia. x 10 L
mm
12 to 24 VDC NPN open
collector, 30 mA
max
100 E6A2-CW5C 100P/R 05M
200 E6A2-CW5C 200P/R 05M
E6A2-C Rotary Encoders – Incremental
H
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
H-5
General-Purpose Compact
Encoders
• High resolution models (up to 2000 pulses
per revolution available) substantially
improve measuring accuracy
• Rugged construction: 6 mm shaft with
load rating of: Radial: 3 kg-f; Axial: 2 kg-f
• Output phases: A, B, Z (reversible)
• Response frequency: up to 100 kHz max.,
6,000 rpm max
• Protected against short-circuit and
reversed connections for highly reliable
operation
• Available with NPN and PNP open
collector, voltage and line driver outputs
• Enclosure rating: IP50
• Pre-wired with 0.5- or 2 m cables
Ordering Information
F526
Size Shaft Supply
voltage
Output configuration Resolution
(pulse/
revolution)
Cable
length
Model
40 mm dia.
x 44 D mm
6 dia. x 15
L mm
12 to 24
VDC
NPN open collector,
35 mA max
100 2 m E6B2-CWZ6C 100P/R 2M
200 E6B2-CWZ6C 200P/R 2M
360 0.5 m E6B2-CWZ6C 360P/R 05M
360 2 m E6B2-CWZ6C 360P/R 2M
500 E6B2-CWZ6C 500P/R 2M
600 E6B2-CWZ6C 600P/R 2M
1000 0.5 m E6B2-CWZ6C 1000P/R 05M
2 m E6B2-CWZ6C 1000P/R 2M
5 VDC Line driver:
High: -20 mA or 2.5
V min
Low: +20 mA or 0.5
V max
0.5 m E6B2-CWZ1X 1000P/R 05M
E6B2-C Rotary Encoders – Incremental
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com H-6
Water Resistant Incremental
Encoder for Tough Environments
• High resolution solutions from 100 to 3600
pulses/revolution
• IP65f drip-proof, oil-proof construction
with sealed bearing
• 8 mm stainless steel shaft provides a load
rating of: Radial: 88 kg-f; Axial: 5 kg-f
• Complementary outputs simplify
interfacing to NPN or PNP input devices
• Output phases: A, B and Z (reversible)
• Response frequency: 125 kHz max. (65
kHz for Z-phase), 5,000 rpm max
• Surge protection built-in
• Voltage and line driver output versions
available
• Pre-wired with 1 meter cable, 2 meter
cable is available
Ordering Information
F527
Size Shaft Supply
Voltage
Output configuration Resolution
(pulse/
revolution)
Model
50 dia. x
43 D mm
8 dia. x 15 L
mm, stain-
less steel
12 to 24
VDC
Complementary output (NPN and PNP),
35 mA max.
100 E6C3-CWZ5GH 100P/R 1M
200 E6C3-CWZ5GH 200P/R 1M
360 E6C3-CWZ5GH 360P/R 1M
500 E6C3-CWZ5GH 500P/R 1M
720 E6C3-CWZ5GH 720P/R 1M
800 E6C3-CWZ5GH 800P/R 1M
1000 E6C3-CWZ5GH 1000P/R 1M
2048 E6C3-CWZ5GH 2048P/R 1M
2500 E6C3-CWZ5GH 2500P/R 1M
3600 E6C3-CWZ5GH 3600P/R 1M
E6C3-C Rotary Encoders – Incremental
H
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
H-7
Ordering Information
Ordering Information
Rugged, High-Resolution Encoder
• Resolution as high as 6,000 pulses/
revolution in a rugged construction
• Outputs: A, B (reversible) and Z (zero)
• 55 mm diameter housing
• Superb reliability and accuracy: phase
error as small as 1/4T±0.07T
• High response frequency of 200 kHz,
12,000 rpm max
• 6 mm shaft with load rating of: Radial: 5
kg-f; Axial: 3 kg-f
Rugged, High-Resolution Encoder
• 10 mm stainless steel shaft and rugged
construction provides the highest
shaft loading among Omron encoders;
Radial: 12 kg-f, Thrust: 5 kg-f
• IP65f water and oil-proof construction
• 60 mm diameter housing
• Complementary output for longer cable
length extension
• High response frequency of 83 kHz,
5,000 rpm max
Size Shaft Supply
voltage
Output
configuration
Resolution (pulses/
revolution)
Cable
length
Model
44 mm dia.
x 44 D mm
6 dia. x 15
L mm
12 VDC NPN open
collector, 35
mA max
720, 800, 1000, 1024,
1200, 1500, 1800, 2000,
2048, 2500, 3000, 3200,
3600, 4096, 5000, 6000
0.5 m E6D-CWZ2C9999P/R 05M
5 VDC E6D-CWZ1E9999P/R 05M
Size Shaft Supply
voltage
Output
configuration
Resolution (pulses/
revolution)
Cable
length
Model
60 mm dia.
x 65 D mm
10 dia. x
20 L mm
12 to 24
VDC
Complementary
NPN and PNP,
±30 mA
100, 200, 360, 500, 600,
1000
2 m E6F-CWZ5GP/R 2M
• Output load short-circuit protection to
reduce risks from incorrect wiring
• Pre-wired 2 m cable
F528
E6D-C Rotary Encoders – Incremental
E6F-C Rotary Encoders – Incremental F529
I-i
Temperature Controllers
Contents
Selection Guide I-ii
Single-loop Controllers
E5CB Temperature Controller I-1
E5CC Temperature & Process
Controllers, 1/16 DIN
I-2
E5EC Temperature & Process
Controllers, 1/8 DIN
I-3
E5AC Temperature & Process
Controllers, 1/4 DIN
I-4
E5DC Temperature Controllers,
socket mounted
I-5
E5CC-U Temperature Controllers,
1/16 DIN, socket mounted
I-6
E5CC-T Temperature & Process
Controllers, 1/16 DIN,
Ramp/Soak
I-7
E5EC-T Temperature & Process
Controllers, 1/8 DIN,
Ramp/Soak
I-8
E5AC-T Temperature & Process
Controllers, 1/4 DIN,
Ramp/Soak
I-9
E5GN Ultra compact temperature
controller, 1/32 DIN
I-10
E5CN-H High-performance digital
temperature and process
controllers, 1/16 DIN
I-11
E5CN-HT Ramp/soak temperature and
process controllers, 1/16 DIN
I-12
E5AN-H/
E5EN-H
High-performance digital
temperature and process
controllers, 1/4 and 1/8 DIN
I-13
E5AN-HT/
E5EN-HT
Ramp/soak temperature and
process controllers, 1/4 and
1/8 DIN
I-14
E5CSV Simple-to-use digital
temperature controller,
1/16 DIN
I-15
E5C2 Analog set temperature
controllers, 1/16 DIN
I-16
K8AK-TH Temperature monitoring relays,
protection against over-
temperature
I-17
Multi-loop Controllers
E5AR/
E5ER
Multi-zone process controller,
1/4 and 1/8 DIN size, panel
mount
I-18
E5ZN Modular multi-zone
temperature controller, DIN
track mount
I-19
EJ1 Multi-zone temperature &
process controller, up to 256
zones, DIN track mount
I-20
I
E5CB
E5DC
E5CSV
Dual Digital
Display
Dual Digital
Display
Relay or Voltage (Pulse)
E5C2
K8AK-TH
One loop
On-panel
Single Digital
Display
Dial
Display
Triple Digital
Display
No
Display
Field
Configurable:
Relay/SSR/
Voltage
(Pulse)/Linear
Current/Linear
Voltage
TC/Pt inputs TC/Pt/V/mA inputs
TC/Pt/V/mA inputs TC/Pt/V/mA inputs TC/Pt inputs
What output types
are available?
What output types
are available?
What output types
are available?
Field
Configurable:
Relay/Voltage
(Pulse)/
Linear
Current
What input types
are available?
What input types
are available?
What output types
are available?
What input types
are available?
What output types
are available?
What input types
are available?
What input types
are available?
Process control,
Ramp/Soak
Advanced Temp/
Process Control
Temperature
control
What type of control is needed?
One Loop
How many control loops are required?
In-panel
How many control loops are required?
Where will you mount the controller?
Temperature
Control
Temperature
Monitor
Relay/Voltage
(pulse)/
Linear
Current
Relay
What type of control is needed? What type of control is needed? What type of control is needed?
Multi-loop
Voltage (Pulse)/
Relay/Linear Current
Dual/Triple
Digital Display
E5_C-T E5_N-H/HTE5_C
E5_R E5ZN EJ1
E5CC/E5EC/E5AC – Temperature Controller
Sets new global standards in the crucial areas of precision, user friendliness and control
performance.
• High-contrast, white LCD display visible from large distances and from any angle
• Easy to set up without power supply and operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software
• 50 ms sampling period
E5CC/EC/AC – HIGH PERFORMANCE WITH SIMPLICITY
Temperature Controllers
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
I-ii
E5CB
E5DC
E5CSV
Dual Digital
Display
Dual Digital
Display
Relay or Voltage (Pulse)
E5C2
K8AK-TH
One loop
On-panel
Single Digital
Display
Dial
Display
Triple Digital
Display
No
Display
Field
Configurable:
Relay/SSR/
Voltage
(Pulse)/Linear
Current/Linear
Voltage
TC/Pt inputs TC/Pt/V/mA inputs
TC/Pt/V/mA inputs TC/Pt/V/mA inputs TC/Pt inputs
What output types
are available?
What output types
are available?
What output types
are available?
Field
Configurable:
Relay/Voltage
(Pulse)/
Linear
Current
What input types
are available?
What input types
are available?
What output types
are available?
What input types
are available?
What output types
are available?
What input types
are available?
What input types
are available?
Process control,
Ramp/Soak
Advanced Temp/
Process Control
Temperature
control
What type of control is needed?
One Loop
How many control loops are required?
In-panel
How many control loops are required?
Where will you mount the controller?
Temperature
Control
Temperature
Monitor
Relay/Voltage
(pulse)/
Linear
Current
Relay
What type of control is needed? What type of control is needed? What type of control is needed?
Multi-loop
Voltage (Pulse)/
Relay/Linear Current
Dual/Triple
Digital Display
E5_C-T E5_N-H/HTE5_C
E5_R E5ZN EJ1
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-iii
I
Category Temperature Analog
Temperature
Controller
Compact Digital Tem-
perature Controller
Digital Temperature
Controller
v
Selection
criteria
Model
K8AK-TH E5C2 E5CSV E5GN
Type
Basic Basic Basic General purpose
Panel
DIN rail In- & on-panel type On-panel type On-panel type
Loops
Single loop Single loop Single loop Single loop
Size
22.5 w x 90 h x 100 w 1/16 DIN 1/16 DIN 1/32 DIN
Control
mode
ON/OFF
   
PID
–
*1
– –
2-PID *2
–
 
Operation
Heating & Cooling Heating Heating & Cooling Heating & Cooling
Valve control *3
– – – –
Features
Accuracy
Type K, J, T, E, B, R, S
Thermocouple ±2% ±.05% ±0.3%
Auto-tuning
Pt100, Pt1000 RTD
–
 
Self-tuning
– –
 
Transfer output
100-240 VAC
– –
Remote input
24 VAC/DC
– – –
Number of alarms
– –
Up to 2 2
Heater alarm
–––
IP rating front panel
IP20 IP20 IP66; NEMA 4X IP66; NEMA 4X
Display
–
SV analog dial Single 3.5 digit
Dual 4 digit (color change)
Supply
voltage
110/240 VAC
   
24 VAC/VDC
–
 
Comms*5
RS-485
–––
Event IP
–––
Quick Link Port port*6
–––
DeviceNet
– – – –
Modbus
–––
Control
output
Relay
–
  
SSR
– – – –
Voltage (pulse)
–
  
Linear voltage
– – – –
Linear current
– – – –
Input
type –
linear
mA
–––
mV
–––
V
–––
Input type –
thermocouple
K
   
J
–
 
T
–
 
E
– –
L
–
  
U
– –
 
N
– –
 
R
–
 
S
– –
B
–––
W
–––
PLII
– –
Input
type –
RTD
Pt100
   
JPt100
– –
 
Themistor
–
–
*1 P only
*2 2-PID is Omron’s easy to use high performance PID algorithm
*3 Valve control = relay up and down
*4 Heater alarm = heater burnout & SSR failure detection
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
I-iv
Category
Digital Temperature Controller/Process Controller
v
Selection
criteria
Model
E5CC/E5EC/E5AC E5_C-T E5DC E5CC-U
Type
General purpose Ramp soak General purpose General purpose
Panel
On-panel type On-panel type In-panel or On-panel In-panel or On-panel
Loops
Single loop Single loop Single loop Single loop
Size
1/16 DIN 1/4, 1/8, 1/16 DIN 22.5 mm wide 1/16 DIN
Control
mode
ON/OFF
  
PID
–––
2-PID *2
  
Operation
Heating/Cooling Heating/Cooling Heating/Cooling Heating/Cooling
Valve control *3
–
 
–
Features
Accuracy
±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3% ±0.3%
Auto-tuning
  
Self-tuning
  
Transfer output
 
–
Remote input
 
–
Number of alarms
3 3 or 4 2 0, 1 or 2
Heater alarm
 
–
IP rating front panel
IP66, NEMA 4X IP66, NEMA 4X IP20, NEMA 1 IP66, NEMA 4X
Display
Dual or Triple Display Dual or Triple Display Dual Display Dual Display
Supply
voltage
110/240 VAC
  
24 VAC/VDC
  
Comms*5
RS-485
 
–
Event IP
 
–
Quick Link Port port*6
  
DeviceNet
– – – –
Modbus
 
–
Control
output
Relay
  
Voltage (pulse)
  
Linear voltage
  
Linear current
  
Input
type –
linear
mA
  
mV
  
Input type –
thermocouple
K
  
J
  
T
  
E
  
L
  
U
  
N
  
R
  
S
  
B
  
W
  
PLII
  
Input
type –
RTD
Pt100
  
JPt100
  
Themistor
– – – –
*5 PROFIBUS-DP communication option via PRT1-SCU11 for E5_N(-H), E5_R, EJ1
*6 QLP: Quick Link Port to connected TC to PC using the smart USB cable E58-CIFQ1
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Temperature Controllers
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-v
I
*1 P only
*2 2-PID is Omron’s easy to use high performance PID algorithm
*3 Valve control = relay up and down
*4 Heater alarm = heater burnout & SSR failure detection
Category
Digital Temperature Controllers
Selection
criteria
Model
E5ZN EJ1 E5_N-H
Type
Modular Modular Universal
Panel
In-panel type In-panel type On-panel type
Loops
Multi-loop Multi-loop Single loop
Size
22.5 mm wide 31 x 96 mm 1/4, 1/8, 1/16 DIN
Control
mode
ON/OFF

PID
–––
2-PID *2

Operation
Heating and cooling Heating and cooling Heating & Cooling
Valve control *3
– –
Features
Accuracy
±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.1%
Auto-tuning

Self-tuning
–
Transfer output
 
Remote input
–
Number of alarms
243
Heater alarm
*4 *4
IP rating front panel
– –
IP66; NEMA 4X
Display
–
Dual or Triple Display
Supply
voltage
110/240 VAC
– –
24 VAC/VDC
 
Comms*5
RS-232
–
RS-485
 
Event IP
–
Quick Link Port port*6
–
 
DeviceNet
 
–
Modbus
–
 
Control
output
Relay
– –
SSR
–
Voltage (pulse)
–
 
Linear voltage
–
Linear current

Input
type –
linear
mA
–
 
mV
0-50
V
–
 
Input type –
thermocouple
K

J

T

E

L

U

N

R

S

B

W
–
 
PLII
–
 
Input
type –
RTD
Pt100

JPt100

Themistor
–––
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
I-vi
Category
Advanced Temperature/Digital Process Controllers
v
Selection
criteria
Model
E5_N-HT E5AR E5ER
Type
Universal, Ramp/Soak Advanced Advanced
Panel On-panel type On-panel type On-panel type
Loops
Single loop Multi-loop Multi-loop
Size
1/4, 1/8, 1/16 DIN 1/4 DIN 1/8 DIN
Control
mode
ON/OFF

PID
–––
2-PID *2

Operation
Heating & Cooling Heating & Cooling Heating & Cooling
Valve Control *3
 
Features
Accuracy
±0.1% ±0.1% ±0.1%
Auto-tuning

Self-tuning
– –
Transfer output
 
Remote input
 
Number of alarms
2 or 3 4 4
Heater alarm
– –
IP rating front panel
IP66; NEMA 4X IP66; NEMA 4X IP66; NEMA 4X
Display
Dual 4 digit Triple 5 digit Triple 5 digit
Supply
voltage
110/240 VAC

24 VAC/VDC
 
Comms*5
RS-232
– –
RS-485
 
Event IP
 
Quick Link port*6

DeviceNet
–
 
Modbus

Control
output
Relay

SSR
– –
Voltage (pulse)

Linear voltage
– –
Linear current

Input
type –
linear
mA

mV
–––
V

Input type –
thermocouple
K

J

T

E

L

U

N

R

S

B

W

PLII
– –
Input
type –
RTD
Pt100

JPt100
– –
Themistor
–––
*5 PROFIBUS-DP communication option via PRT1-SCU11 for E5_N(-H), E5_R, EJ1
*6 QLP: Quick Link port to connected TC to PC using the smart USB cable E58-CIFQ1
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
*2 2-PID is Omron´s easy to use high performance PID algorithm
*3 Valve control = relay up and down
Temperature Controllers
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-vii
I
Temperature Controllers
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
I-viii
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-1
M426
E5CB Temperature Controllers
1/16 DIN Size Basic Temperature
Controller with Easy to Read Large
Digital Display
• Easy to Read Large Character Display
• Improved visibility with character height of
approx. 16 mm
• Depth beyond front panel: Only 60 mm
• Fewer parameters for simple setup
• Fast sampling at 250 ms
• Easy to set up without power supply
and operate intuitively with CX-Thermo
software
Specifications
• Universal Inputs:
• Thermocouple input Type: K, J, T, R, or S
• RTD Input Type: Pt100
• Accuracy:
• Thermocouple: +/-0.5% of indicated value
of +/- 1°C, which ever is greater
• RTD: +/-0.5% of indicated value of +/- 1°C,
which ever is greater
Temperature Controllers
Size Power supply
voltage
Input type Alarm
output
Control output Model
E5CB
48 × 48 mm
100 to 240 VAC
Thermocouple
1
Relay output E5CB-R1TC
Platinum resistance thermometer E5CB-R1P
Thermocouple Voltage output (for
driving SSR)
E5CB-Q1TC
24 VAC/VDC
Platinum resistance thermometer E5CB-Q1P
Thermocouple Relay output E5CB-R1TCD
Platinum resistance thermometer E5CB-R1PD
Thermocouple Voltage output (for
driving SSR)
E5CB-Q1TCD
Platinum resistance thermometer E5CB-Q1PD
• Control Output:
• Relay Output: SPST-NO 250 VAC 3 A
• Output Voltage: 12 VDC +25%/-15%. Max
load current 21 mA with short circuit
protection
I
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
I-2
E5CC Temperature & Process Controllers
1/16 DIN Size Temperature &
Process Controllers with High
Visibility Display
• Fast and precise regulation: 50 ms
sampling loop period time
• Easy to set up without power supply and
operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software
• High-contrast, white LCD display visible
from a far distance and from any angle
(PV: 15.2 H mm)
• Useful alarm and diagnostic functions for
secure operation
• Compact short body depth:
48 H x 48 W x 60 D mm
Specifications
• Universal Inputs:
• Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R,
S, B, W, or PL II
• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C,
60°-120°C, 115° -165°C, 160°-260°C
• Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10
Ordering Information
M425
Input Output Fixed option Alarms Model: AC110-240V Model: AC/DC24V
Temp.
&
Analog
Out1: Relay --- 3 relays E5CC-RX3A5M-000 E5CC-RX3D5M-000
Event Input 2, Transfer output E5CC-RX3A5M-006 E5CC-RX3D5M-006
Event Input 2, Remote SP E5CC-RX3A5M-007 E5CC-RX3D5M-007
Out1: Voltage (pulse) --- E5CC-QX3A5M-000 E5CC-QX3D5M-000
Event Input 2, Heater Burnout
SSR defect detection
E5CC-QX3A5M-001 E5CC-QX3D5M-001
Communication 3-phase heater
alarm
E5CC-QX3A5M-003 E5CC-QX3D5M-003
Event Input 2, Transfer output E5CC-QX3A5M-006 E5CC-QX3D5M-006
Event Input 2, Remote SP E5CC-QX3A5M-007 E5CC-QX3D5M-007
Temp.
&
Analog
Out1: Voltage (pulse) --- E5CC-QQ3A5M-000 E5CC-QQ3D5M-000
Event Input 2, Heater Burnout
SSR defect detection
E5CC-QQ3A5M-001 E5CC-QQ3D5M-001
Out1: Linear current --- E5CC-CX3A5M-000 E5CC-CX3D5M-000
Event Input 2, Transfer output E5CC-CX3A5M-006 E5CC-CX3D5M-006
Event Input 2, Remote SP E5CC-CX3A5M-007 E5CC-CX3D5M-007
• Accuracy:
• Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated
value or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1
digit max.
• Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value
or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
• Analog: ±0.2% FS ±1 digit max.
• Control output:
• Relay Output: SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A
(resistive load)
• Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20%
(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with
short-circuit protection circuit
• Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC/0 to
20 mA DC, load: 500 Ω max., resolution:
approx. 10,000
• Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-3
M427
1/8 DIN Size Temperature &
Process Controllers with High
Visibility Display
• Fast and precise regulation: 50 ms
sampling loop period time
• Easy to set up without power supply and
operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software
• High-contrast, white LCD display visible
from a far distance and from any angle
(PV: 18 H mm)
• Useful alarm and diagnostic functions for
secure operation
• Compact short body depth:
96 H x 48 W x 60 D mm
Specifications
• Universal Inputs:
• Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R,
S, B, W, or PL II
• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C,
60°-120°C, 115° -165°C, 160°-260°C
• Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10
Ordering Information
Input Output Fixed option Alarms Order code (48 x 96 mm model)
AC110-240V AC/DC24V
Temp.
&
Analog
Out1:
Relay
Out2:
none
--- 4 relays E5EC-RX4A5M-000 E5EC-RX4D5M-000
Event Input 2, Communication
3-phase heater alarm
E5EC-RX4A5M-009 E5EC-RX4D5M-009
Event Input 4 Heater Burnout
SSR defect detection
E5EC-RX4A5M-010 E5EC-RX4D5M-010
Event Input 6, Remote SP
Heater Burnout SSR defect
detection Transfer output
E5EC-RX4A5M-011 E5EC-RX4D5M-011
Out1:
Relay
Out2:
Relay
--- E5EC-RR4A5M-000 E5EC-RR4D5M-000
Event Input 2, Communication
3-phase heater alarm
E5EC-RR4A5M-009 E5EC-RR4D5M-009
Event Input 4 Heater Burnout
SSR defect detection
E5EC-RR4A5M-010 E5EC-RR4D5M-010
Event Input 6, Remote SP
Heater Burnout SSR defect
detection Transfer output
E5EC-RR4A5M-011 E5EC-RR4D5M-011
• Accuracy:
• Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated
value or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1
digit max.
• Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value
or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
• Analog: ±0.2% FS ±1 digit max.
• Control output:
• Relay Output: SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A
(resistive load)
• Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20%
(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with
short-circuit protection circuit
• Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC/0 to
20 mA DC, load: 500 Ω max., resolution:
approx. 10,000
• Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66
E5EC Temperature & Process Controllers
I
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
I-4
E5AC Temperature & Process Controllers
1/4 DIN Size Temperature &
Process Controllers with High
Visibility Display
• Fast and precise regulation: 50 ms
sampling loop period time
• Easy to setup without power supply and
operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software
• High-contrast, white LCD display visible
from a far distance and from any angle
(PV:18 H mm)
• Useful alarm and diagnostic functions for
secure operation
• Compact short body depth:
96 H x 96 W x 64 D mm
Specifications
• Universal Inputs:
• Thermocouple: Types
K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II
• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C,
60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 160°-260°C
• Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V
• Accuracy:
• Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated value
or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
• Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value
or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
• Analog: ±0.2% FS±1 digit max
• Control Output:
• Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 5 A
(resistive load)
• Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20%
(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with
short-circuit protection circuit
• Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20
mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution
approx. 10,000
• Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66
Ordering Information
Input Output Fixed option Alarms Order code (96 x 96 mm model)
AC110-240V AC/DC24V
Temp.
&
Analog
Out1:
Relay
--- 4 E5AC-RX4A5M-000 E5AC-RX4D5M-000
Out2:
none
Event Input 2, Communication
3-phase heater alarm
E5AC-RX4A5M-009 E5AC-RX4D5M-009
Event Input 4, Heater Burnout
SSR defect detection
E5AC-RX4A5M-010 E5AC-RX4D5M-010
Remote SP Heater Burnout SSR
defect detection, Transfer output
E5AC-RX4A5M-011 E5AC-RX4D5M-011
Out1:
Relay
--- E5AC-RR4A5M-000 E5AC-RR4D5M-000
Out2:
Relay
Event Input 2, Communication
3-phase heater alarm
E5AC-RR4A5M-009 E5AC-RR4D5M-009
Event Input 4, Heater Burnout
SSR defect detection
E5AC-RR4A5M-010 E5AC-RR4D5M-010
Remote SP Heater Burnout SSR
defect detection, Transfer output
E5AC-RR4A5M-011 E5AC-RR4D5M-011
M435
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-5
E5DC Temperature & Process Controllers
Socket Mounted Temperature
Controllers with High Visibility
Display
• Fast and precise regulation:
50 ms sampling loop period
• Space saving size 85 x 22.5 mm (D x W)
DIN rail mountable
• Removable terminal block for easy
replacement
• Easy to setup without power supply and
operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software
• High-contrast, white LCD display visible
from far distances and from any angle
(PV: 8.5 mm (H) )
• Compact short body depth:
85 H x 22.5 W x 60 D mm
M439
Specifications
• Universal Inputs:
• Thermocouple: Types
K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II
• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C,
60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 160°-260°C
• Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V
• Accuracy:
• Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated value
or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
• Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value
or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
• Analog: ±0.2% FS±/-1 digit max.
• Control Output:
• Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A
(resistive load)
• Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20%
(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with
short-circuit protection circuit
• Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20
mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution
approx. 10,000
• Front Panel Rating: NEMA 1 / IP20
Ordering Information
Input Output Fixed option Alarms Model: 100-240 VAC Model: 24 VAC/VDC
Temp.
&
Analog
Out 1: Relay Communication only 0 E5DC-RX0ASM-015 E5DC-RX0DSM-015
--- 2 E5DC-RX2ASM-000 E5DC-RX2DSM-000
Heater burnout and SSR defect
detection, Communication
E5DC-RX2ASM-002 E5DC-RX2DSM-002
Heater burnout and SSR defect
detection, Event input 1
E5DC-RX2ASM-017 E5DC-RX2DSM-017
Out 1: Voltage
(pulse)
Communication only 0 E5DC-QX0ASM-015 E5DC-QX0DSM-015
--- 2 E5DC-QX2ASM-000 E5DC-QX2DSM-000
Heater burnout and SSR defect
detection, Communication
E5DC-QX2ASM-002 E5DC-QX2DSM-002
Heater burnout and SSR defect
detection, Event input 1
E5DC-QX2ASM-017 E5DC-QX2DSM-017
Out 1: Current Communication only 0 E5DC-CX0ASM-015 E5DC-CX0DSM-015
--- 2 E5DC-CX2ASM-000 E5DC-CX2DSM-000
Communication only E5DC-CX2ASM-015 E5DC-CX2DSM-015
Event input E5DC-CX2ASM-016 E5DC-CX2DSM-016
I
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
I-6
E5CC-U Temperature & Process Controllers
1/16 DIN Size Socket Mounted
Temperature Controllers,
Designed for Simple Installation
and Fast Servicing
• Plugs into standard 11-pin round socket
• Fast and precise regulation:
50 ms sampling loop period
• ON/OFF control or 2-PID with auto-tuning
for superior performance
• Easy to setup without power supply and
operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software
• High-contrast, white LCD display visible
(PV: 15.2 mm (H) )
• Fits DIN rail socket P2CF-11 or back
mounted socket P3GA-11
M334
Specifications
• Universal Inputs:
• Thermocouple: Types
K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II
• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C,
60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 140°-260°C
• Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V
• Accuracy:
• Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated value
or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
• Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value
or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
• Analog: ±0.2% FS+/-1 digit max.
• Control Output:
• Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A
(resistive load)
• Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20%
(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with
short-circuit protection circuit
• Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20
mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution
approx. 10,000
• Front Panel Rating: NEMA 12 / IP50
Ordering Information
Input Output Alarms Model: 100-240 VAC Model: 24 VAC/VDC
Temp.
&
Analog
Out 1: Relay 0 E5CC-RW0AUM-000 E5CC-RW0DUM-000
1 E5CC-RW1AUM-000 E5CC-RW1DUM-000
2 E5CC-RW2AUM-000 E5CC-RW2DUM-000
Out 1: Voltage (pulse) 0 E5CC-QW0AUM-000 E5CC-QW0DUM-000
1 E5CC-QW1AUM-000 E5CC-QW1DUM-000
2 E5CC-QW2AUM-000 E5CC-QW2DUM-000
Out 1: Current 0 E5CC-CW0AUM-000 E5CC-CW0DUM-000
1 E5CC-CW1AUM-000 E5CC-CW1DUM-000
2 E5CC-CW2AUM-000 E5CC-CW2DUM-000
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-7
E5CC-T Temperature & Process Controllers
1/16 DIN Size Ramp/Soak
Temperature & Process Controller
with High Visibility Display
• Set up to 8 program (patterns) with 32
segments (steps)
• Fast and precise regulation:
50 ms sampling loop period
• High-contrast, white LCD display visible
from a far distance and from any angle
(PV: 15.2 mm (H) )
• Easy to setup without power supply and
operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software
M438
Specifications
• Universal Inputs:
• Thermocouple: Types
K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II
• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C,
60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 140°-260°C
• Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V
• Program Control:
• Number of programs: 8
• Number of segments: 32
• Segment times: 0 h 0 min to 99 h 59 min/
0 min 0 s to 99 min 59 s
• Accuracy:
• Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated value
or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
• Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value
or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
• Analog: ±0.2% FS+/-1 digit max.
• Control Output:
• Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A
(resistive load)
• Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20%
(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with
short-circuit protection circuit
• Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20
mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution
approx. 10,000
• Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66
Ordering Information
Input Output Fixed option Alarms Model: 100-240 VAC Model: 24 VAC/VDC
Temp.
&
Analog
Out 1: Relay,
Out 2: None
--- 3 E5CC-TRX3A5M-000 E5CC-TRX3D5M-000
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection,
Event Input 2
3 E5CC-TRX3A5M-001 E5CC-TRX3D5M-001
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection
2 (3-phase heaters), Communications
3 E5CC-TRX3A5M-003 E5CC-TRX3D5M-003
Communications, Event input 2 3 E5CC-TRX3A5M-004 E5CC-TRX3D5M-004
Event Input 4, Transfer output 3 E5CC-TRX3A5M-006 E5CC-TRX3D5M-006
Out 1: Voltage
(pulse),
Out 2: None
--- 3 E5CC-TQX3A5M-000 E5CC-TQX3D5M-000
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection,
Event Input 2
3 E5CC-TQX3A5M-001 E5CC-TQX3D5M-001
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection
2 (3-phase heaters), Communications
3 E5CC-TQX3A5M-003 E5CC-TQX3D5M-003
Communications, Event input 2 3 E5CC-TQX3A5M-004 E5CC-TQX3D5M-004
Event Input 4, Transfer output 3 E5CC-TQX3A5M-006 E5CC-TQX3D5M-006
Out 1: Current,
Out 2: None
--- 3 E5CC-TCX3A5M-000 E5CC-TCX3D5M-000
Communications, Event input 2 3 E5CC-TCX3A5M-004 E5CC-TCX3D5M-004
Event Input 4, Transfer output E5CC-TCX3A5M-006 E5CC-TCX3D5M-006
Note: Please reference E5CC-T datasheet for other models and options.
• Compact short body depth:
48 H x 48 W x 60 D mm
I
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
I-8
E5EC-T Temperature & Process Controllers
1/8 DIN Size Ramp/Soak
Temperature & Process Controller
with High Visibility Display
• Set up to 8 program (patterns) with 32
segments (steps)
• Fast and precise regulation:
50 ms sampling loop period
• High-contrast, white LCD display visible
from a far distance and from any angle
(PV: 18 mm (H) )
• Models available with up to 4 auxiliary
outputs and up to 6 event inputs and a
transfer output
• Easy to setup without power supply and
operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software
M437
Specifications
• Universal Inputs:
• Thermocouple: Types
K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II
• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C,
60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 140°-260°C
• Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V
• Program Control:
• Number of programs: 8
• Number of segments: 32
• Segment times: 0 h 0 min to 99 h 59 min/
0 min 0 s to 99 min 59 s
• Accuracy:
• Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated value
or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
• Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value
or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
• Analog: ±0.2% FS+/-1 digit max.
• Control Output:
• Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 5 A
(resistive load)
• Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20%
(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with
short-circuit protection circuit
• Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20
mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution
approx. 10,000
• Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66
Ordering Information
Input Output Fixed option Alarms Model: 100-240 VAC Model: 24 VAC/VDC
Temp.
&
Analog
Out 1: Relay,
Out 2: None
--- 0 E5EC-TRX4ASM-000 E5EC-TRX4DSM-000
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection,
RS-485
2 E5EC-TRX4ASM-008 E5EC-TRX4DSM-008
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection,
Transfer output
6 E5EC-TRX4ASM-019 E5EC-TRX4DSM-019
Out 1: Voltage
(pulse),
Out 2: None
--- 0 E5EC-TQX4ASM-000 E5EC-TQX4DSM-000
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection,
RS-485
2 E5EC-TQX4ASM-008 E5EC-TQX4DSM-008
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection,
Transfer output
6 E5EC-TQX4ASM-019 E5EC-TQX4DSM-019
Out 1: Current,
Out 2: None
--- 1 E5EC-TCX4ASM-000 E5EC-TCX4DSM-000
RS-485 2 E5EC-TCX4ASM-004 E5EC-TCX4DSM-004
Transfer output 6 E5EC-TCX4ASM-021 E5EC-TCX4DSM-021
Transfer output, RS-485 4 E5EC-TCX4ASM-022 E5EC-TCX4DSM-022
Note: Please reference E5EC-T datasheet for other models and options.
• Compact short body depth:
96 H x 48 W x 60 D mm
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-9
E5AC-T Temperature & Process Controllers
1/4 DIN Size Ramp/Soak
Temperature & Process Controller
with High Visibility Display
• Set up to 8 program (patterns) with 32
segments (steps)
• Fast and precise regulation:
50 ms sampling loop period
• High-contrast, white LCD display visible
from a far distance and from any angle
(PV: 25 mm (H) )
• Models available with up to 4 auxiliary
outputs and up to 6 event inputs and a
transfer output
• Easy to setup without power supply and
operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software
M436
Specifications
• Universal Inputs:
• Thermocouple: Types
K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II
• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C,
60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 140°-260°C
• Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V
• Program Control:
• Number of programs: 8
• Number of segments: 32
• Segment times: 0 h 0 min to 99 h 59 min/
0 min 0 s to 99 min 59 s
• Accuracy:
• Thermocouple: (±0.1% of indicated value
or ±10°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
• Platinum RTD: (±0.1% of indicated value
or ±0.2°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
• Analog: ±0.1% FS+/-1 digit max.
• Control Output:
• Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A
(resistive load)
• Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20%
(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with
short-circuit protection circuit
• Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20
mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution
approx. 10,000
• Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66
Ordering Information
Input Output Fixed option Alarms Model: 100-240 VAC Model: 24 VAC/VDC
Temp.
&
Analog
Out 1: Relay,
Out 2: None
--- 0 E5AC-TRX4ASM-000 E5AC-TRX4DSM-000
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection,
RS-485
2 E5AC-TRX4ASM-008 E5AC-TRX4DSM-008
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection,
Transfer output
6 E5AC-TRX4ASM-019 E5AC-TRX4DSM-019
Out 1: Voltage
(pulse),
Out 2: None
--- 0 E5AC-TQX4ASM-000 E5AC-TQX4DSM-000
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection,
RS-485
2 E5AC-TQX4ASM-008 E5AC-TQX4DSM-008
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection,
Transfer output
6 E5AC-TQX4ASM-019 E5AC-TQX4DSM-019
Out 1: Current,
Out 2: None
--- 0 E5AC-TCX4ASM-000 E5AC-TCX4DSM-000
RS-495 2 E5AC-TCX4ASM-004 E5AC-TCX4DSM-004
Transfer output 6 E5AC-TCX4ASM-021 E5AC-TCX4DSM-021
Transfer output, Communications 4 E5AC-TCX4ASM-022 E5AC-TCX4DSM-022
Note: Please reference E5AC-T datasheet for other models and options.
• Compact short body depth:
96 H x 96 W x 60 D mm
I
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
I-10
Specifications
• Temperature Input Models:
• Thermocouple: K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, S, B,
W, or PL II
• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10 to
260°C, 4 ranges
• Voltage input: 0 to 50 mV
1/32 DIN Size Temperature &
Process Controllers with Smart
Functions
• Universal temperature input available with
screw terminals or cage clamp terminals
• Smart display can be set to automatically
alternate between Temperature Controller
status (auto/manual, RUN/STOP, and
alarms) and the PV or SV
• Control output ON/OFF counter for relays
supports preventive maintenance
M226
• Indication Accuracy:
• Thermocouple input: ±0.3% of PV
• Pt input: ±0.2% of PV
• Models with Analog Inputs:
• Current input: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage input: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V
• Switch among 3 colors as status changes to
make the PV display more informative
• Simple PC setup using serial communication
models and CX-Thermo software
Ordering Information
Control
method
Control
mode
No. of auxiliary
outputs
Communications Additional
functions
Screw terminal
model
Cage clamp terminal
model
Input Voltage Selection: 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz (add AC100240) or 24 VAC/VDC (add ACDC24) to the model number
Relay
output
Standard --- --- --- E5GN-RT E5GN-RT-C
Standard or
heat/cool
1 --- --- E5GN-R1T E5GN-R1T-C
1 --- 2 event inputs E5GN-R1BT E5GN-R1BT-C
1 RS-232C --- E5GN-R101T-FLK E5GN-R101T-C -FLK
1 RS-485 --- E5GN-R103T-FLK E5GN-R103T-FLK
2 --- 2 event inputs E5GN-R2BT E5GN-R2BT-C
2 RS-485 --- E5GN-R203T-FLK E5GN-R203T-C -FLK
Voltage
output for
SSR
Standard --- --- --- E5GN-QT E5GN-QT-C
Standard or
heat/cool
1 --- --- E5GN-Q1T E5GN-Q1T-C
1 --- 2 event inputs E5GN-Q1BT E5GN-Q1BT-C
1 RS-232C --- E5GN-Q101T-FLK E5GN-Q101T-C -FLK
1 RS-485 --- E5GN-Q103T-FLK E5GN-Q103T-C -FLK
2 --- 2 event inputs E5GN-Q2BT E5GN-Q2BT-C
2 RS-485 E5GN-Q203T-FLK E5GN-Q203T-C -FLK
Current
output
Standard or
heat/cool
1 --- E5GN-C1T E5GN-C1T-C
1 --- 2 event inputs E5GN-C1BT E5GN-C1BT-C
1 RS-232C Transfer
output using
control output
E5GN-C101T-FLK E5GN-C101T-C -FLK
1 RS-485 E5GN-C103T-FLK E5GN-C103T-FLK
Note: Analog input E5GN-L models available, please see complete datasheet.
E5GN Temperature & Process Controllers
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-11
Advanced, High-Performance 1/16
DIN Size Temperature & Process
Controllers
• Easy-to-read, high-resolution, 11-segment
display with 5 digits/0.01°C or F
• Achieve high-speed disturbance recovery
from 60 ms sampling rate
• Flexible logic operations (AND, OR, and
delays) with contact outputs set from
CX-Thermo software
• Optional units include event inputs,
communications, 1-phase and 3-phase
heater burnout, transfer output, and a
second control output
Specifications
• Universal Inputs:
• Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, L, E, U, N,
R, S, B, W, or PL II
• Platinum RTD input: Pt100 and JPt100
• Current input: 4-20 mA, 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V or 0 to 10 V
• Thermocouple: (±0.1% of indicated value
or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit max.
• Platinum RTD: (±0.1% of indicated value or
±0.5°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit max.
• Analog Input: ±0.1% FS ±1 digit max.
• CT input: ±5% FS ±1 digit max.
Temperature & Process Controllers
M223
• Relay Output: SPST-NO, 3 A at 250 VAC
• 100,000 electrical operations (standard)
• Voltage Output: 12 VDC ±15% for SSR, 21
mA max. load with short-circuit protection
• Current Output: 4-20 mA DC/0 to 20 mA
DC, 600 Ω max., approx. 10,000 resolution
• Linear Voltage Input: 0 to 10 VDC (load:
1 kΩ min.), approx. 10,000 resolution
Supply voltage Auxiliary outputs Control outputs Model (only black models listed)
100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz 2 Relay (See note) E5CN-HR2M-500 AC100-240
Voltage (See note) E5CN-HQ2M -500 AC100-240
Current (See note) E5CN-HC2M-500 AC100-240
Linear voltage E5CN-HV2M-500 AC100-240
24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 24 VDC Relay (See note) E5CN-HR2MD-500 ACDC24
Voltage (See note) E5CN-HQ2MD-500 ACDC24
Current (See note) E5CN-HC2MD-500 ACDC24
Linear voltage E5CN-HV2MD-500 ACDC24
Note: To order these specific models in silver add “W” to the part number (e.g. E5CN-HR2M-W-500 AC100-240); models with
linear voltage output only available in black
E5CN-H Temperature & Process Controllers
I
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
I-12
Advanced, High-Performance
1/16 DIN Size Ramp/Soak
Temperature & Process Controller
• Set up to 8 program patterns with 32
segments (steps) each
• Preventive maintenance for relays in the
Temperature Controller using a Control
Output On/Off Counter
• Flexible logic operations (AND, OR, and
delays) with contact outputs set from
CX-Thermo Software
• Achieve high-speed disturbance recovery
from 60 ms sampling rate
Specifications
• Universal Input:
• Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, L, E, U, N, R,
S, B, W, or PL II
• Platinum RTD input: Pt100 and JPT100
• Current input: 4-20 mA, 0-20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V or 0 to 10 V
• Thermocouple: (±0.1% of indicated value or
±1 °C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit max.
• Platinum RTD: (±0.1% of indicated value
or ±0.5 °C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
Ramp/Soak Temperature & Process Controllers
M326
• Analog Input: ±0.1% FS ±1 digit max.
• CT Input: ±5% FS ±1 digit max.
• Relay Output: SPST-NO. 3 A at 250 VAC
• 100,000 electrical operations (standard)
• Voltage Output: 12 VDC ±15%% for SSR, 21
mA max. load with short-circuit protection
• Current Output: 4-20 mA DC, 0 to 20 mA DC,
600Ω max., approx. 10,000 resolution
Supply voltage Auxiliary outputs Control outputs Model (only black models listed)
100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz 2 Relay E5CN-HTR2M-500AC100-240
Current E5CN-HTC2M-500AC100-240
Linear voltage E5CN-HTV2M-500AC100-240
24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 24 VDC 2 Relay E5CN-HTR2MD-500AC/DC24
Voltage E5CN-HTQ2MD-500AC/DC24
Current E5CN-HTC2MD-500AC/DC24
Linear voltage E5CN-HTV2MD-500AC/DC24
E5CN-HT
Ramp/Soak Temperature & Process Controllers
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-13
Universal Compact Digital Process
Controllers
The E5_N-H series of process controllers
take the proven concept of the general
purpose E5_N series to a process level. Main
features of the E5_N-H series are universal
inputs, process outputs and options such
as transfer output, remote set point and set
value programmer.
• Control mode: ON/OFF or 2-PID,
Valve control
• Control output: Relay, voltage (pulse),
SSR, linear current and voltage
• Power supply: 100-240 VAC or
24 VDC/VAC
• Fast sampling period of 60 ms
M225
Specifications
• Universal inputs:
• Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, L, E, U, N,
R, S, B, W, or PLII
• Platinum RTD: Pt100 and JPt100
• Current input: 4-20 mA, 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage input:1 to 5V, 0 to 5V, or 0 to 10V
Process Controllers
Output Option Boards
Control
method
Auxiliary output Control output
1 & 2
Heater
burnout
Transfer
output
Model
1/4 DIN - E5AN-H models (96 x 96 mm)
1/8 DIN - E5EN-H models (48 x 96 mm)
Basic 2 alarm relays None fitted, 2 slots* 1-phase --- E5_N-HAA2HBM-500 AC100240
2 SSR outputs fitted 1-phase --- E5_N-HSS2HBM-500 AC100240
None fitted, 2 slots* 3-phase 4 to 20 mA E5_N-HAA2HHBFMD-500 AC100240
2 SS outputs fitted 3-phase 4 to 20 mA E5_N-HSS2HHBFMD-500 AC100240
3 alarm relays None fitted, 2 slots* --- 4 to 20 mA E5_N-HAA3HHBFMD-500 AC100240
2 SS outputs fitted --- 4 to 20 mA E5_N-HSS3HHBFMD-500 AC100240
Valve 2 alarm relays 2 relay outputs fitted --- --- E5_N-HPRR2BM-500 AC100240
2 relay outputs fitted --- 4 to 20 mA E5_NHPRR2BFMD-500 AC100240
*Select 2 Control Output Units from chart below: Relay, SSR, Voltage pulse (NPN or PNP), Current or Linear voltage
All E5EN-H/E5AN-H have 2 event inputs and Remote Set point 4 to 20 mA input.
• Indication Accuracy:
• Thermocouple: ± 0.1% of indicated value
or ±1°C, whichever is greater ±1 digit max.
• Platinum RTD: ± 0.1% of indicated value
or ±0.5°C, whichever is greater ±1 digit max.
• Analog input: ± 0.1% FS ± 1 digit max.
• Easy PC connection for parameter cloning,
setting and tuning
• Clear and intuitive set-up and operation
Output option Model
Relay E53-RN
Voltage (pulse) 12 VDC PNP E53-QN
Voltage (pulse) 12 VDC NPN E53-Q
Voltage (pulse) 24 VDC NPN E53-Q4
Output option Model
Linear 4 to 20 mA E53-C3N
Linear 0 to 20 mA E53-C3DN
Linear 0 to 10 V E53-V34N
Linear 0 to 5 V E53-V35N
E5AN-H/E5EN-H Process Controllers
I
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
I-14
Advanced, High-Performance
1/4 and 1/8 DIN Size Ramp/Soak
Temperature & Process Controllers
• Set up to 8 program patterns with 32
segments (steps) each
• Preventive maintenance for relays in the
Temperature Controller using a Control
Output ON/Off Counter
• Flexible logic operations (AND, OR, and
delays) with contact outputs set from CX-
Thermo Software
• Achieve high-speed disturbance recovery
from 60 ms sampling rate
Specifications
• Universal Input:
• Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, L, E, U, N, R,
S, B, W, or PL II
• Platinum RTD input: Pt100 and JPT100
• Current input:4-20 mA, 0-20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V or 0 to 10 V
• Indication Accuracy:
• Thermocouple: (±0.1% of indicated value or
±1 °C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit max.
• Platinum RTD: (±0.1% of indicated value or
±0.5 °C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit max.
Ramp/Soak Temperature & Process Controllers
Output Option Boards
M326
• Analog Input: ±0.1% FS ±1 digit max.
• CT Input: ±5% FS ±1 digit max.
• Output Types:
• Relay Output: SPST-NO. 3 A,at 250 VAC
100,000 electrical operations (standard
• Voltage Output: 12 VDC ±15% for SSR,
21 mA max. load with short-circuit
protection
• Current Output: 4-20 mA DC, 0 to
20 mA DC, 600Ω max., approx. 10,000
resolution
Control
type
Auxiliary
outputs
Control output
1/2
Heater
burnout
Output Functions Model
Event
inputs
Transfer
output
RSP 1/4 DIN - E5AN-HT (96 x 96 mm)
1/8 DIN - E5EN-HT (48 x 96 mm)
Basic 3 Control Output
Unit x 2
--- 2 4 to 20 mA
output
4 to 20 mA
output E5_N-HTAA3BFM-500AC100-240
2 1 2 ---- E5_N-HTAA2HBM-500AC100-240
2 2 2 4 to 20 mA
output E5_N-HTAA2HHBFM-500AC100-240
Valve 2 Control Output
Unit x 2
--- 2 --- 4 to 20 mA
output
E5_N-HTPRR2BM-500AC100-240
2 --- 2 4 to 20 mA
output E5_N-HTPRR2BFM-500AC100-240
Output option Model
Relay E53-RN
Voltage (pulse) 12 VDC, PNP E53-QN
Voltage (pulse) 24 VDC, NPN E53-Q3
Voltage (pulse) 24 VDC, PNP E53-Q4
Output option Model
Linear 4 to 20 mA E53-C3N
Linear 0 to 20 mA E53-C3DN
Linear 0 to 10 V E53-V34N
Linear 0 to 5 V E53-V35N
*Select 2 Control Output Units from chart below: Relay, SSR, Voltage pulse (NPN or PNP), Current or Linear voltage
All E5EN-H/E5AN-H have 2 event inputs and Remote Set point 4 to 20 mA input.
E5AN-HT/E5EN-HT
Ramp/Soak Temperature & Process Controllers
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-15
Simple to Set and Operate 1/16
DIN Size Controllers
• Easy setting using internal DIP and rotary
switches
• ON/OFF or PID control (with on-demand
auto-tuning) selectable
• Clearly visible digital display with
character height of 13.5 mm
• Deviation indicator makes monitoring
more effective
• Models with two alarms are ideal for
temperature alarm applications
• Setting change protection prohibits
tampering
• Sampling rate (500 ms) and selectable
control period (2 and 20 s) improves
response
• 8-mode alarm output and sensor error
detection
Specifications
• Multi-input (thermocouple/platinum
resistance thermometer) type: K, J, L, T, U,
N, R, Pt100, JPt100
Ordering Information
M227
Power
supply
voltage
Number
of alarm
points
Control output TC/Pt multi-input
Case color: Black
Scale marked in °C
TC input Case
color: Light
gray Scale
marked in °C
Pt Input Case
color: Light
gray Scale
marked in °C
TC/Pt multi-input
Case color: Black
Scale marked in °F
100 to
240 VAC,
50/60 Hz
0 Relay E5CSV-RT AC100-240 --- --- E5CSV-RT-F AC100-240
Voltage
(for driving SSR)
E5CSV-QT AC100-240 E5CSV-QT-F AC100-240
1 Relay E5CSV-R1T AC100-240 E5CSV-R1KJ-W E5CSV-R1P-W E5CSV-R1T-F AC100-240
Voltage
(for driving SSR)
E5CSV-Q1T AC100-240 E5CSV-Q1KJ-W E5CSV-Q1P-W E5CSV-Q1T-F AC100-240
2 (See
note)
Relay E5CSV-R2T AC100-240 --- --- E5CSV-R2T-F AC100-240
Voltage
(for driving SSR)
E5CSV-Q2T AC100-240 E5CSV-Q2T-F AC100-240
24 VAC/
VDC
0 Relay E5CSV-RTD AC/DC24 ---
Voltage
(for driving SSR)
E5CSV-QTD AC/DC24
1 Relay E5CSV-R1TD AC/DC24 E5CSV-R1T-DF AC/DC24
Voltage
(for driving SSR)
E5CSV-Q1TD AC/DC24 E5CSV-Q1T-DF AC/DC24
2 (See
note)
Relay E5CSV-R2TD AC/DC24 ---
Voltage
(for driving SSR)
E5CSV-Q2TD AC/DC24
• Input shift adjusts display to reflect known
sensor offsets
• Accuracy ±0.5% of value
• °C or °F field selectable
• RoHS compliant
• Water-resistant front panel rated NEMA 4X/
IP66
• Compact: Measures 48 H x 48 W x 78 D mm
• Relay Output: SPST-NO, 3 A at 250 VAC;
100,000 electrical operations
• Voltage Output: 12 VDC for SSR, 21 mA
max. load with short-circuit protection
Note: Models with two alarm outputs always use the upper limit alarm mode for the alarm 2 output.
E5CSV Digital Temperature Controllers
I
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
I-16
M229
1/16 DIN Sized, Analog-Set
Temperature Controller
• Fits standard 8-pin round sockets
• ON/OFF control models and proportional
control models available
• Front panel offset adjustment on
proportional control models
• Dual scale models available
• Contact or voltage output models
• Type J or K thermocouples, platinum RTD
and thermistor input models
• Panel mount hardware included
• Sockets, protective cover, and other
accessories available separately
Specifications
• Thermocouple Input: Type K or J models
• Platinum RTD Input: Pt100
• Relay Output: SPDT, 3 A at 250 VAC
resistive load
• Voltage (pulse) Output: 5 VDC, 10 mA max.
with short-circuit protection circuit
• Voltage Types Available:
• 100 to 120 VAC 50/60 Hz
• 200 to 240 VAC 50/60 Hz
Ordering Information
Input type Temperature range Setting
accuracy
Voltage Control
type
Control
output
Model
Thermocouple (K) 32°F - 1112°F ±2% max.
of full
scale
100/120
VAC,
50/60 Hz
ON/OFF Relay E5C2-R20K-W AC100-240 32-1112
Thermocouple (J) 0°C - 200°C and
32°F - 392°F
E5C2-R20J-W AC100-240 32-392
0°C - 400°C and
32°F - 752°F
E5C2-R20J-W AC100-240 32-752
0°C - 200°C and
32°F - 392°F
Propor-
tional
E5C2-R40J-W AC100-240 32-392
0°C - 400°C and
32°F - 752°F
E5C2-R40J-W Ac100-240 32-752
E5C2 Temperature Controllers
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-17
K8AK-TH Temperature Monitoring Relays
Space Saving, Ultra Slim 22.5 mm
Temperature Monitoring Relays
Prevent equipment against damage from
excessive temperature increases.
• Universal-input support for thermocouple
and RTD sensors
• Set Value Protection - prohibits changes
to set values of the temperature
monitoring relay
• Wide range of functions: alarm mode
(upper and lower limit), enable/disable
latch, selectable temperature setting:
Fahrenheit or degrees Celsius
• Simple rotary and DIP switch settings
• Alarm status identification with LED
indicator
Ordering Information
Description Features
Relay Output
Model
Temperature range 0 to 999°
C/F
Thermocouple/RTD inputs, 1°
C/F setting unit
SPDT 3 A @ 250 VAC (resistive
load)
K8AK-TH11S 100-240VAC
K8AK-TH11S 24VAC/DC
Temperature Range 0 to 1800°
C, 0 to 3200° F
Thermocouple/RTD inputs, 10°
C/F setting unit
K8AK-TH12S 100-240VAC
K8AK-TH12S 24VAC/DC
Specifications
• Temperature sensor inputs:
• K8AK-TH11S - Thermocouple Types K,
J, T, E; Platinum RTD Pt100
• K8AK-TH12S - Thermocouple Types K,
J, T, E, B, R, S, PLII
• Relay capacity: 3 A @ 250 VAC or 30 VDC
(resistive load)
• DIN track mounting
• Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm
R639
I
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
I-18
E5AR/E5ER Temperature Controllers
1/4 and 1/8 DIN Digital Controllers
Offer 5-Digit, 3-Row Display
• A short 50 ms sampling period provides
high-speed response
• Single-loop PID control or Single-loop
heating and cooling control; multi-loop
control models available
• Displays PV, SP, and MV data
simultaneously in a 3-row, reverse LCD
display with backlight
• Multi-loop (2 or 4 Loop types) control
models offer cascade and proportional
control all in one unit
• Position-proportional relay output models
available for motor/valve control
Specifications
• Input Types:
• Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R,
S, B, W
• Platinum RTD inputs: Pt100
• Current Input: 4 to 20 mA DC, 0 to 20 mA
DC (including remote SP input)
• Voltage Input: 1 to 5 VDC, 0 to 5 VDC, 0
to 10 VDC (including remote SP input
(Input impedance: 150 Ω for current input,
approx. 1 MΩ for voltage input)
• Accuracy:
• Temperature: ±0.1% of PV, ±1 digit
• Analog Input: ±0.1% FS ±1 digit max.
Ordering Information
M424
• Output Types:
• Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC, 40 mA
max. with short-circuit protection circuit
• Current output: 0 to 20 mA DC, 4 to
20 mA DC; load: 500 Ω max. (including
transfer output) (Resolution: Approx.
54,000 for 0 to 20 mA DC; Approx. 43,000
for 4 to 20 mA DC)
• Control Method: PID or ON/OFF control
Size Voltage Control
type
Control outputs Additional features Model
Auxiliary
outputs
Event
inputs
Serial
communications
1/4
DIN
100-240
VAC,
50/60
Hz
1 Loop 2 points: Pulse
voltage and Pulse
voltage/current
4 2 No E5AR-Q4B AC100-240
1 Loop 4 points: Pulse
voltage and Pulse
voltage/current and
Current (2 points)
6 RS-485 E5AR-QC43DB-FLK AC100-240
1/8
DIN
100-240
VAC,
50/60
Hz
1 Loop 2 points: Pulse
voltage and Pulse
voltage/current
4 2 No E5ER-Q4B AC100-240
1 Loop 4 points: Pulse
voltage and Pulse
voltage/current and
Current (2 points)
6 RS-485 E5ER-QC43DB-FLK AC100-240
Note: For 2 or 4 loop controllers visit www.omron247.com
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-19
Specifications
• Thermocouple Input: Types K, J, T, E, L, U,
N, R, S, B
• Platinum RTD Input: Pt100, JPt100
• Voltage Output for SSR: 12 VDC ±15%
(PNP); 21 mA max.; short-circuit protection
DIN Track Mounting Modular
Temperature Controller
• Two temperature control loops per unit
occupy just 30 mm rack space
• Easily expands to 32 control loops with up
to 16 E5ZN units
• Plug-in temperature controllers can be
replaced without changing terminal wiring
• No power supply and communications
wiring required between units when
multiple units are mounted side-by-side
• CX-Thermo support software simplifies
setup and monitoring via PC
• Optional 1/16 DIN Setting Display Unit for
in-panel setting/monitoring
• Field selectable heating or heat/cool
control
• One event input per unit
M423
Input type Accuracy Supply voltage Control output Auxiliary output Additional
functions
Model
Thermocouple ±0.5%
or ±1°C,
(whichever
is greater)
±1 digit
max.
24 VDC Voltage for SSR Transistor output:
2 pts (sinking)
Heater burnout
alarm (Use
E54-CT1 or
E54-CT3 cur-
rent transformer
as detector)
E5ZN-2QNH03TC-FLK
Platinum RTD E5ZN-2QNH03P-FLK
Thermocouple Transistor output:
2 pts (sourcing)
E5ZN-2QPH03TC-FLK
Platinum RTD E5ZN-2QPH03P-FLK
Thermocouple Transistor Transistor output:
2 pts (sinking)
E5ZN-2TNH03TC-FLK
Platinum RTD E5ZN-2TNH03P-FLK
Thermocouple Transistor output:
2 pts (sourcing)
E5ZN-2TPH03TC-FLK
Platinum RTD E5ZN-2TPH03P-FLK
Thermocouple Analog current
output
Transistor output:
2 pts (sinking)
Transfer output
(linear voltage
output)
E5ZN-2CNF03TC-FLK
Platinum RTD E5ZN-2CNF03P-FLK
Thermocouple Transistor output:
2 pts (sourcing)
E5ZN-2CPF03TC-FLK
Platinum RTD E5ZN-2CPF03P-FLK
• Serial RS-485 communications built in
• Optional DeviceNet communications
unit available
• Dimensions: 134.7 H x 30 W x 112 D mm
(socket mounted first unit); 22.5 W for
additional units
• Transistor Output: 100 mA at 30 VDC
• Analog Current Output: 4 to 20/0 to 20 mA
DC; 350 Ω max.
• Transfer Output Accuracy: ±0.5% FS +0.7 mA
or ±0.5% FS +0.175 V
Modular Temperature Controllers
Terminal Units
Description Application Dimensions Model
Terminal units (include
bus system without
backplane)
For first E5ZN unit or DeviceNet unit.
Equipped with terminals for power supply,
communications and setting devices.
134.7 H x 30 W x 46 D mm E5ZN-SCT24S-500
For second and additional E5ZN units. 134.7 H x 22.5 W x 46 D mm E5ZN-SCT18S-500
E5ZN Multi-Loop Temperature Controllers
I
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
I-20
EJ1 Multi-Loop Temperature & Process Controllers M422
Temperature/Process Controller Basic Units
Communications Units
Modular In-Panel Temperature/
Process Controller Easily
Integrates with Host Devices
• Improves setup through high-speed
program-less communications with PLCs,
HMIs and Power Controller
• System expandable up to 256 loops for
large area control
• Sampling period of 250 ms
• Multi-input units (2 or 4 loops): RTD,
thermocouple, current and voltage inputs
• RS-232C/RS-4485 with Modbus RTU
and CompoWay/F communications, and
dedicated port for G3ZA power controller
• One operation loads all parameters for up
to 16 controllers connected to DeviceNet
unit
Power
supply
Control
loops
Control
outputs
1 and 2
Control
outputs
3 and 4
Functions Communication
functions
Terminal Model
24 VDC
from the
End Unit
2 2 voltage
outputs for
SSR
2 transistor
outputs (NPN)
2 heater
burnout
alarms; 2
event inputs
G3ZA Power
Controller port:
RS-485
From End Unit:
Port A or B:
RS-485
M3 terminal EJ1N-TC2A-QNHB
Cage clamp EJ1N-TC2B-QNHB
4 2 voltage
outputs for
SSR
None M3 terminal EJ1N-TC4A-QQ
Cage clamp EJ1N-TC4B-QQ
2 2 current
outputs
2 transistor
outputs (NPN)
2 event
inputs
M3 terminal EJ1N-TC2A-CNB
Cage clamp EJ1N-TC2B-CNB
Name Power
supply
Auxiliary output Event
inputs
Communication
functions
Terminal Model
High
function
unit (HFU)
(See Note)
24 VDC
supplied
from
End Unit
Transistor output:
4 points (sinking)
4 Port C: RS-485 or
RS-232C selectable
End Unit Port A: RS-485
M3 terminal EJ1N-HFUA-NFLK
4 points (sinking) EJ1N-HFUB-NFLK
Port C: RS-422
End Unit Port A: RS-485
M3 terminal EJ1N-HFUA-NFL2
Cage clamp EJ1N-HFUB-NFL2
None None DeviceNet Cage clamp EJ1N-HFUB-DRT
End unit 24 VDC Transistor output:
2 points (sinking)
None Port A or B: RS-485
Connector: Port A
M3 terminal EJ1C-EDUA-NFLK
Detachable connector EJ1C-EDUC-NFLK
Note: The End Unit is always required for connection to a Basic Controller Unit or HFU. An HFU cannot operate without a Basic
Unit. External communications cannot be performed using a Basic Unit alone.
Specifications
• Universal Inputs:
• Thermocouple: Types
K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II
• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-260°C
• Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V
• Accuracy:
• Temperature Input: (±0.5% of indicated
value or ±1°C) ±1 digit max.
• Analog Input: ±0.5% FS+/-1 digit
J-i
Power Supplies
Contents
Selection Guide J-ii
Single-Phase
S8VK-G DIN Rail Mount J-1
S8VK-R Redundancy PS Module J-2
S8VS DIN Rail Mount with
Smart Display
J-3
S8VM DC Source with Unique
Undervoltage Alarm
J-4
S8JX-G Cost-Effective with Multiple
Mounting Options
J-5
S8JX-P Power Factor Correction J-6
Three-Phase
S8VK-T 3-Phase Switch Mode J-7
J
Yes No
Preventative Maintenance support?
Din Rail Mount?
Which type of power supply you are looking for?
15-150 W
S8VM-A/-P
60-480 W
S8VS-A/-B
15-1500 W
S8VM
15-600 W
S8JX-G
60-600 W
S8JX-P
120-960 W
S8VK-T
Cost Effective
S8VK-G
Redundancy
S8VK-R
Three-phaseSingle-phase
Keep critical equipment operational
with Omron Smart Display Power Supplies
Omron is a world leader in the development and manufacturing of industrial switching power
supplies. More than 25 years ago we launched our first compact line, the S82K, and since
2002, our S8VS compact series has been an automatic choice with customers. We expand
on this legacy with the introduction of the S8VK series. To provide the perfect solution to
match every customer's need, we have launched 3 different families within the S8VK series:
• The standard S8VK-G models
• The redundancy units S8VK-R models
• The three-phase S8VK-T models
RELIABLE DC POWER FOR YOUR PANEL
Power Supplies
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
J-ii
Category Compact Power Supplies
Selection
Criteria
Model
S8VK-G S8VK-R S8VS
Phases
Single-phase DC Input
Voltage
Single-phase
Rated voltage
100 to 240 VAC 5 to 30 VDC
100 to 240 VAC
Voltage
5 V 12 V 24 V 48 V
–
24 V
Power
15 W
444
–––
25 W
––––––
30 W
444
–––
35 W
––––––
50 W
––––––
60 W
–
4 4
– –
1.3 A
90 W
–––––
7.5 A
100 W
––––––
120 W
– –
4
– –
5 A
150 W
––––––
180 W
–––––
7.5 A
240 W
– –
4 4
–
10 A
300 W
––––––
480 W
– –
4 4
–
20 A
Functions
SEMI F47-0200
(200 VAC input)
F47-0706 (200 to 240 VAC)
– –
4
Capacitor back-up
–––––
8
Undervoltage alarm
4444
–
4
Overvoltage protection
4444
–
4
Overload protection
4444
–
4
DIN-rail mounting
4444
–
4
Screw mounting
(with bracket)
4444
– –
EMI Class B
4444
– –
UL Class 2
444
–
4 60 W only
Parallel operation
4444
– –
Series operation
4444
–
4
Service life
display/output
–––––
8 60-480 W
Load run-time
display/output
–––––
8 60-480 W
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com J-iii
J
Category Slim Power Supplies Slim Power Supplies
Selection
Criteria
Model
S8VM S8JX-G
Phases
Single-phase Single-phase
Rated voltage
100 to 240 VAC 100 to 240 VAC
Voltage
5 V 12 V 24 V 5 V 12 V 15 V 24 V
Power
15 W
3.0 A 1.3 A 0.65 A 3 A 1.3 A 1 A 0.65 A
25 W
–––––––
30 W
6.0 A 2.5 A 1.3 A
––––
35 W
–––
7 A 3 A 2.4 A 1.5 A
50 W
–
4.3 A 2.2 A 10 A 4.2 A
–
2.1 A
60 W
–––––––
90 W
–––––––
100 W
20.0 A 8.5 A 4.5 A 20 A 8.5 A
–
4.5 A
120 W
–––––––
150 W
27.0 A 12.5 A 6.5 A 30 A 13 A
–
6.5 A
180 W
–––––––
240 W
–––––––
300 W
–
27 A 14 A
–––
14 A
480 W
–––––––
600 W
–
53 A 27 A
–––
27 A
960 W
–––––––
1500 W
– –
70 A
––––
Functions
SEMI F47-0200
(200 VAC input)
4444444
Undervoltage alarm
– –
4
––––
Overvoltage protection
–
444444
Overload protection
–
444444
DIN-rail mounting
–
444444
Screw mounting
(with bracket)
–
444444
EMI Class B
–
4 4
––––
UL Class 2
–––––––
Parallel operation
–––––––
Series operation
–
444444
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
J-iv
Category Power Factory Correction Power Supplies Slim Power Supplies
Selection
Criteria
Model
S8JX-P S8VK-T
Phases
Single-phase Three-phase
Rated voltage
–
340 to 576 VAC
Voltage
5 V 12 V 24 V 48 V 24 V
Power
50 W
4444
–
60 W
–––––
90 W
–––––
100 W
4444
–
120 W
––––
5 A
150 W
4444
–
180 W
–––––
240 W
––––
10 A
300 W
4444
–
480 W
––––
20 A
600 W
4444
–
960 W
––––
40 A
Functions
SEMI F47-0200
(200 VAC input)
F47-0706 (200 to 240 VAC)
–
Undervoltage alarm
4444
–
Overvoltage protection
44444
Overload protection
44444
DIN-rail mounting
44444
Screw mounting
(with bracket)
44448
EMI Class B
––––
4
UL Class 2
–––––
Parallel operation
––––
4
Series operation
44444
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Power Supplies
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com J-v
J
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
J-1
S8VK-G Switch Mode Power Supply P234
Reliable and Easy Operation –
Worldwide
• Wide operating temperature range:
-40°C to 70°C
• 15 W, 30 W, 60 W sizes conform to UL Class
2 Output
• Universal input for worldwide applications:
100 to 240 VAC
• Power boost function at 120%
• Can withstand up to 5G of shock & vibration
• 5-year warranty
Ordering Information
Power rating
Input voltage
Output voltage Output current Boost Current Model
15 W
Single Phase
100 to 240 VAC
90 to 350 VDC
5 V 3 A 3.6 A S8VK-G01505
12 V 1.2 A 1.44 A
S8VK-G01512
24 V 0.65 A 0.78 A
S8VK-G01524
30 W
5 V
5 A 6 A
S8VK-G03005
12 V 2.5 A 3 A
S8VK-G03012
24 V 1.3 A 1.56 A
S8VK-G03024
60 W 12 V 4.5 A 5.4 A
S8VK-G06012
24 V 2.5 A 3 A
S8VK-G06024
120 W 24 V 5 A 6 A
S8VK-G12024
240 W 24 V 10 A 12 A
S8VK-G24024
48 V 5 A 6 A
S8VK-G24048
480 W 24 V 20 A 24 A
S8VK-G48024
48 V 10 A 12 A
S8VK-G48048
Specifications
• Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC
• Output voltage: 5 VDC, 12 VDC, 24 VDC,
48 VDC
• Overload protection
• Overvoltage protection
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com J-2
S8VK-R
Redundancy Unit for Power Supplies P237
Compact Din Rail Mount
Redundancy Units
• Wide input voltage: 5–30 VDC
• Status confirmation with operating LED
• Output signal for detection of failed power
supply
• Wide operating temperature:
-40°C to 70°C
• 5-year warranty
Ordering Information
Input voltage Output voltage Output current Model
5 to 30 VDC 5 to 30 VDC 10 A
S8VK-R10
10 to 60 VDC 10 to 60 VDC 20 A
S8VK-R20
Specifications
• Supply voltage: 5 to 30 VDC J
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
J-3
S8VS Single-Phase Power Supplies
DIN Rail Mount Power Supplies
with Smart Display
Models with Smart Display for diagnostics and
output monitoring show output voltage, output
current, and peak hold current.
• Ultra-compact size with wide power range of
60-480 W saves panel space
• Unique LED displays and alarm output (60-
480 W models) shorten troubleshooting and
support preventive maintenance
• Power supply service life monitor (“A” type)
• Run-time for connected load monitor
(“B” type)
• RoHS compliant
• Power Factor Correction function standard
• Meets international safety standards: UL, cUL,
UL508 Listed, SEMI F47 and CE
Ordering Information
P222
Input voltage Power rating Output voltage Output current Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Model
100 to 240
VAC, 50/60
Hz
60 W 24 VDC 2.5 A 95 x 40 x 108.3 S8VS-06024A
S8VS-06024B
90 W 3.75 A 115 x 50 x 121.3 S8VS-09024AS
S8VS-09024A
S8VS-09024B
120 W 5 A S8VS-12024A
S8VS-12024B
180 W 7.5 A 115 x 75 x 125.3 S8VS-18024A
S8VS-18024B
240 W 10 A 115 x 100 x 125.3 S8VS-24024A
S8VS-24024B
480 W 20 A 115 x 150 x 127.2 S8VS-48024A
S8VS-48024B
• 5-year warranty
• Alarm outputs (90 - 480 W LED models)
available: 1 undervoltage outputs, 1 for
lifetime or run-time
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com J-4
S8VM Single-Phase Power Supplies
Reliable DC Source with Unique
Undervoltage Alarm
• Slim DIN-rail mounting units help
downsize machine panels
• Overvoltage protection (standard) of
105% to 160% rated load current
• Undervoltage alarm option signals an error
and helps identify the source
• Terminal block protects fingers against
electric shock
• Enclosed and open frame models available
• RoHS compliant
P224
Ordering Information
Input
voltage
Power
rating
Output
voltage
Output current Undervoltage
alarm
Efficiency Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Model
100 to
240 VAC,
50/60 Hz
15 W 24 VDC 0.65 A Yes 80% min. 84.5 x 33.5 x 84.5 S8VM-01524AD
30 W 1.3 A Yes 81% min. 84.5 x 33.5 x 99.5 S8VM-03024AD
50 W 2.2 A Yes 80% min. 84.5 x 33.5 x 124.5 S8VM-05024AD
100 W 4.5 A Yes 82% min. 84.5 x 35 x 164.5 S8VM-10024AD
150 W 6.5 A Yes 83% min. 84.5 x 44 x 164.5 S8VM-15024AD
15 W 5 VDC 3.0 A N/A 75% min. 84.5 x 33.5 x 84.5 S8VM-01505CD
12 VDC 1.3 A N/A 78% min. S8VM-01512CD
24 VDC 0.65 A N/A 80% min. S8VM-01524CD
30 W 5 VDC 6.0 A N/A 75% min. 84.5 x 33.5 x 99.5 S8VM-03005CD
12 VDC 2.5 A N/A 79% min. S8VM-03012CD
24 VDC 1.3 A N/A 81% min. S8VM-03024CD
50 W 5 VDC 10.0 A N/A 80% min. 84.5 x 33.5 x 124.5 S8VM-05005CD
12 VDC 4.3 A N/A 79% min. S8VM-05012CD
24 VDC 2.2 A N/A 80% min. S8VM-05024CD
100 W 5 VDC 20.0 A N/A 81% min. 84.5 x 35 x 164.5 S8VM-10005CD
12 VDC 8.5 A N/A 81% min. S8VM-10012CD
24 VDC 4.5 A N/A 82% min. S8VM-10024CD
150 W 5 VDC 27.0 A N/A 81% min. 84.5 x 44 x 164.5 S8VM-15005CD
12 VDC 12.5 A N/A 81% min. S8VM-15012CD
24 VDC 6.5 A N/A 83% min. S8VM-15024CD
300 W 14 A; Peak current: 16.5 A
(200 VAC)
N/A 81% min. 83.5 x 62.5 x 188 S8VM-30024C
600 W 27 A; Peak current: 31 A
(200 VAC)
N/A 81% min. 83.8 x 101.8 x 192 S8VM-60024C
1500 W 65 A (100 VAC), 70 A (200
VAC); Peak current: 105 A
(200 VAC)
N/A 82% min. 82 x 126.5 x 327 S8VM-15224C
Note: Optional mounting brackets available.
• Power Factor Correction function standard
• 5-year warranty J
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
J-5
S8JX-G Single-Phase Power Supplies
Cost-Effective Power Supplies with
Multiple Mounting Options
• Wide power range of 15 - 600 W and voltages
(5, 12, 15, 24, 48 VDC)
• Universal input voltage
• Multiple mounting options
• Series operation: connect up to 2
• Parallel operation on 300 and 600 W
• Built-in overload and overvoltage protection
• Approvals: UL, cUL, UL508 Listed, CE,
SEMI F47, VDE
• Adjustable voltage output (-10% to 15%)
P228
• 5-year warranty
• 48 V output available
Ordering Information
Optional Mounting Brackets
Power
rating
Output
voltage
Output
current
Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Part numbers
Open frame Covered frame
Front* mount DIN-rail mount Front* mount DIN-rail mount
15 W 5 V 3 A 96 x 39.5 x 114.5 S8JX-G01505 S8JX-G01505D S8JX-G01505C S8JX-G01505CD
12 V 1.3 A S8JX-G01512 S8JX-G01512D S8JX-G01512C S8JX-G01512CD
15 V 1 A S8JX-G01515 S8JX-G01515D S8JX-G01515C S8JX-G01515CD
25 V 0.65 A S8JX-G01524 S8JX-G01524D S8JX-G01524C S8JX-G01524CD
35 W 5 V 7 A 96 x 39.5 x 114.5 S8JX-G03505 S8JX-G03505D S8JX-G03505C S8JX-G03505CD
12 V 3 A S8JX-G03512 S8JX-G03512D S8JX-G03512C S8JX-G03512CD
15 V 2.4 A S8JX-G03515 S8JX-G03515D S8JX-G03515C S8JX-G03515CD
24 V 1.5 A S8JX-G03524 S8JX-G03524D S8JX-G03524C S8JX-G03524CD
50 W 5 V 10 A 97 x 40 x 124.5 S8JX-G05005 S8JX-G05005D S8JX-G05005C S8JX-G05005CD
12 V 4.2 A S8JX-G05012 S8JX-G05012D S8JX-G05012C S8JX-G05012CD
24 V 2.1 A S8JX-G05024 S8JX-G05024D S8JX-G05024C S8JX-G05024CD
100 W 5 V 10 A 97 x 50 x 174.5 S8JX-G10005 S8JX-G10005D S8JX-G10005C S8JX-G10005CD
12 V 8.5 A S8JX-G10012 S8JX-G10012D S8JX-G10012C S8JX-G10012CD
24 V 4.5 A S8JX-G10024 S8JX-G10024D S8JX-G10024C S8JX-G10024CD
150 W 24 V 6.5 A 97 x 50 x 174.5 S8JX-G15024 S8JX-G15024D S8JX-G15024C S8JX-G15024CD
300 W 24 V 14 A 96 x 110 x 204.8 - - S8JX-G30024C S8JX-G30024CD
600 W 24 V 27 A 92 x 150 x 184.2 - - S8JX-G60024C -
* Front mount models can also be side- or bottom-mounted. Front mounting bracket included. See datasheet for other optional mounting
bracket details.
Description Part number
Mounting Bracket A (bottom mounting for 50 W models) S82Y-JX05B
Mounting Bracket B (bottom mounting for 100 W: 24 V models) S82Y-JX10B
Mounting Bracket C (bottom mounting for 100 W: 5 V and 12 V models and 150 W models) S82Y-JX15B
Mounting Bracket D (front mounting for 100 W: 5 V and 12 V models and 150 W models) S82Y-JX15F
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com J-6
S8JX-P Single-Phase Power Supplies
Dependable Power Supplies
with EMI Class B and
Power Factor Correction
• Wide selection of power ranges (50 to 600
W) of and voltages (5, 12, 24, 48)
• Conforms to EMI EN55011 Class B
• Universal input voltage
• Series operation: connect up to 2 units
• Parallel operation on 300 and 600 W
• Approvals: UL, CUL, UL508 Listed, CE,
SEMI 476, VDE
• Adjustable voltage output (-10% to 15%)
• 5-year warranty
Ordering Information
Power
rating
Output
Voltage
Output Current Dimensions
H x W x D
Model
Open Frame Closed Frame
Front Mount DIN-rail Mount Front Mount DIN-rail Mount
50 W
5 V 10 A
92 x 42 x
118
S8JX-P05005 S8JX-P05005D S8JX-P05005C S8JX-P05005CD
12 V 4.2 A
S8JXT-P05012 S8JX-P05012D S8JX-P05012C S8JX-P05012CD
24 V 2.1 A
S8JX-P05024 S8JX-P05024D S8JX-P05024C S8JX-P05024CD
48 V 1.1 A
S8JX-P05048 S8JX-P05048D S8JX-P05048C S8JX-P05048CD
100 W 5 V 20 A 92 x 42 x
148
S8JX-P10005 S8JX-P10005D S8JX-P10005C S8JX-P10005CD
12 V 8.5 A
S8JX-P10012 S8JX-P10012D S8JX-P10012C S8JX-P10012CD
24 V 4.5 A
S8JX-P10024 S8JX-P10024D S8JX-P10024C S8JX-P10024CD
48 V 2.1 A
S8JX-P10048 S8JX-P10048D S8JX-P10048C S8JX-P10048CD
150 W 5 V 30 A 92 x 42 x
148
S8JX-P15005 S8JX-P15005D S8JX-P15005C S8JX-P15005CD
12 V 13 A
S8JX-P15012 S8JX-P15012D S8JX-P15012C S8JX-P15012CD
24 V 6.5 A
S8JX-P15024 S8JX-P15024D S8JX-P15024C S8JX-P15024CD
48 V 3.3 A
S8JX-P15048 S8JX-P15048D S8JX-P15048C S8JX-P15048CD
300 W 24 V 14 A peak current
16.5 A (200 VAC)
110 x 77.6 x
239.8
— —
S8JX-P300224 S8JX-
P300224CD
600 W 24 V 27 A peak current
31 A (200 VAC)
92 x 110 x
239.8
— —
S8JX-P60024C S8JX-P60024CD
P233
J
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
J-7
S8VK-T Three-Phase Power Supplies
3-Phase Switch Mode Power
Supply
• Wide operation range: -40 to 70°C
• Power boost function at 120%
• Double pole on output terminal with one
extra negative terminal
• Wide input range:
3 x 380 to 480 VAC (3 x 320 to 576 VAC)
• Possible for 2 phases input usage with
derating:
2 x 380 to 480 VAC (2 x 340 to 576 VAC)
• DC input availability:
450 to 600 VDC (450 to 810 VAC)
• Protection: NEMA 1/IP20
P238
Input voltage Power rating Output voltage Output current Boost Current Model
3x 380 to 480 VAC
2x 380 to 480 VAC
450 to 600 VDC
120 W 24 V 5 A 6 A S8VK-T12024
240 W 10 A 12 A S8VK-T24024
480 W 20 A 24 A S8VK-T48024
960 W 40 A 48 A S8VK-T96024
Ordering Information
K-i
Timers & Counters
Contents
Selection Guide K-ii
Digital Timers
H5CX-N Digital multi-function timers,
1/16 DIN
K-1
H3CA Digital-set timer with LCD bar
graph display, 1/16 DIN
K-2
Analog Timers
H3CR Analog-set multi-function timers,
1/16 DIN
K-3
H3YN Compact, socket mount,
analog-set relay timers with
multiple operating modes
K-4
H3JA Economical, compact, plug-in
timer, 36 x 36 mm
K-4
H3DK Slim 22.5 mm track-mount
analog-set timers
K-5
H3DS Slim 17.5 mm track-mount
analog-set timers
K-6
Time Switches
H5S Weekly and yearly timers with
AM/PM display
K-7
H5L Digital weekly time switch with
large display
K-8
H5F Digital daily time control with
simple operations
K-8
Digital Counters
H7CX-N Advanced 1/16 DIN size
preset counters
K-9
H7EC/
H7ET/
H7ER
Subminiature totalizer, time
counter, LCD tachometer
K-10
H7BX 72 x 72 mm multi-function
counter with a bright, easy-to-
view, negative transmissive LCD
K-11
H7CN 1/16 DIN, single preset counter
with four-digit LED Display
K-11
H7GP Total count/total time 48x24 mm K-12
H7HP Total count/total time 72x36 mm K-13
K
H3YN H3JA H3CRH3DKH3DS
0.1 s
Minimum time setting
0.1 s
Minimum time setting
0.1 s
Minimum time setting
0.05 s
Minimum time setting
0.1 s
Minimum time setting
Analog
1/16 DIN36 x 36 mm22.5 mm 28 x 21.5 mm17. 5 mm
Which type of timer is needed?
Plug-in/PanelDIN rail
H5L H5S H5FH5CX-NH3CA
0.001 s
Minimum time setting
1 min
Minimum time setting
1 min
Minimum time setting
1 min
Minimum time setting
0.1 s
Minimum time setting
Weekly/Yearly
Which mounting method is required?Which mounting method is required? Which mounting method is required?
Digital
1/16 DIN
72 x 72 mm1/16 DIN 1/4 DIN1/16 DIN
DIN rail/Panel PanelDIN rail/Panel
H5CX-N – The most complete digital timer
The H5CX-N series offers multiple functions and timing ranges for precise timing control, as well
as real twin-timing and memory function. These and other added-value features ensure that the
H5CX-N covers almost every possible user requirement in timers.
• 15 different time functions
• Three color display value: red, orange or green
• Models with instantaneous contact outputs
• 10 different timing ranges to choose from: 0.001 s to 9999 h
WHEN TIMING ACCURACY MATTERS!
Timers
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
K-ii
H3YN H3JA H3CRH3DKH3DS
0.1 s
Minimum time setting
0.1 s
Minimum time setting
0.1 s
Minimum time setting
0.05 s
Minimum time setting
0.1 s
Minimum time setting
Analog
1/16 DIN
36 x 36 mm22.5 mm 28 x 21.5 mm17. 5 mm
Which type of timer is needed?
Plug-in/PanelDIN rail
H5L H5S H5FH5CX-NH3CA
0.001 s
Minimum time setting
1 min
Minimum time setting
1 min
Minimum time setting
1 min
Minimum time setting
0.1 s
Minimum time setting
Weekly/Yearly
Which mounting method is required?Which mounting method is required? Which mounting method is required?
Digital
1/16 DIN72 x 72 mm1/16 DIN 1/4 DIN1/16 DIN
DIN rail/Panel PanelDIN rail/Panel
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-iii
K
Category Analog Solid State Timer
Selection
criteria
Model
H3DS-M H3DS-S H3DS-A H3DS-F
Mounting
DIN-rail
Width
17.5 mm
Type
Multi-functional ON-delay (fixed) Twin timer
Contact configuration
Time limit
4444
Instantaneous
––––
Programmable contacts
––––
14 pins
––––
11 pins
––––
8 pins
––––
Screw terminals
4444
Screw-less clamp
terminals
8888
Screw-less clamp
sockets
––––
Inputs
Voltage input
888
–
Outputs
Transistor
––––
Relay
4444
SCR
––––
Relay
output
type
SPDT
4444
SPST-NO
––––
DPDT
––––
4PDT
––––
Features
Time
range
Total time range
0.1 s to 120 h 1 s to 120 h 2 s to 120 h 0.1 s to 12 h
Number of sub
ranges
7776
Supply voltage
24 to 230 VAC,
or 24 to 48 VDC
24 to 230 VAC,
or 24 to 48 VDC
24 to 230 VAC,
or 24 to 48 VDC
24 to 230 VAC,
or 24 to 48 VDC
Number of operating
modes
8412
Functions
ON-delay
4 4
– –
Flicker OFF start
4
– –
4
Flicker ON start
4 4
–
4
Signal ON-/OFF-delay
4
–––
Signal OFF-delay
4
–––
Interval (signal or
power start)
4 4
– –
One-shot output
(ON-delay)
4 4
– –
ON-delay (fixed)
– –
4
–
Independent
ON/OFF time setting
––––
Star-delta
––––
Re-
marks
Transistor
––––
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
K-iv
Category Analog Solid State Timer
Selection
criteria
Model
H3DK-M H3DK-S H3DK-F H3DK-H
Mounting
DIN-rail
Width
22.5 mm
Type
Multi-functional Twin timer Power OFF-delay
Contact configuration
Time limit
4444
Instantaneous
4 4
–
4
Programmable contacts
4 4
– –
14 pins
––––
11 pins
––––
8 pins
––––
Screw terminals
4444
Screw-less clamp
terminals
––––
Screw-less clamp
sockets
––––
Inputs
Voltage input
4
–––
Outputs
Transistor
––––
Relay
4444
SCR
––––
Relay
output
type
SPDT
4444
SPST-NO
––––
DPDT
8 4
– –
4PDT
––––
Features
Time
range
Total time range
0.1 s to 1200 h 0.1 s to 1200 h 0.1 s to 1200 h 0.1 to 12 s
1.0 to 120 s
Number of sub
ranges
8882 (model
dependent)
Supply voltage
24 to 240 VAC/DC,
or 12 VDC
24 to 240 VAC/DC,
or 12 VDC
24 to 240 VAC/DC,
or 12 VDC
100 to 120 VAC,
200 to 240 VAC,
or
24 to 48
VAC/DC
Number of operating
modes
8421
Functions
ON-delay
4 4
– –
Flicker OFF start
4
–
4
–
Flicker ON start
444
–
Signal ON-/OFF-delay
4
–––
Signal OFF-delay
4
– –
4
Interval (signal or
power start)
4 4
– –
One-shot output
(ON-delay)
4 4
– –
ON-delay (fixed)
––––
Independent
ON/OFF time setting
––––
Star-delta
––––
Re-
marks
Transistor
––––
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Timers
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-v
K
Category Analog Solid State Timer
Selection
criteria
Model
H3CR-A H3CR-F H3CR-H H3YN H3JA
Mounting
Socket/on panel
Width
1/16 DIN 1/16 DIN 1/16 DIN 21.5 x 28 mm 36 x 36 mm
Type
Multi-functional Twin timer Power OFF-delay Miniature Miniature
Contact configuration
Time limit
44444
Instantaneous
4
–
4
––
Programmable contacts
–––––
14 pins
–––
4
–
11 pins
844
––
8 pins
84444
Screw terminals
–––––
Screw-less clamp
terminals
–––––
Screw-less clamp sockets
–––
8
–
In-
puts
Voltage input
8
––––
Outputs
Transistor
8
––––
Relay
84444
SCR
–––––
Relay
output
type
SPDT
8
–
8
–
4
SPST-NO
–––––
DPDT
84844
4PDT
–––
4
–
Features
Time
range
Total time range
0.05 s to 300 h,
0.1 s to 600 h
(model dependent)
0.05 s to 30 h or
1.2 s to 300 h
(model dependent)
0.05 s to 12 s,
0.05 to 12 min
0.1 s to 10 h
(model dependent)
0.1 s to 3 h
Number of sub
ranges
914 4 2 1 range per model,
12 models
Supply voltage •
100 to 240 VAC /
100 to 125 VDC
•
24 to 48 VAC /
12 to 48 VDC
•
100 to 240 VAC /
100 to 125 VDC
•
24 to 48 VAC /
12 to 48 VDC
•
100 to 240 VAC /
100 to 125 VDC
•
24 to 48 VAC /
12 to 48 VDC
•
24, 100 to 120,
200 to 230 VAC
•
12, 24, 48, 100 to
110, 125 VDC
•
100-120 VAC
•
200-240 VAC
•
24 VAC
•
12 VDC
•
24 VDC
No. of operating modes
6
(model
dependent)
1141
Functions
ON-delay
8
– –
4 4
Flicker OFF start
8 4
–
4
–
Flicker ON start
8 8
–
4
–
Signal ON-/OFF-delay
8
––––
Signal OFF-delay
8
–
4
– –
Interval (signal or
power start)
8
– –
4
–
One-shot output
(ON-delay)
8
––––
ON-delay (fixed)
–––––
Independent
ON/OFF time setting
–––––
Star-delta
–––––
Re-
marks
Transistor
8
––––
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
K-vi
Category Digital Timer Weekly Timer
Selection
criteria
Model
H5CX-N H3CA H5S H5L H5F
Mounting
Socket/on panel DIN rail/panel
Width
1/16 DIN 1/16 DIN; 75 x 45 mm 72 x 72 mm 1/4 DIN 1/16 DIN
Type
Multi-functional Multi-functional with
LCD bar graph display
Digital weekly
and yearly timer
Digital weekly timer
with large display
Digital daily
timer
Contact configuration
Time limit
4 4
– – –
Instantaneous
4 4
– – –
Programmable contacts
4
–
4 4 4
14 pins
– – – – –
11 pins
4 4
– – –
8 pins
4 4
– – –
Screw terminals
8 8 H3CA-FA 4 4 4
Screw-less clamp
terminals
– – – – –
Screw-less clamp sockets
– – – – –
In-
puts
Voltage input
– – – – –
Outputs
Transistor
8
– – – –
Relay
8 4 4 4 4
SCR
– – – – –
Relay
output
type
SPDT
8 4
– – –
SPST-NO
– –
2 @ 15 A weekly
or yearly, 4 @ 3 A
yearly
2 @ 15 A 1 @ 15 A
DPDT
–
4
– – –
4PDT
– – – – –
Features
Time
range
Total time range
0.001 s to 9999 h
configurable
0.1 s to 9990 h 0.00 to 23.59 h 0.00 to 23.59 h 0.00 to 23.59 h
Number of sub
ranges
10 7 3 1 1
Supply voltage •
100 to 240 VAC
•
24 VAC
•
12 to 24 VDC
•
24 to 240 VAC
•
12 to 240 VDC
•
see datasheet
for H3CA-8
•
100 to 240 VAC
•
24 VDC
•
100 to 240 VAC
•
100 to 240 VAC
No. of operating modes
15 8
– – –
Functions
ON-delay
4 4
– – –
Flicker OFF start
4 4
– – –
Flicker ON start
4 4
– – –
Signal ON-/OFF-delay
4 4
– – –
Signal OFF-delay
4 4
– – –
Interval (signal or
power start)
4 4
– – –
One-shot output
(ON-delay)
4 4
– – –
ON-delay (fixed)
4
– – – –
Independent
ON/OFF time setting
4
–
4 4 4
Star-delta
– – – – –
Re-
marks
Transistor
4
– – – –
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Timers
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-vii
K
H7CX-N – Designed with value-added features
The H7CX-N series offers the ultimate in versatility and intuitive programming.
• 7 basic functions in one
• Choose green, orange, or red color for present value
• Twin counter mode
• Character height: 12 mm (4 digit models) and 10 mm (6 digit models)
• Display 6 digits from -99999 up to 999999
MULTI-FUNCTIONAL PRESET COUNTER
Time
H7ET
Totalizer
H7EC
Speed
H7ER
Totalizer Time
H7GP
Totalizer Time
H7HP
48 x 24 mm
(1/32 DIN) 72 x 36 mm
Which type of application?
Which size is required?
Totalizer
48x48 mm
(1/16 DIN)
H7CN
48x48 mm
(1/16 DIN)
H7CX-N
72x72 mm
H7BX
No Yes
Single and dual presets?
Pre-set counter
Counters
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
K-viii
Compact
Model
1111
sadsaf
Category Self-powered Count
Totalizer
Self-powered Time
Totalizer
Self-powered
Tachometer
Pre-set Counter
Selection
criteria
Model
H7EC H7ET H7ER H7CN
Display
LCD LCD LCD LED
Size
1/32 DIN 1/32 DIN 1/32 DIN 1/16 DIN
Outputs
Control outputs
–––
Relay (SPST-NO or
SPDT) or
solid state
open-collector
5 stage
––––
Total
4
– –
4
Time
–
4
– –
Preset
–––
4
Batch
––––
Dual
––––
Tachometer
– –
4
–
Inputs
Control inputs •
No-voltage
•
PNP/NPN
•
DC-voltage
•
AC/DC multi-voltage
•
No-voltage
•
PNP/NPN
•
DC-voltage
•
AC/DC multi-voltage
•
No-voltage
•
PNP/NPN
•
DC-voltage
See datasheet
regarding inputs
Features
Dual operation
––––
Number of digits
8 7 4 or 5 PV: 4, SV: 4
NPN/PNP switch
––––
Back-lit
888
–
External reset
4 4
–
4
Manual reset
4 4
–
4
Number of banks
––––
Memory backup
–––
EEPROM
Built-in sensor power supply
––––
IP rating (front face)
IP66/NEMA 4 IP66/NEMA 4 IP66/NEMA 4
–
Terminals
Screw Terminals
444
–
8-pin socket
–––
4
11-pin socket
–––
4
Supply
voltage
100 to 240 VAC
–––
4
24 VAC, 12-24 VDC
––––
24 VDC
888
–
12 to 48 VDC
–––
4
Functions
Up
4444
Down
–––
4
Up/down
––––
Reversible
–––
4
Speed
20 Hz or switchable
30 Hz / 1 kHz
–
1 or 10 kHz 0.01 to 30 Hz or
0.01 to 5 kHz
Counting range
0 to 99999999 0.0 h to 999999.9 h
<-->
0.0 h to 3999 d 23.9
h or
0 s to 999 h 59 min 59
s <-->
0.0 min to 9999 h 59.9
min
1000 s-1 or 1000 min-1;
1000 s-1 or
1000 min-1 <--> 10000
min-1
0 to 9999
Color
Beige
8884
Black
444
–
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-ix
K
*1 Lorem
Counter Type Multi-function Multi-function Total Count/
Total Time
Total Count/
Total Time
Selection
criteria
Model
H7CX-N H7BX H7GP H7HP
Display
LCD negative
transmissive
LCD negative
transmissive
LCD negative
transmissive
LCD negative
transmissive
Size
1/16 DIN 72 x 72 mm 48 x 24 mm 72 x 36 mm
Outputs
Control outputs
1 relay (SPDT),
transistor
Contact and NPN
transistor
– –
5 stage
4 4
– –
Total
4444
Time
–
444
Preset
4 4
– –
Batch
4 4
– –
Dual
4 4
– –
Tachometer
4 4
– –
Inputs
Control inputs •
No-voltage
•
PNP/NPN
•
No-voltage
•
PNP/NPN
•
PNP/NPN
•
PNP/NPN
Features
Dual operation
4 4
– –
Number of digits
PV: 4, SV: 4 or PV: 6,
SV: 6
PV: 6, SV: 6 6 or 8 digits 6 digits
NPN/PNP switch
4 4
– –
Back-lit
4444
External reset
4444
Manual reset
4
8 (16- and 32-output
models only)
– –
Memory backup
10 year data storage 10 year data storage 20 year data storage 20 year data storage
Built-in sensor power supply
––––
IP rating (front face)
IP66/NEMA 4 IP54 IP66/NEMA 4 IP66/NEMA 4
Terminals
Screw Terminals
4444
8-pin socket
––––
11-pin socket
4
–
Supply
voltage
100 to 240 VAC
4444
24 VAC, 12-24 VDC
4444
24 VDC
––––
12 to 48 VDC
––––
Functions
Up
4444
Down
4 4
– –
Up/down
4 4
– –
Reversible
4
–––
Speed
0.01 to 30 Hz or
0.01 to 5 kHz
0.01 to 30 Hz or
0.01 to 5 kHz
– –
Counting range
–99999 to 999999 –99999 to 999999 –99999 to 999999 0 to 999999
Color
Beige
– –
4 4
Black
4444
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Counters
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
K-x
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-1
H5CX-N Multi-Mode Digital Timers T322
Space-Saving 1/16 DIN Timer with
All-in-one Functionality
Easy-to-set timing and security functions
satisfy multiple design needs with a single
part, reducing your stock. High accuracy
setting and operation in all modes assures
reliable performance.
• Short body: Only 59 mm depth for 24 VAC/
VDC models, 78 mm depth for 100-240
VAC models
• Waterproof/dust proof front (UL 508 Type
4X and IP66)
• Isolated inputs and power eliminates
unwanted circuit paths
• Built-in output cycle counter supports
predictive maintenance
• Green and orange display shows change
in output status
Type Time
specifications
Operating modes Connection
type
Inputs Output type Supply
voltage
Model
H5CX-A
series
4-digit
models
0.001 to 9.999 s
0.01 to 99.99 s
0.1 to 999.9 s
1 to 9999 s
1 s to 99 min 59 s
0.1 to 999.9 min
1 to 9999 min
1 min to 99 h 59
min
0.1 to 999.9 h
1 to 9999 h
Timer Mode
A: Signal ON Delay I
A-1: Signal ON Delay II
A-2: Power ON Delay I
A-3: Power ON Delay II
b: Repeat cycle 1
b-1: Repeat cycle 2
d: Signal OFF Delay
E: Interval
F: Cumulative
Z: ON/OFF-duty-
adjustable flicker
S: Stopwatch
Twin Timer Mode
t-off: Flicker OFF Start 1
t-on: Flicker ON Start 1
t-off-1: Flicker OFF Start 2
t-on-1: Flicker ON Start 2
Screw
terminals
Signal,
Reset,
Gate
(NPN/
PNP
input)
Contact
output (time-
limit SPDT)
100 to
240 VAC
H5CX-A-N
12 to
24 VDC/
24 VAC
H5CX-AD-N
11-pin
socket
100 to
240 VAC
H5CX-
A11-N
11-pin
socket
Signal,
Reset
(NPN
input)
12 to
24 VDC/
24 VAC
H5CX-
A11D-N
H5CX-L
series
4-digit
models
8-pin
socket
100 to
240 VAC
H5CX-L8-N
12 to
24 VDC/
24 VAC
H5CX-
L8D-N
Timer Mode
A-2: Power ON Delay I
b: Repeat cycle 1
E: Interval
Z: ON/OFF-duty-
adjustable flicker
Twin Timer Mode
t-off: Flicker OFF Start 1
t-on: Flicker ON Start 1
None Contact
output (time-
limit SPDT +
instantaneous
SPDT)
Models with
instantaneous
contact
outputs
100 to
240 VAC
H5CX-L8E-N
12 to
24 VDC/
24 VAC
H5CX-
L8ED-N
H5CX-B
series
6-digit
model
0.01 to 9999.99 s
1 s to 99 h 59 min
59 s
0.1 to 99999.9 min
0.1 to 99999.9 h
A: Signal ON Delay I
F-1: Cumulative
Screw
terminals
Signal,
Reset,
Gate
(NPN/
PNP
input)
Transistor
output (DPST)
12 to
24 VDC
H5CX-
BWSD-N
K
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
K-2
H3CA Solid-State Digital Timers
1/16 DIN, Digital-Set Timer with
LCD Bar Graph Display
• 8 field selectable operation modes or
ON-delay only model
• Time remaining LCD bar graph and LCD
output indicator
• Two available mounting options: DIN rail
or socket (8 or 11 pin)
• Universal AC/DC Supply voltage timer
available
• Selectable no-voltage start, reset, gate
and check inputs expand capabilities
• Time limit or instantaneous output, select
SPDT or DPDT models (3 A @ 250 VAC)
• Panel mounting adapters, sockets and
accessories available
Solid-State Timers with 8 Selectable Functions
Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Supply voltage Output
type
Output rating Inputs Input
rating
Connection
type
Model
48 x 48 x 89 24 to 240 VAC,
50/60 Hz,
12 to 240 VDC
Relay SPDT, 3 A at
250 VAC
Start,
Reset,
Gate
No-voltage 11-pin socket H3CA-A
75 x 45 x 101 Front mounted
screw terminals
H3CA-FA
Solid-State Timers - ON-delay Only
Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Supply voltage Output type Output
rating
Inputs Input rating Connection
type
Model
48 x 48 x 89 Specify 24 VAC,
100/110/120 VAC,
or 200/220/240 VAC,
50/60 Hz
Relay (time
limit or
instantaneous)
SPDT, 3 A
at 250 VAC
Start,
Reset,
Gate
No-voltage 8-pin socket H3CA-8H
H3CA-8
Relay
Specify 12, 24, 48 or
110 VDC
Specifications
• Timing functions: Multi-mode: ON-delay,
Repeat cycle, Signal Interval/OFF-delay,
Signal-OFF delay (I & II), Interval, Cycle
and Signal ON-delay/OFF-delay,
ON-delay only
LR
• Timing ranges: 7 ranges: 0.1 seconds to
9990 hours
• Repeat accuracy: ±0.3% of range, ±0.05
second
• Control output: 10 mA to 3 A at 250 VAC
T325
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-3
H3CR Multi-Mode Timers
1/16 DIN Analog-Set Timer
• Use for delay timing, repeatable cycles or
duration (interval) timing
• Select 4 (8-pin) or 6 (11-pin) function
models to handle most applications
• Repeat cycle models with independent
ON and OFF periods available
• Power-OFF delay models available
• 5 A DPDT relay switches when timing
cycle completes
• Short, 80 mm (3.15 inch) panel mounting
depth with socket allows space-efficient
control panel design
Ordering Information
Multi-Mode Timers H3CR-A
Output Number
of pins
Supply voltage Time
range
Operating mode Model
Relay DPDT 11 100 to 240 VAC/
100 to 125 VDC
0.05 s
to
300 h
On-delay
Flicker OFF start
Flicker ON start
Signal ON/OFF-delay
Signal OFF-delay
Interval Signal ON/OFF-delay II
One-shot
H3CR-A AC100-240/DC100-125
24 to 48 VAC/
12 to 48 VDC
H3CR-A AC24-48/DC12-48
8 100 to 240 VAC/
100 to 125 VDC
ON-delay
Flicker ON-start
Interval
One-shot
H3CR-A8 AC100-240/DC100-125
24 to 48 VAC/
12 to 48 VDC
H3CR-A8 AC24-48/DC12-48
100 to 240 VAC/
100 to 125 VDC
H3CR-A8E AC100-240/DC100-125
24 to 48 VAC/VDC H3CR-A8E AC24-48/DC12-48
Twin Timers (Repeat Cycle) H3CR-F
Output Number
of pins
Supply voltage Time
range
Operating mode Model
Relay DPDT 11 100 to 240 VAC 0.05 s
to
30 h
Flicker OFF start
(When timing starts the off
output indicator will illuminate.
On time and off time can be
independently set)
H3CR-F AC100-240/DC100-125
24 VAC/VDC H3CR-F AC24-48/DC12-48
8 100 to 240 VAC H3CR-F8 AC100-240/DC100-125
24 VAC/VDC H3CR-F8 AC24-48/DC12-48
Power Off Delay Timers
See datasheet.
T323
T323
T336
T337
K
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
K-4
H3YN Solid State Timers
Economical, Compact, Plug-in Timer
• ON-delay time limit operation with
automatic resetting
• DIN size (36 x 36 mm), fits standard
8-pin socket
• Wide choice of time ranges: 1, 3, 5, 10, 30,
60 seconds/3, 5,10, 30, 60 minutes/3 hours
• Time-limit 5 A DPDT contact models
stocked; 7 A SPDT models available
• Dual LEDs indicate power and output status
• Large transparent setting knob
• Surface, flush and DIN track mountable
Specifications
• Supply voltage: 100-120 VAC, 200-240
VAC, or 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 12 VDC or
24 VDC
• Timing functions: ON-delay, time limit;
automatic resetting
Analog-Set Relay Timers with
Multiple Operating Modes
• Space-saving and easy to operate
• Miniature timer offers selectable timing modes
• Seconds/minutes timing range models in
stock; minutes/hours models available
• Monitor relay status using independent
Power-ON and Time-Up indicators
• Socket-mount timers simplify installation
and maintenance
• Sockets, hold-down clips and mounting
accessories available separately
Specifications
• Supply voltage: 100-120 VAC, 200-230 VAC,
or 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 24 VDC
• Timing functions: ON-delay, Interval and
Repeat cycle with OFF-start or ON-start
(DIP switch selectable)
LR
• Timing ranges: 4 ranges: 0.1 second to 10
minutes; 0.1 minute to 10 hours
• Repeat accuracy: ±1% FS max.
• Control output: DPDT, 5 A at 250 VAC
(H3YN-2), 4PDT, 5 A at 250 VAC (H3YN-4)
• Timing ranges: 0.1 to 1 second, 0.3
to 3 seconds, 0.5 to 5 seconds, 1 to
10 seconds, 3 to 30 seconds, 6 to 60
seconds, 0.3 to 3 minutes, 0.5 to 5
minutes
• Repeat accuracy: ±2% max.
• Control output: DPDT, 100 mA to 5 A at
125/250 VAC (resistive load)
H3JA Solid State Timers
T324
T327
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-5
H3DK Multi-Function Timers
DIN 22.5 mm Width Timers,
Track-Mount, Analog Set
Space-saving slim track-mount timers
easily fit into panel designs. Multi-function
models with switch selectable dual time limit
and instantaneous outputs satisfy multiple
design needs with a single part, reducing
your stock.
Features
• 4- and 8-function models
• All sub-series include models with
12 VDC power supply
• Finger-safe terminal block and captive
screws according to EN 50274
• EMC (EN 61812-1) compliance for
application in heavy or light industrial,
commercial and residential environments
Type Time
specifications
Operating modes Connection
type
Inputs Output type Supply
voltage
Model
H3DK-M
series
8-mode
timer
0.1 to 1.2 s
1 to 12 s
10 to 120 s
1 to 12 min
10 to 120 min
1 to 12 hr
10 to 120 hr
100 to 1,200 hr
Timer Mode
A ON Delay
B: Repeat cycle OFF
start
B2: Repeat cycle ON
start
C: Signal ON/OFF
Delay
D: Signal OFF Delay
E: Interval
G: Signal ON/OFF delay
J: One-shot output
9 screw
terminals
Voltage
input
Contact
output (DPDT
time-limit
or SPDT
time-limit +
instantaneous
SPDT), switch
selected
24 to 240
VAC/VDC
H3DK-M2
12 VDC H3DK-M2A
Contact
output (SPDT
time-limit)
24 to 240
VAC/VDC
H3DK-M1
12 VDC H3DK-M1A
H3DK-S
Series
4-mode
timer
A: ON Delay
B2: Repeat cycle ON
start
E: Interval
J: One-shot output
6 screw
terminals
– Contact
output (DPDT
time-limit
or SPDT
time-limit +
instantaneous
SPDT), switch
selected
24 to 240
VAC/VDC
H3DK-S2
12 VDC H3DK-S2A
Contact
output (SPDT
time-limit)
24 to 240
VAC/VDC
H3DK-S1
12 VDC H3DK-S1A
H3DK-F
Repeat
cycle timer
Repeat cycle, ON start,
Independent ON and
OFF time settings
6 screw
terminals
– Contact
output (SPDT
time-limit)
24 to 240
VAC/VDC
H3DK-F
12 VDC H3DK-FA
LR
Ordering Information
T335
K
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
K-6
H3DS Solid State Timers
Ultra-slim 17.5 mm Timers,
Track-Mount Analog Set
• Eight operating modes (H3DS-M) and four
operating modes (H3DS-S) to cover a wide
range of applications
• Offers wide time setting range of 0.10 s
to 120 h
• Smart Dial/Selector-Locking Mechanism
prevents the dials and selectors on the
timer’s front panel from being operated
without authorization (can only be
unlocked and locked with an optional
pen-type Lock Key)
• Additional single function models
available: Repeat cycle independent ON/
OFF, ON-delay, ON-delay timer 2 wire
• Finger protection terminal block prevents
shock, meets VDE0106/P100
• High immunity to inverter noise
Specifications
• Supply voltage: 24 to 230 VAC/24 to 48 VDC
• Timing functions: ON-delay (Signal or Power); Repeat-cycle OFF-start (Signal or Power);
Repeat-cycle ON-start (Signal or Power); Signal ON/OFF-delay; Signal OFF-delay;
Interval (Signal or Power); Signal ON/OFF-delay; One-shot (Signal or Power)
• Timing ranges: 0.1 to 1.2 s, 1 to 12 s, 0.1 to 1.2 min., 1 to 12 min., 0.1 to 1.2 h, 1 to 12 h,
10 to 120 h
• Repeat accuracy: ±1% max. of full scale
• Control output: 5 A at 250 VAC/30 VDC (resistive load)
LR
T328
H3DS
H3DS-M/S/A H3DS-F H3DS-G H3DS-X
Standard Timer Twin Timer Star-delta Timer Two-wired Timer
H3DS-M (eight multi-modes)
H3DS-S (Four multi-modes)
H3DS-A (single mode)
H3DS-F H3DS-G H3DS-X
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-7
H5S Weekly and Yearly Time Switches
Weekly and Yearly Timers with
AM/PM Display
• Control lighting, HVAC systems and
production equipment for energy saving
operation
• Independent Day Keys provide easier
operation
• Temporary holiday setting function makes
it easy to turn OFF output for holidays and
non-operating days
• Easy-to-use, prompted programming with
test mode for easy program checking
• Automatic or manual operation following
power failure
• Field-adjustable ON/OFF, cycle and pulse
output
• Battery back-up for memory protection
• 2-circuit models include time counter
and total counter functions with alarm
indicator
• Compact DIN size 72 x 72 mm
• Protective cover and other accessories
available separately
Control
cycle
Number of
outputs
Temperature
compensation
Mounting method Supply voltage Model
Weekly 2 circuits
N
Flush Mounting 100 to 240 VAC H5S-WB2
N
24 VDC H5S-WB2D
N
Surface Mounting/Track Mounting 100 to 240 VAC H5S-WFB2
N
24 VDC H5S-WFB2D
Yearly
Y
Flush Mounting 100 to 240 VAC H5S-YB2-X
Y
24 VDC H5S-YB2D-X
Y
Surface Mounting/Track Mounting 100 to 240 VAC H5S-YFB2-X
Y
24 VDC H5S-YFB2D-X
4 circuits
Y
Flush Mounting 100 to 240 VAC H5S-YB4-X
Y
24 VDC H5S-YB4D-X
Y
Surface Mounting/Track Mounting 100 to 240 VAC H5S-YFB4-X
Y
24 VDC H5S-YFB4D-X
Ordering Information
T332
K
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
K-8
H5L Digital Weekly Time Switch
1/4 DIN Size Weekly Timer, Easy
Programming and Large Display
• Set programs with just five switches
• 24 program steps available
• Two independent 15 A control circuits
• Manual override switch for each output
• 10-year battery backup for memory
• Large, easy-to-read LCD display
• Multiple-day operation
• Designed for track mounting; panel and
surface mounting hardware included
Specifications
• Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC
• Timing functions: Weekly timer, 24 hrs x 7 days, ON or OFF programming
• Timing ranges: 00:00 to 23:59 (hours: minutes), one minute cycle minimum
• Repeat accuracy: ±0.01%, ±0.05 s max.
• Control output: 15 A at 250 VAC (resistive load)
1/16 DIN Size Timer with Simple
Programming
• Control up to 12 ON/OFF operations per
day (24 for pulse output operation) for one
independent circuit
• Special holidays can be handled easily
with the holiday setting function
• Adjustments for sudden schedule changes
can be made easily using output override
and automatic return operation
• Operation program can be easily checked
with the program check function
Specifications
• Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC
• Timing functions: Daily timer, ON or OFF programming
• Timing ranges: 24 h × 7 days (Operation days can be specified) 1 to 59 s, or 1 to 60 min.
Pulse-output operation (Pulse width can be set in units of 1 s from 1 to 59 s and in units of
1 min from 1 to 60 min)
• Repeat accuracy: ±0.01%, ±0.05 s max.
• Control output: SPST-NO contact, 15 A at 250 VAC, resistive load. 10 A at 24 VDC, resistive
load. Minimum applied load: 100 mA at 5 VDC (failure level: P, reference value).
• Enables pulse output operation and summer
time setting
• Incorporates finger-safe terminals
• Flush, surface, and DIN track mounting options
H5F Digital Daily Time Switch
T334
T333
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-9
H7CX-N Multi-Function Digital Counters
Ordering Information
Classification Counting action Settings Display
digits
Output Supply voltage Model
Preset
counter
1-stage preset counter
Total and preset
counter
1-stage 4 digits Contact output
(SPDT)
100 to 240 VAC H7CX-A114-N
12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC H7CX-A114D1-N
6 digits 100 to 240 VAC H7CX-A11-N
12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC H7CX-A11D1-N
4 digits 100 to 240 VAC H7CX-A4-N
12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC H7CX-A4D-N
6 digits 100 to 240 VAC H7CX-A-N
12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC H7CX-AD-N
Preset
counter/
Tachometer
1-stage preset counter
2-stage preset counter
Total and preset
counter
Batch counter
Dual counter
Twin counter
2-stage 4 digits Contact output
(SPST + SPDT)
100 to 240 VAC H7CX-A4W-N
1-stage preset counter
2-stage preset counter
Total and preset
counter
Batch counter
Dual counter
Twin counter
6 digits 100 to 240 VAC H7CX-AW-N
12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC H7CX-AWD1-N
Contact (SPDT)
Transistor
(SPST)
100 to 240 VAC H7CX-AU-N
12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC H7CX-AUD1-N
Tachometer
Tachometer
1-stage (1
input and
output)
Contact output
(SPDT)
100 to 240 VAC H7CX-R11-N
12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC H7CX-R11D1-N
1-stage
(2 inputs
and
outputs)
Contact output
(SPDT + SPST)
100 to 240 VAC H7CX-R11W-N
12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC H7CX-R11WD1-N
• Space-saving counter solves most
counting and positioning applications
• Small and flexible: Only 59 mm depth (24
VAC/VDC) or 78 mm depth (100-240 VAC)
• Waterproof, dust-proof front panel (UL508
Type 4X and IP66)
• High visibility character height: 4 digit
models (12 mm) and 6 digit models
(10 mm)
• Protect settings with 5 levels of key
access
• Built-in Tachometer functions:
• One-input measurement
• Independent measurement for 2 inputs
• Differential input for 2 inputs
• Absolute ratio for 2 inputs
• Error ratio between 2 inputs
Advanced 1/16 DIN Size Preset Counters
• Isolated power supply and input
circuits prevent unwanted circuit paths
• Built-in output counter supports
preventive maintenance
• Switchable display colors show output
status changes at a glance
T422
K
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
K-10
H7EC/H7ET/H7ER Counters
Subminiature Totalizer, Time
Counter, LCD Tachometer
The self-powered H7E series features a
large display with 8.6 mm character height.
It includes models with backlight for
improved visibility in dimly lit places. The
1/32 DIN size family includes total counters,
time counters and tachometers.
• 1/32 DIN size: 24 H x 48 W x 55.5 D mm
• Black or light-grey housing
• Make all basic settings with a DIP switch
• 8 digits (H7EC), 7 digits (H7ET), 5 digits
(H7ER), 8.6 mm character height
• Dual input speed: 30 Hz <-> 1 kHz (H7EC)
• Dual time ranges in each model (H7ET)
• Dual revolution display (H7ER)
Ordering Information
H7EC Count Totalizer
H7ET Time Totalizer
H7ER Tachometer
Count input Display Model
Max. revolutions displayed (applicable encoder resolution)
1,000 s-1 (1 pulse/rev.)
1,000 min-1 (60 pulse/rev.)
1,000.0 s-1 (10 pulse/rev)
1,000.0 min-1 (600 pulse/rev) <->
10,000 min-1 (60 pulse/rev)
(switchable)
Light grey
body
Black body Light grey
body
Black body
No-voltage input 7-segment LCD H7ER-N H7ER-N-B - -
PNP/NPN universal DC
voltage input
7-segment LCD H7ER-NV H7ER-NV-B H7ER-NV1 H7ER-NV1-B
7-segment LCD with blacklight H7ER-NV-H H7ER-NV-BH H7ER-NV1-H H7ER-NV1-BH
Count input Max. counting speed Display Model
Light grey body Black body
No-voltage 30 Hz <-> 1 kHz (switchable) 7-segment LCD H7EC-N H7EC-N-B
PNP/NPN universal DC
voltage input
30 Hz <-> 1 kHz (switchable) 7-segment LCD H7EC-NV H7EC-NV-B
7-segment LCD with backlight H7EC-NV-H H7EC-NV-BH
AC/DC multi-voltage
input
20 Hz 7-segment LCD H7EC-NFV H7EC-NFV-B
Timer input Display Model
Time range 999999.9h <->
3999d23.9h (switchable)
Time range 999h59m59s <->
9999h59.9m (switchable)
Light grey body Black body Light grey body Black body
No-voltage input 7-segment LCD H7ET-N H7ET-N-B H7ET-N1 H7ET-N1-B
PNP/NPN universal DC
voltage input
7-segment LCD H7ET-NV H7ET-NV-B H7ET-NV1 H7ET-NV1-B
7-segment LCD with blacklight H7ET-NV-H H7ET-NV-BH H7ET-NV1-H H7ET-NV1-BH
AC/DC multi-voltage
input
7-segment LCD H7ET-NFV H7ET-NFV-B H7ET-NFV1 H7ET-NFV1-B
T423
T423
T424
T425
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-11
H7BX Digital Counters
H7CN Digital Counters
72 x 72 mm Multi-Function Counter
with a Bright, Easy-to-view,
Negative Transmissive LCD
• Provides a total and preset counter, batch
counter, dual counter, and tachometer
• Large highly visible display with backlit
transmissive LCD
• Selectable display color (red/green) enables
checking output status at a distance
• Easy operation with a key for each digit
• Perform all basic settings with a DIP switch
1/16 DIN, Single Preset Counter
with Four-Digit LED Display
• Simple to set and operate
• Easy-to-read 10 mm-high LED display
• Contact (SPST-NO or SPDT) or solid-state
(open-collector) outputs
• Single counting speed per model: 30 cps
models stocked; 5 kcps available
• Separate UP, DOWN and REVERSIBLE
counting models
• Memory protection circuit available on
AC models
• 8-pin or 11-pin round socket models
available
• Panel-mount adapter, sockets and
accessories available separately
Specifications
• Supply voltage: 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
• Counting functions: 1-stage (single preset)
UP counter
• Counting ranges: 0 to 9,999 (4-digit)
• Output functions: Sustained output until reset
Specifications
• Wide range of inputs accepted for NPN/
PNP inputs (multi-inputs) and 2-wire DC
sensors
• Degree of protection: IP54 equivalent
(front section only)
• Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC, 24
VAC/12 to 24 VDC
• Inputs: Voltage or no-voltage inputs; 12
VDC external power supply
• Ranges: Counting -99,999 to 999,999
(6-digit); tachometer 0 to 999,999 (6 digits)
• Control output: Contact output: 3 A at 250
VDC/30 VDC (resistive load); transistor
output: 100 mA max. at 30 VDC max.
• Output functions: One-shot and sustained
outputs with up to 12 user selections
• Reset time: 1 ms or 20 ms selectable
T428
T427
K
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
K-12
H7GP Digital Counters
Compact Count and Time Totalizers
• Large easy to ready 8.5 mm transmissive
LCD displays
• NEMA protection when used with Y92S-33
rubber gasket
• High-visibility, negative transmissive LCD
display with built-in LED backlight
• Short (80 mm) body
• Switch between NPN and PNP operation
• Units can be externally or manual reset
• Dimensions: 24 H x 44 W x 80 D mm
Ordering Information
H7GP-C Totalizing Counter
Count input Max. counting
speed
Counting
Range
Display Supply Voltage Model
Light grey body Black body
NPN or PNP 30 cps or 5 cps
(selectable)
99999.6
8 mm, 6-digit
100 to 240 VAC
H7GP-C H7GP-CB
12 to 24 VDC
H7GP-CD H7GP-CDB
H7GP-T Time Totalizer
Count input Max. counting
speed
Time Range Display Supply Voltage Model
Light grey body Black body
NPN or PNP 30 cps or 5 cps
(selectable)
99999.9 h or
99 h 59 m 59 s
8 mm, 6-digit
100 to 240 VAC
H7GP-T H7GP-TB
12 to 24 VDC
H7GP-TD H7GP-TDB
T432
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-13
H7HP Digital Counters
Compact Count and Time Totalizers
• Large easy to ready displays: 6-digit
(15 mm); 8-digit (12 mm) models
• NEMA protection when used with Y92S-33
rubber gasket
• High-visibility, negative transmissive LCD
display with built-in LED backlight
• Short (66 mm) body
• Switch between NPN and PNP operation
• Units can be externally or manual reset
• Dimensions: 32 H x 67.7 W x 65.8 D mm
Ordering Information
H7HP-A Counter/Timer
Count input Max. counting
speed
Time Range Display Supply Voltage Model
Light grey body Black body
NPN or PNP 30 cps or 5 cps
(selectable)
99999.9 h or
99 h 59 m 59 s
15 mm, 6-digit
100 to 240 VAC
H7HP-A H7HP-AB
12 to 24 VDC
H7HP-AD H7HP-ADB
H7HP-C Totalizer
Count input Max. counting
speed
Counting
Range
Display Supply Voltage Model
Light grey body Black body
NPN or PNP 30 cps or 5 cps
(selectable)
99999999
12 mm, 8-digit
100 to 240 VAC
H7HP-C8 H7HP-C8B
12 to 24 VDC
H7HP-C8D H7HP-D8D8
T433
K
Timers and Counters
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
K-14
L-i
Contents
Selection Guide L-ii
K3HB
-X, -H,
-V, -S
Process, Temperature, Weighing
and Linear Sensor Indicators
L-1
K3HB
-C, -P,
-R
Rotary Pulse, Timer Interval and
Up-/Down-Counting Pulse
Indicators
L-2
K3MA
-J, -L,
-F
Process, Temperature,
Frequency/Rate Meters with
Built-in Outputs
L-3
K3GN 1/32 DIN Process Meter with
Relay or Transistor Output
L-3
Digital Panel Meters
L
K3HB-V – For perfect weighing
With our K3HB series, we cover a wide range of applications. One of them is the weighing
indicator which performs perfect measurement in any weighing application. The instrument
can be equipped with a load-cell power supply of 10 V/100 mA. Several option boards for
communication, contact output boards or event inputs are also available. On top of these,
you can get direct DeviceNet communication.
• High-speed sampling 20 ms
• Equipped with position meter
• Two-color display for easy recognition
LOOKING FOR PERFECT MEASURING & READ-OUT?
Which application is required?
Process
K3HB-X
Temperature
K3HB-H
Weighing
K3HB-V
Linear sensor
K3HB-S
Rotary pulse
K3HB-R
Time interval
K3HB-P
Up/down
counting pulse
K3HB-C
Which size is required?
Advanced
Process
K3MA-JK3GN
Temperature
K3MA-L
Frequency/
Rate
K3MA-F
Which application is required?
General purposeProcess/Frequency/Rate
48 x 24 mm (1/32 DIN)
96 x 48 mm (1/8 DIN)
Digital Panel Meters
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
L-ii
Which application is required?
Process
K3HB-X
Temperature
K3HB-H
Weighing
K3HB-V
Linear sensor
K3HB-S
Rotary pulse
K3HB-R
Time interval
K3HB-P
Up/down
counting pulse
K3HB-C
Which size is required?
Advanced
Process
K3MA-JK3GN
Temperature
K3MA-L
Frequency/
Rate
K3MA-F
Which application is required?
General purposeProcess/Frequency/Rate
48 x 24 mm (1/32 DIN) 96 x 48 mm (1/8 DIN)
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com L-iii
L
Category
Multifunctional Digital
Panel Indicator Process Indicator Temperature
Indicator
Frequency/Rate
Indicator
Selection Criteria
Model
K3GN K3MA-J K3MA-L K3MA-F
Size
1/32 DIN 1/8 DIN 1/8 DIN 1/8 DIN
Features
Color change display
4444
Number of digits
5545
Leading zero suppression
4444
Forced zero function
4444
Min./max. hold function
4444
Average processing
4444
User selectable inputs
4444
Start-up compensating time
4
– –
4
Key protection
4444
Decimal pt. position setting
4444
Accuracy
±0.1% of full scale
Input range
0 to 20 mA,
4 to 20 mA
or 0 to 5 V,
1 to 5 V,
-5 to 5 V,
-10 to 10 V
or 0 to 30 Hz
or 0 to 5 kHz
0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20
mA or 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5
V, -5 to 5 V, -10 to 10 V
Pt100, JPt100 or
thermocouple K, J, T,
E, L, U, N, R, S, B
0 to 30 Hz or 0 to 5
kHz
Sample rate
250 ms 250 ms 500 ms –
Features
Remote/local
processing, parameter
initialization,
programmable output
configuration, process
value hold
Teaching, comparative
output pattern
selection, parameter
initialization,
programmable
output configuration,
process value hold
Programmable output
configuration,
process value hold
Teaching,
comparative output
pattern selection,
programmable
output configuration,
process value hold
Sensor power supply
–––
4
Front protection – IP rating
IP66/NEMA 4 IP66/NEMA 4 IP66/NEMA 4 IP66/NEMA 4
Supply voltage
24 VDC 24 VAC/VDC or
100 to 240 VAC
24 VAC/VDC or
100 to 240 VAC
24 VAC/VDC or
100 to 240 VAC
Inputs
NPN
4
– –
4
PNP
4
– –
4
Temperature
––––
Contact
–––
4
Voltage pulse
–––
4
Load cell
––––
DC voltage
4 4
– –
DC current
4 4
– –
AC voltage
––––
AC current
––––
Outputs
Relay
4444
NPN
4
–––
PNP
4
–––
Linear
––––
BCD
––––
Comms
4
–––
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
L-iv
Category
Process Indicator
Temperature
Indicator Weighing Indicator Linear Sensor
Indicator
Selection Criteria
Model
K3HB-X K3HB-H K3HB-V K3HB-S
Size
1/8 DIN 1/8 DIN 1/8 DIN 1/8 DIN
Features
Color change display
4 4 4 4
Number of digits
5 5 5 5
Leading zero suppression
4 4 4 4
Forced zero function
4 4 4 4
Min./max. hold function
4 4 4 4
Average processing
4 4 4 4
User selectable inputs
4 4 4 4
Start-up compensating time
– – – –
Key protection
4 4 4 4
Decimal pt. position setting
4 4 4 4
Accuracy ±0.1% of full scale (DC
voltage & DC current),
±0.5% of full scale (AC
voltage & AC current)
Thermocouple:
±0.3%of full scale,
Pt-100: ±0.2% of full
scale
±0.1% of full scale One input: ±0.1% of
full scale,
two inputs: ±0.2% of
full scale
Input range
0.000 to 10.000 A
0.0000 to 19.999 mA
-199.99 to 199.99 mA
4.000 to 20.000 mA
0.0 to 400.0 V
0.0000 to 1.999 V
-199.99 to 199.99 V
1.0000 to 5.0000 V
Pt100, thermocouple
K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R,
S, B, W
0.00 to 199.99 mV,
0.000 to 19.999 mV,
100.00 mV, 199.99 mV
0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20
mA, 0 to 5 V, -5 to 5 V,
-10 to 10 V
Sample rate
20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 0.5 ms
Features
Scaling, teaching,
averaging, output
hysteresis, output
OFF-delay, output
test, bank selection,
reset, comparative
output
Scaling, teaching,
averaging, output
hysteresis, output
OFF-delay, output
test, bank selection,
reset, comparative
output
Scaling, teaching,
averaging, output
hysteresis, output
OFF-delay, output
test, bank selection,
reset, comparative
output
Scaling, 2-input
calculation, teaching,
averaging, output
hysteresis, output
OFF-delay, output test,
bank selection, reset,
comparative output
Sensor power supply
8 8 8 8
Front protection – IP rating
IP66/NEMA 4 IP66/NEMA 4 IP66/NEMA 4 IP66/NEMA 4
Supply voltage
100 to 240 VAC or
24 VAC/VDC
100 to 240 VAC or
24 VAC/VDC
100 to 240 VAC or
24 VAC/VDC
100 to 240 VAC or
24 VAC/VDC
Inputs
NPN
8 8 8 8
PNP
8 8 8 8
Temperature
–
4
– –
Contact
– – – –
Voltage pulse
– – – –
Load cell
– –
4
–
DC voltage
8
– –
4
DC current
8
– –
4
AC voltage
8
–––
AC current
8
–––
Outputs
Relay
8 8 8 8
NPN
8 8 8 8
PNP
8 8 8 8
Linear
8 8 8 8
BCD
– – – –
Comms
8 8 8 8
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Digital Panel Meters
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com L-v
L
Category
Up/Down Counting Pulse
Indicator
Time Interval Indicator Rotary Pulse Indicator
Selection Criteria
Model
K3HB-C K3HB-P K3HB-R
Size
1/8 DIN 1/8 DIN 1/8 DIN
Features
Color change display
444
Number of digits
555
Leading zero suppression
444
Forced zero function
444
Min./max. hold function
444
Average processing
444
User selectable inputs
444
Start-up compensating time
– –
4
Key protection
444
Decimal pt. position setting
444
Accuracy
–
±0.08% rgd ±1 digit ±0.006% rgd ±1 digit
±0.02% rgd ±1 digit
Input range
No voltage contact: 30 Hz,
voltage pulse: 50 kHz,
open collector: 50 kHz
No voltage contact: 30 Hz,
voltage pulse: 50 kHz,
open collector: 50 kHz
No voltage contact: 30 Hz,
voltage pulse: 50 kHz,
open collector: 50 kHz
Sample rate
–––
Features
Scaling, measurement
operation selection, output
hysteresis, output OFF-delay,
output test, display value
selection, display color
selection, key protection,
bank selection, display refresh
period, maximum/minimum
hold, reset
Scaling, measurement
operation selection, output
hysteresis, output OFF-delay,
output test, teaching, display
value selection, display color
selection, key protection,
bank selection, display refresh
period, maximum/minimum
hold, reset
Scaling, measurement
operation selection,
averaging, previous average
value comparison, output
hysteresis, output OFF-delay,
output test, teaching, display
value selection, display color
selection, key protection,
bank selection, display
refresh period, maximum/
minimum hold, reset
Sensor power supply
888
Front protection – IP rating
IP66/NEMA 4 IP66/NEMA 4 IP66/NEMA 4
Supply voltage
100 to 240 VAC or
24 VAC/VDC
100 to 240 VAC or
24 VAC/VDC
100 to 240 VAC or
24 VAC/VDC
Inputs
NPN
444
PNP
444
Temperature
–––
Contact
–––
Voltage pulse
444
Load cell
–––
DC voltage
–––
DC current
–––
AC voltage
–––
AC current
–––
Outputs
Relay
888
NPN
888
PNP
8 8 8
Linear
888
BCD
888
Comms
888
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
L-vi
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com L-1
K3HB-X, -H, -V, -S Digital Panel Indicators
Process, Temperature, Weighing
and Linear Sensor Indicators
These indicators with analog input, feature a
color change display for easy monitoring. K3HB
series is high-speed, with a sample rate of 50 Hz,
and even 2,000 Hz for K3HB-S.
• Communications: DeviceNet, RS-232C, RS-485
• 1/8 DIN size, IP66 rated NEMA 4 housing
Ordering Information
Sensor Power Supply/Output Boards
Event Input Boards
Relay/Transistor Output Boards
Slot Output Sensor power
supply
Communications Applicable indicator
types
Model
B Relay PASS: SPDT 12 VDC ±10%,
80 mA
- K3HB-X, -H, -S K33-CPA
Linear current DC0(4) - 20 mA - K3HB-X, -H, -S K33-L1A
Linear voltage DC0(1) - 5 V, 0 to 10 V - K3HB-X, -H, -S K33-L2A
Sensor power supply only - K3HB-X, -H, -S K33-A
RS-232C K3HB-X, -H, -S K33-FLK1A
RS-485 K3HB-X, -H, -S K33-FLK3A
Relay PASS: SPDT 10 VDC ±5%,
100 mA
- K3HB-V K33-CPB
Linear current DC0(4) - 20 mA - K3HB-V K33-L1B
Linear voltage DC0(1) - 5 V, 0 to 10 V - K3HB-V K33-L2B
Sensor power supply only - K3HB-V K33-B
RS-232C K3HB-V K33-FLK1B
RS-485 K3HB-V K33-FLK3B
Slot Output Communications Model
C Relay H/L: SPDT each - K34-C1
HH/H/LL/L: SPST-NO each - K34-C2
Transistor NPN open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL - K34-T1
PNP open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL - K34-T2
- - DeviceNet K34-DRT
Slot Output Number of points Communications Model
DT NPN open collector 5 M3 terminal blocks K35-1
PNP open collector 5 M3 terminal blocks K35-3
Type of indicator Input sensor type and range Model
Process indicator
K3HB-X
DC current input, from ±199.99 mA, to 4.000 to 20.000 mA K3HB-XAD 100-240VAC
K3HB-XAD 24VAC/VDC
DC voltage input from ±199.99 V to 1.0000 to 5.0000 V K3HB-XVD 100-240VAC
K3HB-XVD 24VAC/VDC
Temperature indicator
K3HB-H
Temperature input Pt100, thermocouple K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, S, B, W K3HB-HTA 100-240VAC
K3HB-HTA 24VAC/VDC
Weighing indicator
K3HB-V
Load cell input (DC low voltage input), 0.00 to 199.99 mV, 0.000 to
19.999 mV, 100.00 mV, 199.99 mV
K3HB-VLC 100-240VAC
K3HB-VLC 24VAC/VDC
X322
L
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
L-2
K3HB-C, -P, -R Digital Panel Indicators
Ordering Information
Rotary Pulse, Timer Interval and
Up/Down Counting Pulse Indicators
These indicators with analog input feature a clear
and easy-to-use color change display. All models are
equipped with NEMA 4 IP66 housing. K3HB-R and
-C are high-speed, with a color rate up to 50 kHz.
• Position meter indication for easy monitoring
• Communications: DeviceNet, RS-232C, RS-485
• Double display with 5 digits in two colors
• 1/8 DIN size, IP66 rated NEMA 4 housing
Sensor Power Supply/Output Boards
Event Input Boards
Relay/Transistor Output Boards
Slot Output Sensor power supply Communications Model
B Relay PASS: SPDT 12 VDC ±10%, 80 mA - K33-CPA
Linear current DC0(4) - 20 mA - K33-L1A
Linear voltage DC0(1) - 5 V, 0 to 10 V - K33-L2A
- - - K33-A
- - RS-232C K33-FLK1A
- - RS-485 K33-FLK3A
Slot Output Communications Model
C Relay H/L: SPDT each - K34-C1
HH/H/LL/L: SPST-NO each - K34-C2
Transistor NPN open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL - K34-T1
PNP open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL - K34-T2
- - DeviceNet K34-DRT
BCD + transistor NPN open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL - K34-BCD
Slot Output Number of points Communications Model
D NPN open collector 5 M3 terminal blocks K35-1
NPN open collector 5 M3 terminal blocks K35-3
Type of indicator Input ranges Input sensor Model
Rotary pulse indicator K3HB-R No voltage contact:
30 Hz max.
Voltage pulse:
50 kHz max.
Open collector:
50 kHz max.
NPN input/
voltage pulse
K3HB-RNB 100-240VAC
K3HB-RNB 24VAC/VDC
PNP input K3HB-RPB 100-240VAC
K3HB-RPB 24VAC/VDC
Timer interval indicator K3HB-P NPN K3HB-PNB 100-240VAC
PNP K3HB-PPB 100-240VAC
Up/down counting pulse indicator K3HB-C PNP K3HB-CNB 24VAC/VDC
NPN K3HB-CNB 100-240VAC
NPN K3HB-CPB 24VAC/VDC
PNP K3HB-CPB 24VAC/VDC
PNP K3HB-CPB 100-240VAC
X327
X328
X326
K3HB-P
K3HB-R
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com L-3
K3MA-J, -L, -F Digital Panel Meters
Digital Panel Meters Offer Built-in
Outputs
The K3MA series is available as a process
meter, a frequency/rate meter or a temperature
meter. All are equipped with the same quality
display and have the same short mounting
depth of 80 mm.
• 1/8 DIN size housing: 97 L x 96 W x 48 H mm
• Highly visible, 2-color negative transmissive
backlit LCD display
• 14.2 mm high characters
Intelligent Digital Panel Meter,
1/32 DIN Size
The K3GN has three main functions are process
meter, RPM processor/tachometer and digital
data display for PC/PLC.
• 5-digit display with programmable display
color, in red or green
• Very compact 1/32 DIN housing:
24 H x 48 W x 83 D mm
• 1/8 DIN size, IP66 rated NEMA 4 housing
Ordering Information
Ordering Information
Indicator Supply voltage Input type and ranges Output Model
Process
meter
100 to 240 VAC DC voltage: 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V,
-5 to 5 V, -10 to 10 V
2 relay contact outputs (SPST-NO) K3MA-J-A2 100-240VAC
24 VAC/VDC 2 relay contact outputs (SPST-NO) K3MA-J-A2 24VAC/VDC
Temperature
meter
100 to 240 VAC Platinum-resistance
thermometer: Pt100, JPt100
1 relay contact output (SPDT) K3MA-L-C 100-240VAC
24 VAC/VDC 1 relay contact output (SPDT) K3MA-L-C 24VAC/VDC
Frequency/
rate meter
100 to 240 VAC Rotary pulse - No voltage:
0.05 to 30.00 Hz
2 relay contact outputs (SPST-NO) K3MA-F-A2 100-240VAC
24 VAC/VDC 2 relay contact outputs (SPST-NO) K3MA-F-A2 24VAC/VDC
Input type Supply voltage Output Model
No communications RS-485
DC voltage/current, NPN 24 VDC Dual relays (SPST-NO) K3GN-NDC 24 DC K3GN-NDC-FLK 24 DC
DC voltage/current, PNP Dual relays (SPST-NO) K3GN-PDC 24 DC K3GN-PDC-FLK 24 DC
• 5 digits (-19,999 to 99,999), K3MA-L: 4 digits
• 1/8 DIN size, IP66 rated NEMA 4 housing
K3GN Digital Panel Meters X325
X329
X323
K3MA-L
K3MA-F
X324
L
Digital Panel Meters
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
L-4
M-i
Monitoring Products
Contents
Selection Guide M-ii
Monitoring Relays
K8AK-VS/
K8AK-VW
Single phase voltage
monitoring relays
M-1
K8AK-AS Single phase current
monitoring relays
M-2
K8AK-AW Single phase overcurrent/
undercurrent monitoring relays
M-3
K8AK-PA/
PM/PW
3-phase voltage monitoring
relays
M-4
K8AK-PH/
K8DS-PH
Phase-sequence/Phase-loss
monitoring relays
M-5
K8AK-TH Temperature monitoring relays M-6
Liquid Level Controls and Detectors
K8AK-LS Liquid level controller M-7
K7L-AT50 Protect your process
equipment from liquid spills
and leaks
M-8
M
MONITORING RELAYS
The K8AK/K8DS series power monitoring relays can detect problems such as:
• Over- and under-currents, and over- and under-voltages
• Phase losses (where voltage is not supplied to one or more phases because of
disconnected power lines, loose terminals, or contact failures)
• Phase-sequence problems (which can result, for example, in motors rotating
backwards)
• Voltage asymmetries where the voltages of different phases are different because of
phase losses or other causes).
The relays are available in various single- and three-phase versions for currents up to
200 A and voltages up to 600 V. The 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm wide DIN-rail mounting devices
save space in control panels.
Which application is required?
K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-PA
3-Phase Asymmetry,
Sequence, Loss Relay
K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
Phase-sequence,
Loss
K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-PW K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-PH
3-Phase Sequence,
Loss Relay
K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8DS-PH
3-Phase Sequence,
Loss Relay
3-Phase
Voltage Relay
(Window comparator)
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
Over & Under Voltage
Phase-sequence,
Loss
Phase-sequence,
Loss
Phase Asymmetry
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
Over & Under Voltage
K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-VW K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-VS K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-AW K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-AS
1-Phase
Voltage Relay
1-Phase
Current Relay
1-Phase
Current Relay
(Window comparator)
1-Phase
Voltage Relay
(Window comparator)
Over & Under Voltage Over or Under Voltage Over & Under Current Over or Under Current
K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-TH
Temperature
Monitoring Relay
Temperature Alarms
Three Phase Circuit Monitoring
Single Phase Circuit Monitoring
3-phase 3-wires voltage
Voltage Input Current Input
3-phase 3-wires voltage
or
3-phase 4-wire voltage
Temperature Monitoring
Thermocouple
Pt100/Pt1000
Monitoring Products
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
M-ii
Which application is required?
K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-PA
3-Phase Asymmetry,
Sequence, Loss Relay
K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
Phase-sequence,
Loss
K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-PW K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-PH
3-Phase Sequence,
Loss Relay
K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8DS-PH
3-Phase Sequence,
Loss Relay
3-Phase
Voltage Relay
(Window comparator)
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
Over & Under Voltage
Phase-sequence,
Loss
Phase-sequence,
Loss
Phase Asymmetry
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
Over & Under Voltage
K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-VW K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-VS K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-AW K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-AS
1-Phase
Voltage Relay
1-Phase
Current Relay
1-Phase
Current Relay
(Window comparator)
1-Phase
Voltage Relay
(Window comparator)
Over & Under Voltage Over or Under Voltage Over & Under Current Over or Under Current
K8AK-PM
3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)
K8AK-TH
Temperature
Monitoring Relay
Temperature Alarms
Three Phase Circuit Monitoring
Single Phase Circuit Monitoring
3-phase 3-wires voltage
Voltage Input Current Input
3-phase 3-wires voltage
or
3-phase 4-wire voltage
Temperature Monitoring
Thermocouple
Pt100/Pt1000
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com M-iii
M
Type
Temperature
1-Phase
Selection criteria
Model
K8AK-TH K8AK-AS K8AK-AW K8AK-VS K8AK-VW
Mounting
DIN Rail DIN Rail DIN Rail DIN Rail DIN Rail
Size
22.5W x 90H x
100D
22.5W x 90H x
100D
22.5W x 90H x
100D
22.5W x 90H x
100D
22.5W x 90H x
100D
Type
Temperature
Monitoring
Current
Monitoring
Overcurrent/
Undercurrent
Monitoring
Voltage
Monitoring
Overvoltage/
undervoltage
monitoring
Input
Range •
Type K, J,
T, E, B, R, S
Thermocouple
•
2-500 mA
•
0.1-8 A
•
10-200 A
•
2-500 mA
•
0-5 A
•
0-200 A
• 1-150 V
• 20-600 V
• 1-10 V
• 60-300 V
Power Supply
100-240 VAC 100-240 VAC 100-240 VAC 100-240 VAC 100-240 VAC
Power Supply
24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC
Relay SPDT
4444
–
Output
Relay 2x SPDT
––––
4
Relay DPDT
–––––
Reset mode: manual
–
4444
Features
Reset Mode:
Automatic
–
4 4 4 4
Operation Time (With
Timer)
–
0.1-30 Sec. 0.1-30 Sec. 0.1-30 Sec. 0.1-30 Sec.
Startup Lock
–
4444
Power (Green)
44444
Indi-
cators
Relay Output (Yellow)
4 4 4 4 4
Alarm Output (Red)
44444
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
M-iv
Type
3-Phase
Selection criteria
Model
K8AK-PH K8AK-PW K8AK-PA K8AK-PM K8DS-PH
Mounting
DIN Rail DIN Rail DIN Rail DIN Rail DIN Rail
Size
22.5W x 90H x
100D
22.5W x 90H x
100D
22.5W x 90H x
100D
22.5W x 90H x
100D
17.5W x 73H x
80D
Type
Phase-Sequence
Phase-Loss
Monitoring
Voltage
Monitoring
Asymmetry and
Phase-Sequence
Phase-Loss
Monitoring
Phase-Sequence
Phase-Loss
Monitoring
Phase-Sequence
Phase-Loss
Monitoring
Input
Range •
200-480 VAC
3-Phase
•
200-240 or
380-480 VAC
3-Phase, 3-Wire
•
115-138 or
220-277 VAC 3
Phase, 4-Wire
•
200-240 or
380-480 VAC
3-Phase, 3-Wire
•
115-138 or
220-277 VAC 3
Phase, 4-Wire
•
200-240 or
380-480 VAC
3-Phase, 3-Wire
•
115-138 or
220-277 VAC 3
Phase, 4-Wire
•
200-480 VAC
3-Phase, 3-Wire
Power Supply
200-480 VAC
3-Phase
200-240 or 380-
480 VAC 3-Phase,
3-Wire
200-240 or 380-
480 VAC 3-Phase,
3-Wire
200-240 or 380-
480 VAC 3-Phase,
3-Wire
200-480 VAC
3-Phase, 3-Wire
Power Supply
– 115-138 or 220-
227 VAC 3-Phase,
4-Wire
115-138 or 220-
227 VAC 3-Phase,
4-Wire
115-138 or 220-
227 VAC 3-Phase,
4-Wire
–
Relay SPDT
–
4444
Output
Relay 2x SPDT
–––––
Relay DPDT
4
––––
Reset mode: manual
–––––
Features
Reset Mode:
Automatic
44444
Operation Time (With
Timer)
–––––
Startup Lock
–––––
Power (Green)
44444
Indi-
cators
Relay Output (Yellow)
44444
Alarm Output (Red)
–
444
–
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Monitoring Relays
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com M-v
M
K8AK-LS
• Ideal for liquid level control for industrial facilities and equipment
• Floatless level control for liquid supply and drainage operations
• Self holding (ON or OFF) outputs can be easily selected to match
application
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROLS AND DETECTORS
Category
Liquid Level Controller
Leakage Detection
Model
K8AK-LS K7L-AT50
Function
Floatless level
control for liquid
supply and drainage
operations
Detects liquid spills
using a conductive
sensing band and
socket-mount
controller
Compatible
liquids
Distilled water, city
water, well water,
industrial water,
sea water, and
sewage with specific
impedance
Water, ammonia, and
Hydrogen Peroxide
Operating
resistance
10 to 100 kΩ 0 to 50 MΩ (variable)
Inputs
Conductive
electrodes: SUS304
or SUS316,
1 m long segments
Sensing band:
Polyethylene
standard; PTFE
fluororesin for high
temperature and
organic solvents, 10
m max. length
Supply
voltage
100-120 VAC,
21 VAC/VDC
12 to 24 VDC
Dimensions
90 H x 22.5 W x 100
D mm
85.5 H x 19.5 W x 84
D mm max. in socket
What function do you need?
22.5 mm wide
K8AK-LS
12.8 mm wide
K7L-AT50
Control liquid level Detect liquid leaks
Monitoring Products
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
M-vi
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com M-1
K8AK-VS and K8AK-VW
Voltage Monitoring Relays
Description Features
Setting Range* Input Voltage Output
Model
Single phase
Overvoltage or
Undervoltage
Relay
2 independent
current adjustment
knobs, Operating
time adjustment
knob, Startup lock
adjustment knob
0 to 10 V AC/DC
0 to 30 V AC/DC
15 to 150 V AC/DC
24 VAC/VDC "SPDT, 5 A @ 250
VAC (resistive
load)"
K8AK-VS2 24 VAC/DC
100 to 240 VAC K8AK-VS2 100-240 VAC
20 to 200 V AC/DC
30 to 300 V AC/DC
60 to 600 V AC/DC
24 VAC/VDC K8AK-VS3 24 VAC/DC
100 to 240 VAC K8AK-VS3 100-240 VAC
Overvoltage or Undervoltage
Monitoring Relays
featuring single or dual contacts
Designed to protect single-phase
applications from overvoltage and
undervoltage conditions.
• K8AK-VW features two independent SPDT
(5 A @ 240 VAC) contacts
• K8AK-VS features one SPDT (5 A @ 250
VAC) contact
• Input frequency of 40 to 500 Hz supported
• Can be configured for manual or
automatic reset
• Monitor output status via LED indicators
• Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm
Ordering Information
K8AK-VS Voltage Monitoring
*The range is selected using connected terminals.
Description Features
Setting Range* Input Voltage Output
Model
Single-phase
Overvoltage and
Undervoltage
Relay
2 independent
current adjustment
knobs, Operating
time adjustment
knob, Startup lock
adjustment knob, 2
independent SPDT
relays
0 to 10 V AC/DC
0 to 30 V AC/DC
15 to 150 V AC/DC
24 VAC/VDC "2 - SPDT, 5 A @
250 VAC (resistive
load)"
K8AK-VW2 24 VAC/DC
100 to 240 VAC K8AK-VW2 100-240 VAC
20 to 200 V AC/DC
30 to 300 V AC/DC
60 to 600 V AC/DC
24 VAC/VDC K8AK-VW3 24 VAC/DC
100 to 240 VAC K8AK-VW3 100-240 VAC
K8AK-VW Overvoltage and Undervoltage
R642
M
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
M-2
K8AK-AS Current Monitoring Relays
Ultra-Slim 22.5 mm Single Phase
Current Monitoring Relays
• Monitor for overcurrent or undercurrent in
industrial equipment
• Automatic and Manual resetting is
supported by one relay
• Startup lock time and operating time can
be set independently
• Output relay can be switched between
normally open and normally closed
contacts
• Monitor output status from LED indicator
Ordering Information
Setting Range Supply Voltage Model
2 to 20 mA AC/DC 24 VAC/VDC K8AK-AS1 24VAC/DC
10 to 100 mA AC/DC
50 to 500 mA AC/DC
100 to 240 VAC K8AK-AS1 100-240VAC
0.1 to 1 A AC/DC 24 VAC/VDC K8AK-AS2 24VAC/DC
0.5 to 5 A AC/DC
0.8 to 8 A AC/DC
100 to 240 VAC K8AK-AS2 100-240VAC
10 to 100 mA AC* 24 VAC/VDC K8AK-AS3 24VAC/DC
20 to 200 mA AC* 100 to 240 VAC K8AK-AS3 100-240VAC
*K8AK-AS3 is designed to be used in combination with OMRON K8AC-CT200L Current Transformer (CT). (Direct input is not
possible)
Specifications
• Operating time range: 0.1 to 30 s
• Startup lock time range: 0 to 30 s
• Output relay One SPDT (NO/NC switched
using DIP switch)
• Maximum switching current: 5 A
• Ambient Operating Temperature:
-4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C)
R634
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com M-3
K8AK-AW Current Monitoring Relays
Ultra-Slim 22.5 mm Single Phase
Overcurrent and Undercurrent
Monitoring Relays
K8AK-AW designed to protect single-
phase applications from overcurrent and
undercurrent conditions.
• Startup lock time and operating time can
be independently set
• Monitor output status via LED indicators
• Two independent SPDT (5 A @ 240 VAC)
contacts
• Can be configured for manual or
automatic reset
• Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm
Ordering Information
*K8AK-AW3 is designed to be used in combination with OMRON K8AC-CT200L Current Transformer (CT). (Direct input is not
possible)
Setting Range Supply Voltage Output Model
2 to 20 mA 24 VAC/VDC
2 – SPDT relay, 5 A @ 250 VAC
K8AK-AW1 24VAC/DC
10 to 100 mA
50 to 500 mA
100 to 240 VAC K8AK-AW1 100-240VAC
0.1 to 1 A AC/DC 24 VAC/VDC K8AK-AW2 24VAC/DC
0.5 to 5 A AC/DC 100 to 240 VAC K8AK-AW2 100-240VAC
10 to 100 mA AC* 24 VAC/VDC K8AK-AW3 24VAC/DC
20 to 200 mA AC* 100 to 240 VAC K8AK-AW3 100-240VAC
R635
M
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
M-4
K8AK-PA/PM/PW Phase Monitoring Relays
Ultra-Slim 3-Phase Voltage
Monitoring Relays
K8AK-P series can monitor a 3-phase (3-wire
or 4-wire) system on a global basis.
• Monitor 3-phase voltage asymmetry
(K8AK-PA)
• Monitor overvoltage, undervoltage, phase
sequences and phase loss (K8AK-PM)
• Monitor overvoltages and undervoltages
(K8AK-PW)
• K8AK-PA features one SPDT (5 A @ 250
VAC, resistive loads)
• K8AK-PM and –PW feature two
independent SPDT (5 A @ 250 VAC,
resistive loads) relays which allows for
separate outputs for overvoltage and
undervoltage detection
• Easy to configure global power
specifications which can be configured by
adjusting external DIP switches
• Output relay can be configured between
normally open and normally closed
contacts
• Monitor output status from LED indicators
mounted on front of K8AK-P units
Ordering Information
Description Features 3-Phase,
3-Wire
3-Phase, 4-Wire Output
Model
3-Phase asymmetry,
phase sequence, phase
loss
Asymmetry Rate and
Operation time settings,
Power Indicator, Relays
status indicator, Alarm
Indicator
200, 220, 230,
240 VAC
115, 0127, 133,
138 VAC
SPDT Relay (5
A @ 250 VAC)
K8AK-PA1
380, 400, 415,
480 VAC
220, 230, 240,
277 VAC
K8AK-PA2
3-Phase undervoltage,
overvoltage, phase
sequence, phase loss
Overvoltage , Undervoltage
and Operation Time
settings, Relay Indicator,
Alarm Indicator, Power
Indicator
200, 220, 230,
240 VAC
115, 0127, 133,
138 VAC
2 independent
SPDT Relays (5
A @ 250 VAC)
K8AK-PM1
380, 400, 415,
480 VAC
220, 230, 240,
277 VAC
K8AK-PM2
3-Phase undervoltage,
overvoltage
Overvoltage , Undervoltage
and Operation Time
settings, Relay Indicator,
Alarm Indicator, Power
Indicator
200, 220, 230,
240 VAC
115, 0127, 133,
138 VAC
2 independent
SPDT Relays (5
A @ 250 VAC)
K8AK-PW1
380, 400, 415,
480 VAC
220, 230, 240,
277 VAC
K8AK-PW2
R637
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com M-5
K8AK-PH and K8DS-PH
Phase Monitoring Relays
Ultra-Slim 3-Phase
Phase-sequence and Phase-loss
Relays
K8AK-PH and K8DS-PH are designed to
protect three-phase applications from
transient phase-sequence and phase-loss.
• Capable to distinguish between positive
phases, reversed phases, and phase loss
when unit is energized (K8DS-PH)
• Capable of detecting phase loss when
motor is in operating condition
• SPDT relay (5 A @ 240 VAC, resistive
loads)
• Output and relay status can be monitored
using LED indicators
• K8AK-PH slim 22.5 mm width
• K8DS-PH slim 17.5 mm width
Ordering Information
Description Features Rated Input Voltages
Relay Output Mounting Dimensions
Model
3-Phase phase
sequence, phase loss
Power Indicator,
Relay Indicator
200 to 480 VAC 5 A @ 250 VAC
(resistive load)
100 x 22.5 x 90 mm
K8AK-PH1
3-Phase phase
sequence, phase loss
Power Indicator,
Relay Indicator
200 to 480 VAC 5 A @ 250 VAC
(resistive load)
100 x 17.5 x 90 mm K8DS-PH1
R638
M
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
M-6
K8AK-TH Temperature Monitoring Relays
Space Saving, Ultra Slim 22.5 mm
Temperature Monitoring Relays
Prevent equipment against damage from
excessive temperature increases.
• Universal-input support for thermocouple
and RTD sensors
• Set Value Protection - prohibits changes
to set values of the temperature
monitoring relay
• Wide range of functions: alarm mode
(upper and lower limit), enable/disable
latch, selectable temperature setting:
degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius
• Simple rotary and DIP switch settings
• Alarm status identification with LED
indicator
Ordering Information
Description Features
Relay Output
Model
Temperature range 0 to 999°
C/F
Thermocouple/RTD inputs, 1°
C/F setting unit
SPDT 3 A @ 250 VAC (resistive
load)
K8AK-TH11S 100-240VAC
K8AK-TH11S 24VAC/DC
Temperature Range 0 to 1800°
C, 0 to 3200° F
Thermocouple/RTD inputs, 10°
C/F setting unit
K8AK-TH12S 100-240VAC
K8AK-TH12S 24VAC/DC
Specifications
• Temperature sensor inputs:
• K8AK-TH11S - Thermocouple Types K,
J, T, E; Platinum RTD Pt100
• K8AK-TH12S - Thermocouple Types K,
J, T, E, B, R, S, PLII
• Relay capacity: 3 A @ 250 VAC or 30 VDC
(resistive load)
• DIN track mounting
• Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm
R639
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com M-7
K8AK-LS Liquid Level Controller
Ultra-Slim 22.5 mm Liquid Level
Controller
Protect equipment against damage from
unforeseen spills and leaks.
• Reliable, floatless level control for
automatic water supply and drainage in
industrial facilities and equipment
• Adjustable sensitivity for conductive
liquids ranging from distilled water,
city water, well water, industrial water,
sea water and sewage with specific
resistance from 10 to 100 kΩ impedance
• Delay timer to prevent relay contact
chatter from waves
• Relay status identification with LED
indicator
Features Input Voltage Output Model
3-electrode system for water supply
or drainage control; order electrodes,
holders and sockets separately. Adjustable
operating resistance sensitivity.
24 VAC/VDC
SPDT 5 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC
K8AK-LS 24VAC/DC
100 to 240 VAC K8AK-LS 100-240VAC
Ordering Information-Floatless, Conductive Level Controller
Accessories-Electrode Rods
Application Model
Purified water service, industrial water, and sewage F03-60-SUS304
Purified water service, industrial water, sewage, and weak alkaline solutions F03-60-SUS316
Accessories-Electrode Holders, Covers, Separator
Application Model
For 3 pole electrode (For general-purpose use such as water supply lines and purified water)
PS-3S
For 4 pole electrode (For general-purpose use such as water supply lines and purified water) PS-4S
For 35 pole electrode (For general-purpose use such as water supply lines and purified water) PS-5S
Areas with limited space PS-31 SUS304 300 mm
Liquids with low resistance BF-1
When mounting accuracy is required BF-3/5
Resistance to high-temperature or high-pressure liquids BS-1
Resistance against corrosion BS-1T
Long distance installations from liquid PH-1/2
Protective Cover (Electrode Holders for PS series) F03-11
Mounting Piece (Electrode Holder for PS series) F03-12
One Pole Separator F03-14 1P
Three Pole Separator F03-14 3P
Five Pole Separator F03-14 5P
• Relay capacity: 5 A @ 250 VAC or 30 VDC
(resistive load)
• Timer setting: 0.1 to 10 s
• DIN track mounting
• Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm
R636
M
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
M-8
K7L-AT50 Liquid Leak Detector
Protect your Process Equipment
from Liquid Spills and Leaks
• Detects liquid leaks by monitoring the
resistance between conductive sensing
bands
• Four selectable sensing ranges for liquids
with impedance high as 50 MΩ
• Ideal for all grades of water, ammonia (NH3),
hydrogen peroxide (H202), hydrochloric acid
(HCl), phosphoric acid (H3PO4), fluorine (F)
and isopropyl alcohol (IPA)
• Track-mount sockets and plug-in
sensor amplifier simplify installation and
maintenance
Liquid Leakage Sensor
Sensing Bands
Description Specification and appearance Model
Sensing band, 1 m length Sheath: polyethylene; Core: 316 stainless
steel; 8 W x 1.7 H mm
F03-16PE-1M
Sensing band, 2 m length F03-16PE-2M
Sensing band, 5 m length F03-16PE-5M
Sensing band, 10 m length F03-16PE-10M
Sensing band, 25 m length F03-16PE-25M
Sensing band, 50 m length F03-16PE-50M
Adhesive backed sensing band mounting bracket;
30 per pack
Material: Polyethylene; 13 L x 32 W x 3 H mm F03-26PES
Screw mount sensing band bracket with two M3.5
dia. hole; 30 per pack
Material: Polyethylene; 13 L x 32 W x 3 H mm F03-26PEN
Terminal block; 10 per pack 17 H x 29.1 W x 25 D mm Connects Sensing
Band to Wiring Cable for sensor amplifier
F03-20
Socket with finger-protection 85.5 H x 16 W x 61 D mm Mounts sensor
amplifier to DIN rail
P2RF-08-E
Socket 71.5 H x 19.5 W x 54 D mm Mounts sensor
amplifier to DIN rail
P2RF-08
Description Input signal Output signal Dimensions (mm) Supply voltage Model
Liquid Leakage Sensor
Amplifier
0 to 50 MΩ
impedance
NPN open collector,
100 mA at 30 VDC
28.8 H x 12.8 W x
46 D
24 VDC K7L-AT50
X423
N-i
Electromechanical &
Solid State Relays
Contents
ELECTROMECHANICAL RELAYS
Selection Guide N-ii
Industrial Plug-in Relays
G2RV Ultra-slim industrial 6 A relay for
PLC expansion
N-1
G2R9-S Slim general purpose 10 A plug-
in relays
N-2
MY Multi-pole, long life general
purpose relay
N-3
LY Plug-in general purpose relay
with variable HP rating
N-4
MKS 10 A octal base general purpose
relay
N-5
MJN Flange mount plug-in general
purpose relay
N-6
DC Plug-in Relay
MKS-X Maximum switching 10 A @
220 VDC LED, two position test
button
N-7
Industrial High Power Relay
G7J Heavy duty 25 A relay for
switching for inductive load
N-8
G7Z Multi-pole 40 A relay with mirror
contact for safety purposes
N-9
MGN Heavy-duty power relay
switches 30 A loads
N-10
SOLID STATE RELAYS
Selection Guide N-viii
Panel Mounted
G3NE Low profile, switching 20 A solid
state relay
N-11
G3NA Hockey puck style solid state
relay for up to 90 A load,
660 VAC available
N-12
Built-in Heat Sink
G3PH High power 150 A solid state
relay, replaceable output
cartridge
N-13
G3PA High power 60 A solid state
relay for 1-3 phase load with
easy connection
N-14
G3PE 1-3 phase solid state relay,
without heat sink type available
(*3 phase type)
N-15
G3PF SSR with built-in CT and enable
to detect heater burnout, SSR
short-circuit
N-16
Socket Mounted
G3RV Ultra-slim industrial 3 A solid
state relay for PLC expansion
N-17
G3R-I/O High-isolation solid state relay,
Terminal comparable with
G2R9-S
N-18
PCB Mounted
G3MC Ultra-slim compact 1-2 A PCB
solid state relay
N-19
G3TB Color-coded PCB solid state
relay with LED indicator
N-20
N
G2RV
Slim outline
6mm width
G2R-1-S
Two position
test button
G2R-2-S LY1 LY2 MKS MY2 MKS
Two position
test button
10 A 5 A 15 A 10 A6 A 10 A 5 A 10 A10 A
LED
indicator
LED
indicator
Mech. flag
LED indicator
LY3 LY4 MY4
Two position
test button
MKS(X)
LED
indicator
Slim outline
6mm width
Operation
indicators
2-pole
DPDT
1-pole
SPDT
3-pole
3PDT
2-pole
DPDT
3-pole
3PDT
1-pole
SPDT
4-pole
4PDT
SPST-NO,
SPST-NO/
SPST-NC
DC
-switching
Interface/Power
25 A 30 A
G7J MJN G7Z
General purpose/Power
Plug-in industrial relay – switching capacity up to 15 A High power relays – up to 40 A
40 A
Mirror
contact
4-pole, 4PST-NO
3PST-NO/SPST-NC
DPST-NO/DPST-NC
10 A
Mech. flag
LED indicator
MGN
G2RV-SL500 – Reduce wiring time by using push-in technology
and cross bars
With the G2RV-SL500 series, only two steps are required to achieve a reliable connection
between wire and terminal. Just remove the isolation and push in the wire. Cross bars
make your life even easier, as they can be tailored by breaking pins away to meet your
configuration requirements.
• No tools required
• Fits stranded wires (with ferrules) 0.5 - 2.5 mm²
• Fits solid wires 0.5 - 4.0 mm²
NONBENDABLE!
Electromechanical Relays
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
N-ii
G2RV
Slim outline
6mm width
G2R-1-S
Two position
test button
G2R-2-S LY1 LY2 MKS MY2 MKS
Two position
test button
10 A 5 A 15 A 10 A6 A 10 A 5 A 10 A10 A
LED
indicator
LED
indicator
Mech. flag
LED indicator
LY3 LY4 MY4
Two position
test button
MKS(X)
LED
indicator
Slim outline
6mm width
Operation
indicators
2-pole
DPDT
1-pole
SPDT
3-pole
3PDT
2-pole
DPDT
3-pole
3PDT
1-pole
SPDT
4-pole
4PDT
SPST-NO,
SPST-NO/
SPST-NC
DC
-switching
Interface/Power
25 A 30 A
G7J MJN G7Z
General purpose/Power
Plug-in industrial relay – switching capacity up to 15 A High power relays – up to 40 A
40 A
Mirror
contact
4-pole, 4PST-NO
3PST-NO/SPST-NC
DPST-NO/DPST-NC
10 A
Mech. flag
LED indicator
MGN
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-iii
N
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Category Interface/Power General purpose/Power
Selection criteria
Family
G2RV G2R9-S MY
1-pole
4 4
––––
2-pole
– –
4 4
– –
3-pole
––––––
4-pole
––––
4 4
Contact
configuration
SPDT SPDT DPDT DPDT 4PDT 4PDT
bifurcated
Max. switching
current
6 A 10 A 5 A 10 A 5 A 5 A
Min. switching
current
1 mA at
100 VDC
100 mA at 5
VDC
10 mA at 5
VDC
1 mA at 5 VDC 1 mA at 1 VDC 0.1 mA at
1 VDC
Gold clad/plate
8
–
8
–
4 4
Width max.
(Relay only)
6.2 mm 13.0 mm 13.0 mm 21.5 mm 21.5 mm 21.5 mm
Features
LED indication
488888
Mechanical flag
444444
Push-to-test
button
––––––
Two position test
button
–
88888
Label
888 888
Diode (DC coil)
488888
Varistor (AC coil)
––––––
RC circuit
(AC coil)
4
– –
888
Socket mounting
888888
Flange mounting
–
88888
PCB mounting
–
88888
Wiring to
socket
Screw
888888
Rise-up clamp
888888
Screw-less clamp
888888
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
N-iv
Category General purpose/Power
Selection criteria
Family
LY MKS MKS(X)
1-pole
4
– – – – – –
4
–
2-pole
–
4 4
– –
4
– –
4
3-pole
– – –
4
– –
4
– –
4-pole
– – – –
4
– – – –
Contact
configuration
SPDT DPDT DPDT
bifurcated
3PDT 4PDT DPDT 3PDT SPST-NO
SPST-NO/
SPST-NC
Max. switching
current
15 A 10 A 7 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A, 220
VDC; 15 A,
250 VAC
5 A, 220
VDC; 15 A,
250 VAC
Min. switching
current
100 mA
at 5 VDC
100 mA
at 5 VDC
10 mA at
5 VDC
100 mA
at 5 VDC
100 mA
at 5 VDC
10 mA at
1 VDC
10 mA at
1 VDC
10 mA at
24 VDC
10 mA at
24 VDC
Gold clad/plate
– –
4
– – – – – –
Width max.
(Relay only)
21.5 mm 21.5 mm 21.5 mm 31.5 mm 41.5 mm 34.5 mm 34.5 mm 34.5 mm 34.5 mm
Features
LED indication
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Mechanical flag
– – – – –
4 4
– –
Push-to-test
button
8 8 8 8 8
– – – –
Two position test
button
– – – – –
8 8 8 8
Label
– – – – –
8 8
– –
Diode (DC coil)
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Varistor (AC coil)
– – – – –
8 8
– –
RC circuit
(AC coil)
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Optional
for socket
Optional
for socket
Socket mounting
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Flange mounting
8 8 8 8 8
– – – –
PCB mounting
8 8 8 8 8
– – – –
Wiring to
socket
Screw
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Rise-up clamp
– – – – –
8 8
– –
Screw-less clamp
– – – – – – – – –
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Electromechanical Relays
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-v
N
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Category High power General purpose/Power High power
Selection criteria
Family
G7J G7Z MJN MGN
1-pole
––––––
4
– –
4
– –
2-pole
–––––––
4
– –
4 4
3-pole
––––––––
4
–––
4-pole
444444SPDT
DPST
DPDT
3PDT
SPST
DPST
DPDT
Contact
configuration
4PST-
NO
3PST-
NO/
SPST-
NC
DPST-
NO/
DPST-
NC
4PST-
NO
3PST-
NO/
SPST-
NC
DPST-
NO/
DPST-
NC
10 A 30 A 10 A 30 A 30 A 30 A
Max. switching
current
25 A 25 A 25 A 40 A 40 A 40 A
38.7
mm
38.7
mm
38.7
mm
63.5
mm
63.5
mm
84.3
mm
Min. permissible
load
100
mA
at
24
VDC
100
mA
at
24
VDC
100
mA
at
24
VDC
2 A
at 24
VDC
2 A
at 24
VDC
2 A
at 24
VDC
888
–––
Auxiliary contact
block
Mirror contact
–––
444
––––––
Momentary test
button
––––––
888
–––
Relay
terminal
Screw
888444888444
Quick-connect
888
–––
888
–––
PCB terminals
888
–––––––––
Mounting
Screw
–––
444
–––
444
DIN rail
–––
444888
–––
Bracket (screw)
888
–––––––––
Flange (screw)
––––––
888
–––
Electromechanical Relays
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
N-vi
Relay Type
DIN rail mount socket
Back connecting socket
Quick Connect/Solder Terminal
PCB Terminal
Socket Hold down clip Socket Hold down clip Socket Hold down clip
G2R-1-S
P2RF-05
P2RF-05-E
P2RF-05-S
–
–
P2CM-S
P2R-05A
–
P2R-057P
P2R-05P
–
–
G2R-2-S
P2RF-08
P2RF-08-E
P2RF-08-S
–
–
P2CM-S
P2R-08A
–
P2R-057P
P2R-08P
–
–
LY1, LY2
PTF08A
PTF08A-E
PYC-A1 *3
PYC-A1 *3
PT08 PYC-P *4
PT08-0 PYC-P *4
LY3
PTF11A PYC-A1 *3 PT11 PYC-P *4
PT11-0 PYC-P *4
LY4
PTF14A
PTF14A-E
PYC-A1 *3
PYC-A1 *3
PT14 PYC-P *4
PT14-0 PYC-P *4
MJN without mounting flange
PTF11PC PYMJN-S PTF11QDC PYMJN-PCB
PTFPCB PYMJN-PCB
MKK
PF113A PFC-A1 PL11 PLC
PLE11-0 PLC-10
MKS2P
PF083A
PF083A-E
PF083A-D
PFC-A1
PFC-A1
–
––––
MKS3P
PF113A
PF113A-E
PF113A-D
PFC-A1
PFC-A1
–
––––
MKS(X)
P7MF-06
P7MF-06-D
PYC-A2
PYC-A2
– –
P7M-06P PYC-A2
MY2(S) without Latching lever
PYF08A-E
PYF08A-N
PYF08S
PYC-A1
PYC-A1
PYCM-08S
PY08
PY08-Y1
PY08-02 PYC-P or
PYC-P2
MY2(S) with Latching lever
PYF08A-E
PYF08A-N
PYF08S
PYC-E1
PYC-E1
PYCM-08S
PY08 PYC-P2
PY08-02 PYC-P2
MY4(S)
PYF14A-E
PYF14A-N
PYF14S
PYC-A1
PYC-A1
PYCM-14S
PY14
PY14-Y1
PYC-P or
PYC-P2
-
PY14-02 PYC-P or
PYC-P2
MY2K
PYF14A-E PYC-A1 PY14 PYC-P
PY14-02 PYC-P
MY4(Z)H
PYF14A-E PYC-A1
––––
MJN
PTF11PC
PTF21PC
PYMJN-S PTF11QDC PYMNB-PCB
PTFPCB PYMNB-PCB
1. -E and -N models are finger-protect construction. Round terminals cannot be used. Use Y-shaped terminals.
2. -S or S types are screwless terminal styles.
3. RC circuit type need to use Y92H-3 hold down clips.
4. Push button type need to use PYC-P2, RC circuit need to use PYC-1 hold down clips.
Note:
Relay Type
Mounting
Adaptor Front connecting socket
Bracket Track Mount/Panel Mount Track Mount/Panel Mount
G7J-(All)
R99-04-FOR-G5F
– –
Sockets & Accessories
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-vii
N
G39 series – Reliable interfacing and power switching
Omron offers Solid State Relays (SSRs) in a wide variety of output currents and voltages to
handle frequently cycling loads. Control-panel mount types with built-in heat-sink (G3PE)
and without (G3NA) are ideal for power switching. Compact SSRs for I/O Interfacing
include ultra-slim G3RV and G3R.
• Industrial 6 mm ‘slim’ SSR which is G2RV compatible (G3RV)
• G2RS compatible high-speed interface solutions (G3R-I/O)
• G3NA with 5-90 A output current, G3PE up to 45 A
• Output voltages up to 660 VAC / 200 VDC available on G3NA
• Effectively absorbing of external surge thanks to the built-in varistor/surge pass circuit
VARIOUS KINDS OF SOLID STATE RELAYS
Socket
mounted I/O
6 mm slim
Hockey
puck style
Integrated heat sink/
replaceable output
Integrated
heat sink
Integrated
heat sink
Socket
mounted I/O
Type of application
Power switching (up to 150 A)Interfacing
PCB
Up to 3 A Up to 20 A
Hockey
puck style
Up to 45 AUp to 45 A Up to 30 A
Up to 150 AUp to 60 A
Up to 45 A
0.4” width
0.2” width
Up to 2 A
100 mA In/
2 A Out
25 mA In/
3 A Out
G3PH
Up to 90 A
G3PAG3NAG3NEG3R-I/OG3RV
G3TBG3MCG3PEG3PE-HG3PFG3PE
Integrated heat sink/
Failure detection
Three-phase
Single-phase
Solid State Relays
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
N-viii
Socket
mounted I/O
6 mm slim
Hockey
puck style
Integrated heat sink/
replaceable output
Integrated
heat sink
Integrated
heat sink
Socket
mounted I/O
Type of application
Power switching (up to 150 A)Interfacing
PCB
Up to 3 A Up to 20 A
Hockey
puck style
Up to 45 AUp to 45 A Up to 30 A
Up to 150 AUp to 60 A
Up to 45 A
0.4” width
0.2” width
Up to 2 A
100 mA In/
2 A Out
25 mA In/
3 A Out
G3PH
Up to 90 A
G3PAG3NAG3NEG3R-I/OG3RV
G3TBG3MCG3PEG3PE-HG3PFG3PE
Integrated heat sink/
Failure detection
Three-phase
Single-phase
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-ix
N
Category Socket mounted Panel mounted
Model
G3RV G3R-I/O G3NE
Input Module Output Module
Application
Signal Switching
448
–
Heater Control
8
–
8 4
Motor Control
8
–
8 4
Load Voltage/
current Rating
A
Max. current rating
2 A (AC)
3 A (DC) 100 mA (DC) 2 A (AC, DC) 20 A (AC)
VAC
200 V Range
75 to 264 V
–
75 to 264 V 75 to 264 V
400 V Range
––––
600 V Range
––––
VDC
DC Output Range
3 to 26.4 4 to 32 V 4 to 60 V
40 to 200 V
–
Input
Voltage
DC
4444
AC
4 4
– –
Features
Built-in Heat Sink
––––
Zero-cross Circuit
8
–
8 8
Built-in Varistor
–––
4
LED Indicator
444
–
Protective Cover
––––
Mounting
DIN-Rail
4
– –
8
Panel
–––
4
Socket (DIN, Panel)
4444
PCB
N/A N/A N/A 4
Safety Standards
UL Recognized
4444
UL Listed
4
–––
CSA
4444
CE
4444
TÜV
4444
VDE
––––
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
N-x
Category Panel mounted
Model
G3NA G3PA G3PH G3PE
1-phase 3-phase
Application
Signal Switching
–––––
Heater Control
44444
Motor Control
4 8
–––
Load Voltage/
current Rating
A
Max. current rating
90 A (AC)
10 A (DC) 60 A (AC) 150 A (AC) 45 A (AC) 45 A (AC)
VAC
200 V Range
19 to 264 V 19 to 264 V 75 to 264 V 75 to 264 V 75 to 264 V
400 V Range
180 to 528 V 150 to 440 V
180 to 528 V 180 to 528 V 180 to 528 V 180 to 528 V
600 V Range
360 to 660 V
––––
VDC
DC Output Range
4 to 220 V
––––
Input
Voltage
DC
–
4444
AC
48
by using G32A-B
8
by using G32A-B
8
by using G32A-B
8
by using G32A-B
Features
Built-in Heat Sink
–
4444
Zero-cross Circuit
48884
Built-in Varistor
44444
LED Indicator
44444
Protective Cover
44444
Replaceable Power
Cartridge
–
4 4
– –
Mounting
DIN-Rail
8 4
–
4 8
Panel
44444
Socket (DIN, Panel)
–––––
PCB
–––––
Safety Standards
UL Recognized
44cULus 4 4
UL Listed
–––––
CSA
44cULus 4 4
CE
44444
TÜV
4
–
444
VDE
–
4
–––
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Solid State Relays
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-xi
N
Category Panel mounted PCB mounted
Model
G3PF G3MC G3TB
Input Module Output Module
Application
Signal Switching
–
848
Heater Control
4 8
–
8
Motor Control
–
8
–
8
Load Voltage/
current Rating
A
Max. current rating
35 A (AC) 2 A (AC) 25 mA 3 A (AC)
VAC
200 V Range
75 to 264 V 75 to 132 V
75 to 264 V
–
75 to 264 V
400 V Range
180 to 528 V
–––
600 V Range
––––
VDC
DC Output Range
– –
4 to 32 V 4 to 60 V
40 to 200 V
Input
Voltage
DC
4444
AC
8
by using G32A-B
–
4
–
Features
Built-in Heat Sink
4
–––
Zero-cross Circuit
4488
Non-Zero-cross Circuit
–
488
Built-in Varistor
4
–––
LED Indicator
4
–
4 8
Protective Cover
4
–––
Alarm Output
4
–––
Built-in Failure Detection
4
–––
SSR Open Circuits
Detection
4
–––
SSR Short Circuit
Detections
4
–––
Mounting
DIN-Rail
4
–––
Panel
4
–––
Socket (DIN, Panel)
––––
PCB
–
444
Safety Standards
UL Recognized
8444
UL Listed
––––
CSA
4444
CE
4
–––
TÜV
4
–––
VDE
–
4
– –
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
N-xii
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-1
G2RV Industrial Plug-in Relay
General Purpose Plug-in Ultra Slim
Relay Switching 6 A @ 250 VAC
The G2RV is an ultra-slim 6 mm wide DIN mount
relay-socket unit with maintenance friendly
features.
• Mechanical indicator and socket LED provide
quick verification relay is functioning
• Large terminal-receptacle area: 20 to 14 AWG
• Electrical Life of 100K Cycles lasting
performance
• Interface and cable accessories allow PLC
control of G2RV Relays
• Cross (Buss) bars provide a quick and easy
way to connect multiple G2RV Relays together
• RoHS Compliant; Relay-Socket models cULus
Listed; VDE, CE, and cULus approved
• For PLC input control use gold plated contact
versions with suffix "-AP"
R226
Rated resistive load Contact form Socket
terminals
LED indicator
on socket
Coil voltage Model
6 A @ 250 VAC SPDT Push-in Yes 110 VAC G2RV-SL500 AC110
24 VDC G2RV-SL500 DC24(DC21)
6 A @ 250 VAC SPDT Screw Yes
24 VAC/24 VDC G2RV-SL700 AC/DC24
110 VAC G2RV-SL700 AC110
230 VAC G2RV-SL700 AC230
12 VDC G2RV-SL700 DC12(DC11)
24 VDC G2RV-SL700 DC24(DC21)
Note: Model number contains relay and socket.
:
Ordering Information
N
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
N-2
G2R9-S Industrial Plug-in Relay
Slim and Space-saving
Plug-in Relay
The G2R9-S is a maintenance-friendly 5 A -
10 A 1/2 inch wide general purpose relay.
• Mechanical indicator comes standard
allowing user to verify contact operation
• Space saving 16 mm wide DIN mount
socket
• Finger safe G2R9-S socket
• Energy efficient DC coil (530 mW
consumption)
• RoHS Compliant; UL, CSA, CE, and VDE
Approved
Rated resistive
load
Contact form Terminal type LED indicator Diode Two position
test button
Coil voltage Model
10 A @ 250 VAC SPDT Plug-in No No No 120 VAC G2R-1-S
AC120 (S)
10 A @ 250 VAC SPDT Plug-in No No No 24 VDC G2R-1-S
DC24 (S)
10 A @ 250 VAC SPDT Plug-in Yes No No 120 VAC G2R-1-SN
AC120 (S)
10 A @ 250 VAC SPDT Plug-in Yes Yes No 24 VDC G2R-1-SND
DC24 (S)
10 A @ 250 VAC SPDT Plug-in Yes Yes Yes 24 VDC G2R-1-SNDI
DC24 (S)
5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Plug-in No No No 24 VDC G2R-2-S
DC24 (S)
5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Plug-in Yes No No 120 VAC G2R-2-SN
AC120 (S)
5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Plug-in Yes Yes No 24 VDC G2R-2-SND
DC24 (S)
5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Plug-in Yes Yes Yes 24 VDC G2R-2-SNDI
DC24 (S)
5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Plug-in Yes No Yes 120 VAC G2R-2-SNI
AC120 (S)
Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii.
R225
Ordering Information
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-3
MY Industrial Plug-in Relay
Miniature General Purpose Relay
The MY is a multi-pole long life general
purpose relay ideal for various applications.
• DPDT models: 500K electrical life cycles;
4PDT models: 200K (100K bifurcated) at
Rated Load
• MY2K Latching relays: Great option for
reduced energy consumption
• MY4Z bifurcated models can switch
loads under 1 mA at 1 VDC; great for PLC
Control
• RoHS Compliant; UL, CSA, CE, VDE, SEV,
IMQ and Lloyd Approved
Ordering Information
R223
R223
Factory rated
resistive load
Contact
form
Terminal
type
Bifurcated
model
Two position
test button
LED
indicator
Diode Coil voltage Model
3 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Plug-in No No No No 120 VAC MY2K-US AC120*
*This model is a latching relay.
R238
MYK
MY
Factory rated
resistive load
Contact
Form
Mount-
ing Style
Bifurcat-
ed model
LED
indicator
LED indica-
tor/Lockable
test button
Diode Coil voltage Model
5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No Yes No No 24 VDC MY2N DC24(S)
5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No Yes No No 24 VAC MY2N AC24(S)
5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No Yes No No 110/120 VAC MY2N AC110/120(S)
5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No Yes No No 220/240 VAC MY2N AC220/240(S)
5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No No Yes Yes 24 VDC MY2N-D2 DC24(S)
5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No No Yes No 12 VDC MY2IN DC12(S)
5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No No Yes No 24 VDC MY2IN DC24(S)
5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No No Yes No 24 VAC MY2IN AC24(S)
5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No No Yes No 110/120 VAC MY2IN AC110/120(S)
5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No No Yes No 110/120 VAC MY2IN AC220/240(S)
3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket No Yes No No 24 VAC MY4N AC24(S)
3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket No Yes No No 110/120 VAC MY4N AC110/120(S)
3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket No No Yes No 12 VDC MY4N DC12(S)
3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket No No Yes No 24 VAC MY4IN AC24(S)
3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket No No Yes No 24 VDC MY4IN DC24(S)
3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket No No Yes No 110/120 VAC MY4IN AC110/120(S)
3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket No No Yes No 110/120 VAC MY4IN AC220/240(S)
3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket No Yes No No 24 VDC MY4N-D2 DC24(S)
3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket Yes Yes Yes No 24 VDC MY4ZIN DC24(S)
3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket Yes Yes No No 110/120 VAC MY4ZN AC110/120(S)
3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT PCB No No No No 12 VDC MY4-02 DC12
Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii.
N
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
N-4
LY Industrial Plug-in Relay
Long Life General Purpose Relay
with HP Rating Ideal for HVAC and
Appliance Market
The LY is a reliable multi-pole general
purpose relay with Plug-in, Quick Connect
and PCB Terminals.
• 500K electrical life DPDT models; 200K
for SPDT, 3PDT, and 4PDT models at
rated load
• HP rating ideal for Appliances and
HVAC Systems
• RoHS Compliant; CE, UL, CSA, SEV, VDE
and TÜV Approved
R224
Ordering Information
Rated resistive Contact
form
Mount-
ing Style
UL horsepower LED indicator Diode Coil voltage Model
15 A @ 110 VAC SPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 12 VDC LY1 DC12
15 A @ 110 VAC SPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 24 VDC LY1 DC24
15 A @ 110 VAC SPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 24 VAC LY1 AC24
15 A @ 110 VAC SPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 110/120 VAC LY1 AC110/120
15 A @ 110 VAC SPDT Flange 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 24 VDC LY1F DC24
10 A @ 110 VAC DPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 12 VDC LY2 DC12
10 A @ 110 VAC DPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 24 VDC LY2 DC24
10 A @ 110 VAC DPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 24 VAC LY2 AC24
10 A @ 110 VAC DPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 110/120 VAC LY2 AC110/120
10 A @ 110 VAC DPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC Yes Yes 110/120 VAC LY2N AC110/120
10 A @ 110 VAC DPDT PCB 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 12 VDC LY2-0 DC12
10 A @ 110 VAC DPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 110/120 VAC LY2-0 AC110/120
10 A @ 110 VAC 3PDT Socket 0.5 HP @ 240 VAC No No 12 VDC LY3 DC12
10 A @ 110 VAC 3PDT Socket 0.5 HP @ 240 VAC No No 24 VDC LY3 DC24
10 A @ 110 VAC 3PDT Socket 0.5 HP @ 240 VAC No No 24 VAC LY3 AC24
10 A @ 110 VAC 3PDT Socket 0.5 HP @ 240 VAC No No 110/120 VAC LY3 AC110/120
10 A @ 110 VAC 4PDT Socket 0.5 HP @ 240 VAC No No 12 VDC LY4 DC12
10 A @ 110 VAC 4PDT Socket 0.5 HP @ 240 VAC No No 24 VDC LY4 DC24
10 A @ 110 VAC 4PDT Socket 0.5 HP @ 240 VAC No No 24 VAC LY4 AC24
10 A @ 110 VAC 4PDT Socket 0.5 HP @ 240 VAC No No 110/120 VAC LY4 AC110/120
Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii.
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-5
• Various internal connection for MRO
purpose: Standard type (-5), non-Standard
type (-2 or blank)
MKS Industrial Plug-in Relay
General Purpose Relay with Octal
Base, Latching Test Button
Two- and three-pole socket mount relays with
UL Rated 10 A resistive Load @ 250 VAC/
30 VDC, and 100K cycles.
• Mechanical indicator comes standard,
allowing user to verify contact operation
• Manual and latched position testing
possible when using MKS Test
Button Models
• LED indicator models come with white
name plate ideal for marking key notes
• RoHS Compliant; cULus Recognized; CE,
and TÜV Approved
R235
Ordering Information
Rated resistive Load
(NO Contact)
Contact
Form
Mounting
Style
Mechani-
cal indi-
cator
Mechani-
cal indica-
tor/LED
indicator
Mechanical
indicator/LED
indicator/Push-
to-test button
Coil
voltage
Model
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket Yes No No 12 VDC MKS2P DC12
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket Yes No No 24 VDC MKS2P DC24
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket Yes No No 24 VAC MKS2P AC24
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket Yes No No 120 VAC MKS2P AC120
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket No Yes No 12 VDC MKS2PN DC12
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket No Yes No 24 VDC MKS2PN DC24
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket No Yes No 24 VAC MKS2PN AC24
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket No Yes No 120 VAC MKS2PN AC120
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket No No Yes 12 VDC MKS2PIN DC12
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket No No Yes 24 VDC MKS2PIN DC24
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket No No Yes 24 VAC MKS2PIN AC24
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket No No Yes 120 VAC MKS2PIN AC120
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket Yes No No 12 VDC MKS3P-5 DC12
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket Yes No No 24 VDC MKS3P-5 DC24
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket Yes No No 24 VAC MKS3P-5 AC24
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket Yes No No 120 VAC MKS3P-5 AC120
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket No Yes No 12 VDC MKS3PI-5 DC12
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket No Yes No 24 VDC MKS3PI-5 DC24
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket No Yes No 24 VAC MKS3PI-5 AC24
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket No Yes No 120 VAC MKS3PI-5 AC120
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket No No Yes 12 VDC MKS3PIN-5 DC12
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket No No Yes 24 VDC MKS3PIN-5 DC24
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket No No Yes 24 VAC MKS3PIN-5 AC24
10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket No No Yes 120 VAC MKS3PIN-5 AC120
Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii.
N
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
N-6
Multi-Pole 10-30 A General Purpose
Relay with 600 VAC Maximum
Switching Voltage
The MJN is an SPDT, DPDT, and 3PDT general
purpose relay ideal for motor applications.
• UL and CSA Recognized as motor
controllers up to 600 VAC
• 10 A models have UL 1/3 HP @ 120 VAC
• Rugged power divider offers 3/16” clearance
and 3/8” creepage
• MJN models have max. 15 A @ 600 VAC load
rating
• MJN capable of switching 277 VAC loads
• 10 A DPDT latching models available;
a good option for reducing power
consumption.
R232
Ordering Information
MJN Industrial Plug-in Relay
Rated resistive Load (NO
Contact)
Contact
Form
Mounting
Style
Latching
Model
LED indi-
cator
Test Button Coil Voltage Model
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC SPDT Socket No No No 12 VDC MJN1C DC12
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC SPDT Socket No No No 24 VDC MJN1C DC24
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC SPDT Socket No No No 24 VAC MJN1C AC24
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC SPDT Socket No No No 120 VAC MJN1C AC120
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC SPDT Flange No No No 12 VDC MJN1CF DC12
30 A @ 28 VDC SPDT Flange No No No 120 VAC MJN1Z-E-RP AC120
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC DPDT Socket No No No 12 VDC MJN2C DC12
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC DPDT Socket No No No 24 VDC MJN2C DC24
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC DPDT Socket No No No 24 VAC MJN2C AC24
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC DPDT Socket No No No 120 VAC MJN2C AC120
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC DPDT Socket No No No 110 VDC MJN2C DC110
20 A @ 277 VAC/28 VDC DPDT Flange No No No 120 VAC MJN2C-E AC120
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC DPDT Flange No No No 24 VAC MJN2CF AC24
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC DPDT Flange Yes No No 120 VAC MJN2CK AC120
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC 3PDT Socket No No No 12 VDC MJN3C DC12
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC 3PDT Socket No No No 24 VDC MJN3C DC24
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC 3PDT Socket No No No 24 VAC MJN3C AC24
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC 3PDT Socket No No No 120 VAC MJN3C AC120
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC 3PDT Socket No Yes Yes 120 VAC MJN3C-IN AC120
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC 3PDT Socket No Yes No 24 VDC MJN3C-N DC24
10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC 3PDT Socket No Yes No 110 VDC MJN3C-N DC110
Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii.
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-7
Plug-in Relay with High Switching
Capacity (10 A@ 220 VDC)
• MKS-X Socket Mount Relays are at least
4 mm shorter versus main competitors
• Manual and latched position testing
possible when using MKS-X Test Button
Models
• Wide range of coil voltages available
• RoHS Compliant; cULus Recognized; CE,
and TÜV Approved
R234
Rated resistive load
(NO Contact)
Contact form Terminal
type
Two position
test button
LED
indicator
Coil voltage Model
15 A @ 250 VAC SPST-NO Plug-In Yes Yes 120 VAC MKS1TIN-10 AC120
10 A @ 220 VDC SPST-NO Plug-In No No 240 VAC MKS1XT-10 AC240
10 A @ 220 VDC SPST-NO Plug-In No No 24 VDC MKS1XT-10 DC24
10 A @ 220 VDC SPST-NO Plug-In Yes No 120 VAC MKS1XTI-10 AC120
10 A @ 220 VDC SPST-NO Plug-In Yes No 24 VDC MKS1XTI-10 DC24
10 A @ 220 VDC SPST-NO Plug-In Yes Yes 24 VDC MKS1XTIN-10 DC24
10 A @ 220 VDC SPST-NO Plug-In No Yes 24 VDC MKS1XTN-10 AC24
5 A @ 220 VDC SPST-NO + SPST-
NC Plug-In No No 24 VDC MKS2XT-11 DC24
5 A @ 220 VDC SPST-NO + SPST-
NC Plug-In Yes Yes 120 VAC MKS2XTIN-11 AC120
Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii.
Ordering Information
MKS-X DC Plug-in Relay
N
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
N-8
G7J Industrial High Power Relay
Multi-Pole Relay for
Heavy Duty Load
The G7J is a multi-pole relay ideal for
switching motors, compressors, and pump
controls.
• UL 3 HP @ 277 VAC (NO contact)
• UL 3-phase rating of 5 HP @ 277 VAC
• UL general use rating of 25 A @ 240 VAC
• UL 1.5 kW @ 120 VAC Tungsten Rating
(NO contact)
• RoHS Compliant; UL, CSA, CE and VDE
Approved
R233
Rated resistive load
(NO Contact)
Contact form Terminal type Coil voltage Model
25 A @ 220 VAC DPST-NO, DPST-NC Screw 200/240 VAC G7J-2A2B-B-W1 AC200/240
25 A @ 220 VAC DPST-NO, DPST-NC Screw 24 VDC G7J-2A2B-B-W1 DC24
25 A @ 220 VAC DPST-NO, DPST-NC Quick-Connect 100/120 VAC G7J-2A2B-T-W1 AC100/120
25 A @ 220 VAC 3PST-NO, SPST-NC Screw 24 VDC G7J-3A1B-BZ DC24
25 A @ 220 VAC 3PST-NO, SPST-NC Screw 100/120 VAC G7J-3A1B-W1 AC100/120
25 A @ 220 VAC 4PST-NO Screw 100/120 VAC G7J-4A-B-W1 AC100/120
25 A @ 220 VAC 4PST-NO Screw 200/240 VAC G7J-4A-B-W1 AC200/240
25 A @ 220 VAC 4PST-NO Screw 24 VDC G7J-4A-B-W1 DC24
Ordering Information
Note: For Metal mounting Bracket, add "-W1" to the Part Number before the Coil voltage suffix.
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-9
G7Z Industrial High Power Relay
Multi-Pole High Power Relay
The G7Z can switch Contactor Range (40 A
@ 440 VAC) and contribute to space saving.
• 40% less volume versus typical IEC 50 A
contactor–great for limited space panels
• 3.7 W approximate power consumption
about 50% lower than typical IEC 50 A
contactor
• 4PST-NO models can carry up to 160 A by
wiring all 4 NO Contacts in parallel
• Ideal applications are: solar energy
systems, robotic equipment, and grinding
machines
• Auxiliary contacts can switch loads under
10 mA @ 5 VDC = controllable by PLC
• RoHS Compliant; CE, cULus, TÜV and
CCC Approved
R228
Rated resistive load
(NO Contact)
AC inductive load
rating (NO Contact)
Contact form Auxiliary
Contact
Coil voltage Model
40 A @ 440 VAC 22 A @ 440 VAC DPST-NO, DPST-NC - 24 VDC G7Z-2A2B DC24
40 A @ 440 VAC 22 A @ 440 VAC DPST-NO, DPST-NC DPST-NC 24 VDC G7Z-2A2B-02Z DC24
40 A @ 440 VAC 22 A @ 440 VAC DPST-NO, DPST-NC SPST-NO/
SPST-NC 24 VDC G7Z-2A2B-11Z DC24
40 A @ 440 VAC 22 A @ 440 VAC 3PST-NO, SPST-NC SPST-NO/
SPST-NC 24 VDC G7Z-3A1B-11Z DC24
40 A @ 440 VAC 22 A @ 440 VAC 4PST-NO DPST-NC 24 VDC G7Z-4A-02Z DC24
40 A @ 440 VAC 22 A @ 440 VAC 4PST-NO SPST-NO/
SPST-NC 24 VDC G7Z-4A-11Z DC24
40 A @ 440 VAC 22 A @ 440 VAC 4PST-NO DPST-NO 24 VDC G7Z-4A-20Z DC24
Ordering Information
N
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
N-10
MGN Industrial High Power Relay
Heavy-Duty General Purpose
Relay with Class F Coil Insulation
The MGN is a rugged general purpose relay
with high maximum operating temperature–
great for heavy duty HVAC and Motor Loads.
• UL rating of 30 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC and
20 A @ 600 VAC
• UL Ballast rating of 3.6 kW @ 120 VAC
• -45°C to +115°C DC coil operating
temperature
• Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) of
5 kA @ 600 VAC
• Magnetic blow-out models switch up to
20 A @ 125 VDC (resistive)
• cULus Listed
R229
Rated resistive load Contact
form
Terminal
type
Size in inches
(L x W x H)
UL horsepower
rating
Coil voltage Model
30 A @ 240 VAC SPDT Screw 2.5 x 2.5 x 2.2 1.5 HP @ 120 VAC 24 VAC MGN1C-AC24
30 A @ 240 VAC SPDT Screw 2.5 x 2.5 x 2.2 1.5 HP @ 120 VAC 120 VAC MGN1C-AC120
30 A @ 240 VAC DPST-NO Screw 2.5 x 2.5 x 2.2 1.5 HP @ 120 VAC 120 VAC MGN2A-AC120
30 A @ 240 VAC DPST-NO Screw 2.5 x 2.5 x 2.2 1.5 HP @ 120 VAC 24 VDC MGN2A-DC24
30 A @ 240 VAC DPDT Screw 3.4 x 2.5 x 2.4 1.5 HP @ 120 VAC 120 VAC MGN2C-AC120
30 A @ 240 VAC DPDT Screw 3.4 x 2.5 x 2.4 1.5 HP @ 120 VAC 12 VDC MGN2C-DC12
30 A @ 240 VAC DPDT Screw 3.4 x 2.5 x 2.4 1.5 HP @ 120 VAC 24 VDC MGN2C-DC24
20 A @ 125 VAC DPDT Screw 3.4 x 2.5 x 2.4 1.5 HP @ 120 VAC 24 VDC MGN2CM-DC24
Ordering Information
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-11
G3NE Solid State Relays
Compact 5-20 A Panel Mount Solid
State Relay
The G3NE is a space-saving solid state relay
which can switch 5 A, 10 A, or 20 A load @
100-240 VAC.
• G3NE Relays have 65% less volume
versus standard "hockey puck" SSRs
• Fast wiring possible using quick-connect
input and output terminals
• Different size quick connect terminals
prevent miss wiring: Input terminals
require #110/Output terminals
require #250
• Built in varistor prevents surges to protect
output loads
• RoHS Compliant; “-US” Models have UL,
CSA, and TÜV Approval
R429
Input voltage Load voltage Load current Size in mm
L x W x H
Zero cross Mounting Model
5 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 5 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-205T-US DC5
12 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 5 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-205T-US DC12
24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 5 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-205T-US DC24
5 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-210T-US DC5
12 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-210T-US DC12
24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-210T-US DC24
5 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-210T-2-US DC5
5 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 20 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-220T-US DC5
12 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 20 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-220T-US DC12
24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 20 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-220T-US DC24
Ordering Information
N
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
N-12
G3NA Solid State Relays
The Reliable Choice for "Hockey
Puck Style" Solid State Relay.
Available in a wide range of Load
Current (5 A to 90 A) and Load
Voltage (max. 660 VAC)
All G3NAs feature industry standard
mounting holes for usability and versatility
(optional heat sink is available). LED
provides quick verification of G3NA
operational status.
• Minimize surge and input noise by utilizing
AC load models with zero cross
• Included plastic cover provides finger
protection for workers' safety
• Built in varistor prevents surges to protect
output loads
• All models have UL and CSA Approval:
"UTU" models also have TÜV Approval.
RoHS compliant.
R422
Ordering Information
Input voltage Load voltage Load current Size in mm
L x W x H
Zero
cross
Mounting Model
5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 5 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-205B DC5-24
100 to 120 VAC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-210B AC100-120
5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-210B DC5-24
5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-210B-UTU DC5-24
100 to 120 VAC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 20 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-220B AC100-120
5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 20 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-220B DC5-24
5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 40 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-240B DC5-24
5 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.2 to 40 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-440B-2 DC5-24
100 to 240 VAC 24 to 240 VAC 1.0 to 75 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-275B-UTU-2 AC100-240
5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 1.0 to 90 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-290B-UTU-2 DC5-24
5 to 24 VDC 5 to 200 VDC 0.1 to 10 A 58 x 43 x 27 No Panel G3NA-D210B DC5-24
5 to 24 VDC 400 to 600 VAC 0.5 to 50 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-650B DC5-24
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-13
G3PH Solid State Relay with Built-in Heat Sink
High Power Solid State Relay with
Heat Sink, Features Replaceable
Output Power Cartridge
Applicable Load: 75 or 150 A @ 240 or 480 VAC
• Models available with zero crossing and non-
zero crossing
• Conforms to cULus standards and EN
standards (TÜV certification)
R438
Insulation method Operation
indicator
Zero cross
function
Applicable output load Rated input
voltage
Model
Photocoupler Yes (yellow)
Yes
75 A, 100 to 240 VAC 5 to 24 VDC G3PH-2075B DC5-24
100 to 240 VAC G3PH-2075B AC100-240
150 A, 100 to 240 VAC 5 to 24 VDC G3PH-2150B DC5-24
100 to 240 VAC G3PH-2150B AC100-240
No 75 A, 100 to 240 VAC 5 to 24 VDC G3PH-2075BL DC5-24
150 A, 100 to 240 VAC 5 to 24 VDC G3PH-2150BL DC5-24
Yes
75 A, 180 to 480 VAC 5 to 24 VDC G3PH-5075B DC5-24
100 to 240 VAC G3PH-5075B AC100-240
150 A, 180 to 480 VAC 5 to 24 VDC G3PH-5150B DC5-24
100 to 240 VAC G3PH-5150B AC100-240
No 75 A, 180 to 480 VAC 5 to 24 VDC G3PH-5075BL DC5-24
150 A, 180 to 480 VAC 5 to 24 VDC G3PH-5150BL DC5-24
Ordering Information
N
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
N-14
G3PA Solid State Relay with Built-in Heat Sink
Solid State Relay with Built-in
Heat Sink and Replaceable Power
Cartridge
The G3PA is a DIN rail mounted Solid State
Relay which can switch 10 - 60 A Loads.
• Quick and easy DIN rail mounting
• High Insulation voltage between input
and output with 4,000 VAC
• Side-by-side mounting of 3 relays
possible with G3PA linking terminals
• Reduce replacement cost and wiring time
by using G3PA power cartridges
• 3 phase switching with G3PAs possible
with G32A-D accessory cartridge
• RoHS Compliant; All G3PA models are
certified by UL and CSA. "-VD" models are
certified by UL, CSA and VDE
R423
Input voltage Load voltage Load current Size in mm
L x W x H
Zero
cross
Mounting Model
24 VAC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 100 x 27 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-210B-VD AC24
5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 100 x 27 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-210B-VD DC5-24
5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 100 x 27 x 100 No DIN/panel G3PA-210BL-VD DC5-24
5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 100 x 37 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-220B-VD DC5-24
5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.5 to 40 A 100 x 47 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-240B-VD DC5-24
5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.5 to 60 A 110 x 100 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-260B-VD DC5-24
12 to 24 VDC 180 to 400 VAC 0.5 to 20 A 100 x 37 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-420B-VD DC12-24
12 to 24 VDC 180 to 400 VAC 0.5 to 30 A 100 x 47 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-430B-VD DC12-24
12 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 30 A 100 x 47 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-430B-VD-2 DC12-24
12 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 50 A 110 x 100 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-450B-VD-2 DC12-24
Ordering Information
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-15
G3PE Solid State Relay with Built-in Heat Sink
Compact, Slim-profile SSRs with
Built-in Heat Sink
The G3PE is capable of suppressing
transient voltages (min. 30 kV).
• Quick and easy DIN rail mounting.
• 3-phase types are also available
(G3PE-999B-3H type)
• Single-phase 15 A and 25 A models
occupy less than 1” of DIN track width
• Side-by-side mounting of eight relays
possible for single phase models
• Minimize surge and input noise by utilizing
zero cross models
• All models are RoHS Compliant and have
UL, CSA, CE, and TÜV Approvals
Input voltage Load voltage Load current Size in mm
L x W x H
Zero cross Number
of poles
Model
12 to 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 15 A 100 x 22.5 x 100 Yes 1 G3PE-215B DC12-24
12 to 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 15 A 100 x 22.5 x 100 Yes 1 G3PE-225B DC12-24
12 to 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.5 to 35 A 100 x 44.5 x 100 Yes 1 G3PE-235B DC12-24
12 to 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.5 to 45 A 100 x 44.5 x 100 Yes 1 G3PE-245B DC12-24
12 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 15 A 100 x 80 x 155 Yes 3 G3PE-515B-3N DC12-24
12 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 25 A 100 x 80 x 155 Yes 2 G3PE-525B-2N DC12-24
12 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 25 A 120 x 80 x 155 Yes 3 G3PE-525B-3N DC12-24
12 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 35 A 120 x 80 x 155 Yes 2 G3PE-535B-2N DC12-24
12 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 35 A 140 x 80 x 155 Yes 3 G3PE-535B-3N DC12-24
12 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 45 A 140 x 110 x 155 Yes 3 G3PE-545B-3N DC12-24
12 to 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.5 to 45 A 80 x 80 x 35 Yes 3 G3PE-245B-3H DC12-24
Ordering Information
R425
* G3PE-999B-3H type is not built-in heat sink type.
N
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
N-16
G3PF Solid State Relay
Built-in Current Transformer with
Heater Burnout and Relay Failure
Detection
Can handle up to 35 A @ 240 VAC with up to 2
alarm outputs when failure occurs.
• Current transformer is built into the SSR,
therefore eliminating unnecessary CT wiring
• Heater burnout detection for single-phase or
three-phase heaters
• Built-in CT can detect SSR short circuit
failures
• Alarm indicator shows if a heater burnout or
SSR short-circuit failure has occurred
• Rotary switches can be used to easily set the
heater burnout detection level
Input terminal
model
Zero cross
function
Alarm output Applicable load Model
M3 terminals
Yes
1 output (Heater Burnout
Detection, SSR short-circuit
Failure Detection, Common
2 to 25 A @ 100 to 240 VAC G3PF-225B DC24
2 to 35 A @ 100 to 240 VAC G3PF-235B DC24
Screwless clamp
terminals 2 outputs (Heater Burnout
Detection, SSR Short-
circuit Failure Detection
2 to 35 A @ 100 to 240 VAC G3PF-235B-CTB DC24
Compact slotted
screw terminals 2 to 35 A @ 100 to 240 VAC G9PF-235B-STB DC24
Ordering Information
R447
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-17
G3RV 6 mm Solid State Relays
Solid State Plug-in Ultra-Slim
Relay
The G3RV is an ultra-slim 6 mm wide solid
state relay in a DIN mount relay-socket unit
with maintenance-friendly features.
• LED indicator allows verification of current
flow of input
• Large plug-in terminal ensures reliable
connection
• PLC interface and cable accessories are
available
• Easily connect multiple G3RV Relays
together with cross bars
• RoHS Compliant; cULus Listed, CE and
TÜV Approval
R427
Terminal wiring connection Input voltage Load voltage Load current Zero
cross
Model
Push-in 230 VAC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A Yes G3RV-SL500-A AC230
Push-in 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A Yes G3RV-SL500-A DC24
Push-in 230 VAC 5 to 24 VDC 100 µA to 3 A – G3RV-SL500-D AC230
Push-in 24 VDC 5 to 24 VDC 100 µA to 3 A – G3RV-SL500-D DC24
Screw 110 VAC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A Yes G3RV-SL700-A AC110
Screw 230 VAC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A Yes G3RV-SL700-A AC230
Screw 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A Yes G3RV-SL700-A DC24
Screw 110 VAC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A No G3RV-SL700-AL AC110
Screw 110 VAC 5 to 24 VDC 100 µA to 3 A – G3RV-SL700-D AC110
Screw 24 VDC 5 to 24 VDC 100 µA to 3 A – G3RV-SL700-D DC24
Note: Model number contains relay and socket.
Ordering Information
N
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
N-18
G3R-I/O Solid State Relays
Space Saving Input/Output Socket
Mounted Solid State Relay
The G3R-I/O is a high isolation solid state
relay ideal for PLC applications.
• High Insulation voltage between input and
output with 4,000 VAC
• Process high-speed inputs using G3R-
IDZR models: 0.1 ms max. On/Off time
• Applicable load up to 2 A @ 240 VAC with
AC output models
• LED indicator allows verification of current
flow of input
• Terminal arrangement equivalent with
G2RS relay (socket: P2R series)
• RoHS Compliant; All G3R-I/O have UL and
CSA approval, "-UTU" models have UL,
CSA and TÜV approval
R428
Input voltage Load voltage Load current Size in mm
L x W x H
Zero
cross
Mounting Model
5 VDC 4 to 32 VDC 0.1 to 100 mA 29 x 13 x 28 No Socket G3R-IDZR1SN DC5
12 to 24 VDC 4 to 32 VDC 0.1 to 100 mA 29 x 13 x 28 No Socket G3R-IDZR1SN DC12-24
5 to 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.05 to 2 A 29 x 13 x 28 Yes Socket G3R-OA202SZN DC5-24
5 to 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.05 to 2 A 29 x 13 x 28 Yes Socket G3R-OA202SZN-UTU DC5-24
5 to 24 VDC 48 to 200 VDC 0.01 to 1.5 A 29 x 13 x 28 No Socket G3R-OD201SN DC5-24
5 to 24 VDC 5 to 48 VDC 0.01 to 2 A 29 x 13 x 28 No Socket G3R-ODX02SN DC5-24
5 to 24 VDC 5 to 48 VDC 0.01 to 2 A 29 x 13 x 28 No Socket G3R-ODX02SN-UTU DC5-24
Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii.
Ordering Information
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-19
G3MC PCB Solid State Relays
Ultra-Slim PCB Solid State Relays
with Reinforced Insulation
PCB mount DC input and AC output SSR.
• 4.5 mm thin design for high-density PCB
applications
• DC input and AC output for applicable load
of 1 A (at 40°C) and 2 A (at 25°C)
• High Insulation voltage between input and
output with 3,000 VAC for "-1" model
• RoHS Compliant; All G3MC models have
UL, CSA approval and "-VD" models have
additional VDE approval
R432
Input
voltage
Load voltage Load current Size in mm
L x W x H
Zero
cross
Insulation
(input/output)
Model
5 VDC 100 to 120 VAC 0.1 to 1 A 24.5 x 4.5 x 13.5 Yes 2500 VAC G3MC-101P DC5
5 VDC 100 to 120 VAC 0.1 to 1 A 24.5 x 4.5 x 13.5 Yes 2500 VAC G3MC-101P-VD DC5
5 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A 24.5 x 4.5 x 20.5 Yes 2500 VAC G3MC-202P-VD DC5
24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A 24.5 x 4.5 x 20.5 Yes 3000 VAC G3MC-202P-VD-1 DC24
5 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A 24.5 x 4.5 x 20.5 No 2500 VAC G3MC-202PL-VD DC5
12 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A 24.5 x 4.5 x 20.5 No 2500 VAC G3MC-202PL-VD DC12
Ordering Information
N
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
N-20
R435
Input/Output Color–Coded PCB
Solid-State Relays with LED
Indicator Models
The G3TB is a PCB mount Input/Output solid
state relay with width (10 mm width).
• High Insulation voltage between input and
output with 4,000 VAC
• Easy to identify (black: AC output, Yellow:
AC Input, Red: DC output, White: DC
input)
• RoHS Compliant; "-US" Models have UL
and CSA Approval
Input voltage Load voltage Load current Size in mm
L x W x H
Zero
cross
Relay color Model
100 to 240 VAC 4 to 32 VDC 25 mA max. 44 x 10 x 21 No Yellow G3TB-IAZR02P-US AC100-240
4 to 24 VDC 4 to 32 VDC 25 mA max. 44 x 10 x 21 – White G3TB-IDZR02P-US DC5-24
5 to 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.05 to 3 A 44 x 10 x 31 Yes Black G3TB-OA203PZ-US DC5-24
4 to 24 VDC 5 to 48 VDC 0.01 to 3 A 44 x 10 x 31
–
Red G3TB-ODX03PM-US DC4-24
Ordering Information
G3TB PCB Solid State Relays
O-i
Pushbuttons & Indicators
Contents
Selection Guide O-ii
Pilot Lights
M22R Pilot lights O-1
22 mm dia. metal bezel,
pushbutton switches
A22R/
A22RL
Pushbutton switches
Lighted pushbutton switches
O-2
A22RS/
A22RW
Selector switches
Lighted selector switches
O-3
A22RK Keyed selector switches O-3
22 mm dia. plastic bezel,
pushbutton switches
A3U Flat type, pushbutton switches O-4
16 mm dia. plastic bezel,
pushbutton and selector switches
A16/
A16L/
A165/
A165L
Pushbutton switches
Lighted pushbutton switches
IP65 Pushbutton switches
IP65 Lighted pushbutton
switches
O-5
A165S/
A165W
Selector switches
Lighted selector switches
O-6
A165K Keyed selector switches O-7
M16/
M165
Pilot lights
IP65 Pilot lights
O-8
M2BJ Panel-mounted buzzer O-9
30 mm dia. non-lighted,
pushbutton switches
ZAP Pushbutton switches O-9
O
Pushbutton switches
Illumination? Illumination? Illumination?
Panel cutout dimensions?
Indicator
Panel cutout dimensions?
Selector switches
Buzzer
Panel cutout dimensions?
Panel cutout dimensions?
Which application is required?
A22RW A22RS A22RK
A16L A16 A22RL A22R M16 M22R A165W A165S A165K
Plastic
bezel Plastic
bezel Plastic
bezel Plastic
bezel Plastic
bezel Plastic
bezel Plastic
bezel
Plastic
bezel
Metal
bezel Metal
bezel
Metal
bezel
Metal
bezel Metal
bezel
YesYes No Yes No
Illumination?
Illumination?
Yes No Keyed
16 dia. 16 dia.
Illumination?
Yes
22 dia.
22 dia.
22 dia.
16 dia. 22 dia.
Yes No Keyed
M2BJM2BJ
Illumination?
A3UL A3US-SB-
2M-C
Flat type pushbutton
switches
Non-lighted
pushbutton switches
A3U-TB
Selector Switch?
NoYes No
Illumination?
Yes No
No
16 dia.
Panel cutout dimensions?
Metal
bezel
M2BJZAP
Illumination?
No
30 dia.
Panel cutout dimensions?
Plastic
bezel Plastic
bezel Plastic
bezel
A22R - Full range with IP65 rating
All our 22 mm pushbuttons are rated IP65 to increase their reliability in your application.
The short mounting depth, ease of assembly and uniform lighting make them ideal for all
control panels.
• Easy assembly and installation
• Metal or plastic bezel
• Wide range of shapes and colors
SUB-ASSEMBLED PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES
Pushbutton Switches
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
O-ii
Pushbutton switches
Illumination? Illumination? Illumination?
Panel cutout dimensions?
Indicator
Panel cutout dimensions?
Selector switches
Buzzer
Panel cutout dimensions?
Panel cutout dimensions?
Which application is required?
A22RW A22RS A22RK
A16L A16 A22RL A22R M16 M22R A165W A165S A165K
Plastic
bezel Plastic
bezel Plastic
bezel Plastic
bezel Plastic
bezel Plastic
bezel Plastic
bezel
Plastic
bezel
Metal
bezel Metal
bezel
Metal
bezel
Metal
bezel Metal
bezel
YesYes No Yes No
Illumination?
Illumination?
Yes No Keyed
16 dia. 16 dia.
Illumination?
Yes
22 dia.
22 dia.
22 dia.
16 dia. 22 dia.
Yes No Keyed
M2BJM2BJ
Illumination?
A3UL A3US-SB-
2M-C
Flat type pushbutton
switches
Non-lighted
pushbutton switches
A3U-TB
Selector Switch?
NoYes No
Illumination?
Yes No
No
16 dia.
Panel cutout dimensions?
Metal
bezel
M2BJZAP
Illumination?
No
30 dia.
Panel cutout dimensions?
Plastic
bezel Plastic
bezel Plastic
bezel
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com O-iii
O
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Category Pushbutton switch Indicator Buzzer
Selection
criteria
Model
A16/A165 A22R A3U ZAP M16/M165 M22R M2JB-B
Mounting
Nut-mounting
Size
16 mm 22 mm 22 mm 30 mm 16 mm 22 mm
16 mm
Shape
Pushbutton color
LED-lighted
Red
444
–
4 4
–
Yellow
444
–
4 4
–
Pure yellow
4
–––
4
– –
Green
444
–
4 4
–
White
444
–
4 4
–
Blue
444
–
4 4
–
Non-lighted
Red
4444
–––
Yellow
4444
–––
Green
4444
–––
White
4444
–––
Blue
4444
–––
Black
4444
– –
4
Features
Momentary
operation
4444
–––
Self-holding
4 4
–––––
2-position selector
–––––––
3-position selector
–––––––
Number of contacts
1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2
–––
IP rating
IP40/IP65 IP65 IP40
–
IP40/IP65 IP65
IP40
Legend plate
444
–
4 4
–
Switch ratings
(Resistive load)
•
5 A,
125 VAC
•
3 A,
250 VAC
•
3 A,
30 VDC
•
3 A,
240 VAC
•
0.1 A,
30 VDC
•
15 A,
250 VAC
•
0.5 A,
125 VDC
–––
Terminals
Solder
4
–––
4
–
4
PCB
4
–––
4
– –
Screw-less clamp
4
–––
4
– –
Screw
–
4
–
4
–
4
–
Connector
––
4
––––
LED Operating
voltage
5 VDC
4
–
4
–
4
– –
6 VDC
–
4
–––
4
–
12 VDC
444
–
4 4
–
24 VDC
444
–
4 4
–
110 VAC
4
–––
4
––
220 VAC
4 4
– –
4 4
–
Form
SPDT
4
–
4 4
–––
DPDT
4
–
4 4
–––
SPST-NO
–
4
–––––
SPST-NC
–
4
–––––
SPST-NO + SPST-NC
–
4
–––––
DPST-NO
–
4
–––––
DPST-NC
–
4
–––––
Selection Table
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
O-iv
Category Selector switch
Selection
criteria
Model
A165W A165S A165K A22RW A22RS A3US A22RK
Mounting
Nut-mounting
Size
16 mm 16 mm 16 mm 22 mm 22 mm 22 mm 22 mm
Shape
Pushbutton color
LED-lighted
Red
4
––
4
–––
Yellow
4
––
4
–––
Pure yellow
–––––––
Green
4
––
4
–––
White
–––––––
Blue
–––
4
–––
Non-lighted
Red
–––––––
Yellow
–––––––
Green
–––––––
White
–––––––
Blue
–––––––
Black
–
4 4
–
444
Features
Momentary
operation
–––––––
Self-holding
–––––––
2-position selector
4444
–
4 4
3-position selector
4444
––
4
Number of contacts
1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2
–
1 1 or 2
IP rating
IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP40 IP65
Legend plate
––––
4
– –
Switch ratings
(Resistive load)
•
5 A,
125 VAC
•
3 A,
250 VAC
•
3 A,
30 VDC
•
5 A,
125 VAC
•
3 A,
250 VAC
•
3 A,
30 VDC
•
5 A,
125 VAC
•
3 A,
250 VAC
•
3 A,
30 VDC
•
3 A,
240 VAC
•
3 A,
240 VAC
•
0.1 A,
30 VDC
•
3 A,
240 VAC
Terminals
Solder
444
––––
PCB
444
––––
Screw-less clamp
444
––––
Screw
–––
44
–
4
Connector
–––––
4
–
LED Operating
voltage
5 VDC
4
––––––
6 VDC
–––
4
–– –
12 VDC
4
– –
4
–– –
24 VDC
4
– –
4
–– –
110 VAC
4
––––– –
220 VAC
4
– –
4
–– –
Form
SPDT
44 4
– –
4
–
DPDT
44 4
––––
SPST-NO
–––
4 4
–
4
SPST-NC
–––
4 4
–
4
SPST-NO + SPST-NC
–––
4 4
–
4
DPST-NO
–––
4 4
–
4
DPST-NC
–––
4 4
–
4
4
Standard
8
Available
–
No/not available
Pushbutton Switches
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com O-v
O
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
O-1
M22R Series Pilot Lights
Pilot lights Model
Round flat pilot light M22R
P645
22 mm Dia. Pilot Lights
• Pilot lights indicate status of machinery and
processes on control panels
• Bright LED light source is easy to read under
most lighting conditions
• Easy mounting and removal of socket unit
• Short mounting depth, less than 40.5 mm
below panel
Specifications
• Current consumption:
20 mA @ 12 V AC/DC ±5%
20 mA@ 24 V AC/DC ±5%
• Enclosure rating: IP65
• LED Lamp Ratings
Model Operating Voltage Current Consumption
M22R-E*-12A AC/DC 12 V ± 5% 20 mA
M22R-E*-24A AC/DC 24 V ± 5% 20 mA
M22R-E*-T1 AC120 V (110 to 130 V) 20 mA
M22R-E*-T2 AC200 V (190 to 230 V) 20 mA
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com O-2
A22R/A22RL Series
Pushbutton Switches
Non-Lighted Model
Round flat A22R-F
Round projection A22R-T
P642
22 mm Dia. Lighted and Non-Lighted
Pushbutton Switches
• Robust and aesthetic design
• Shiny metal bezel
• Smooth rounded edges
• Short mounting depth,
less than 46.8 mm below panel
Lighted Model
Lighted round flat
A22RL-F
Lighted round projection A22RL-T
Specifications
• Rated load: 3 A at 240 VAC
• Enclosure rating: IP65
• Rated durability service life:
• Mechanical:
3,000,000 operations - Momentary switch
300,000 operations – Alternate switch
• Electrical: 500,000 operations
• LED Lamp Ratings
Model Operating Voltage Current Consumption
A22R-6A AC/DC 6 V ± 5% 20 mA
A22R-12A AC/DC 12 V ± 5% 20 mA
A22R-24A AC/DC 24 V ± 5% 20 mA
• Voltage reduction unit (for LED lamp)
Model Operating Voltage Current Consumption
A22R**-T1 AC120 V (110 to 130 V) 20 mA
A22R**-T2 AC200 V (190 to 230 V) 20 mA
O
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
O-3
A22RK Series Keyed Selector Switches
A22RS/A22RW Series
Selector Switches
Non-Lighted Model
Non-lighted selector switch A22RS
P643
22 mm Dia. Lighted and Non-Lighted
Selector Switches
• 2- and 3-position switches with manual or
automatic reset to meet panel building needs
• New “super-bright” LED used in all lighted
models
• Short mounting depth, less than
46.8 mm below panel
• “Snap-in” switch unit for quick and
easy tool-free assembly
• Shiny metal bezel
Lighted Model
Lighted selector switch A22RW
Specifications
• Rated load: 3 A at 240 VAC
• Enclosure rating: IP65
• Rated durability service life:
• Mechanical: 300,000 operations
• Electrical: 500,000 operations
Keyed Model
Keyed selector switch A22RK
22 mm Dia. Keyed Non-Lighted
Selector Switches
• Design in extra security with keyed selector
switches; only authorized operators are
allowed to change settings using the key
• 2- and 3-position switches with manual or
automatic reset to meet panel building needs
• Short mounting depth, less than
46.8 mm below panel
• “Snap-in” switch unit for quick and
easy tool-free assembly
• Shiny metal bezel
Specifications
• Rated load: 3 A at 240 VAC
• Enclosure rating: IP65
• Rated durability service life:
• Mechanical: 300,000 operations
• Electrical: 500,000 operations
P644
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com O-4
A3U Series
Pushbutton and Selector Switches
22 mm Dia. Flat-type Lighted and
Non-Lighted Pushbutton Switches
and Selector Switch
Easy connector enables less assembly and
less wiring.
• 50 mm body length
• Easy one push to connect the Operation
and Switch units
Pushbutton switches Model
Lighted A3U
Non-lighted A3UL
Selector switch Model
Non-lighted
A3US
Specifications
• Rated load: 0.1 A @ 30 VDC
• Rated durability service life:
• Mechanical:
1,000,000 operations - Pushbutton switches
250,000 operations - Selector switch
• Electrical:
200,000 operations - Pushbutton switches
1000,000 operations - Selector switch
• Enclosure: IP40
P646
O
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
O-5
Square Model
Unlit, 2-way guard A16-A,
A165-A
Lit, 2-way guard A16L-A,
A165L-A
Lighted square
2-way guard,
110 VAC transformer
A16L-A-T1,
A165L-A-T1
Lighted square
2-way guard,
220 VAC transformer
A16L-A-T2,
A165L-A-T2
Round Projection Model
Lighted A16L-T,
A165L-T
Non-Lighted
A16-T,
A165-T
Lighted, 110 VAC
transformer
A16L-T-T1,
A165L-T-T1
Lighted, 220 VAC
transformer
A16L-T-T2,
A165L-T-T2
A16/A165 Series Pushbutton Switches
Specifications
• Rated load (SPDT, DPDT):
• 5 A at 125 VAC, 3 A at 250 VAC
(NO & NC)
• 3 A at 30 VDC
• Operating force:
• SPDT 2.45N/DPDT:4.41N(IP40);
SPDT:2.94N/DPDT4.91 N (IP65)
• Rated durability service life:
• Mechanical: Momentary
operation: 2,000,000 operations min.;
Alternating operation: 200,000
operations min.
• Electrical: 100,000 operations min.
• Approvals:
• UL: UL508, File No. E41515
• cUL: CSA C22 No. 14
• TÜV: EN60947-5-1:2004
• CCC: GB14048.5
P632
16 mm Dia. Lighted and Non-Lighted
Pushbutton Switches
• Wide range of options to match most panel
building needs
• Protection: IP65 oil-resistant models (A165)
and standard IP40 models (A16)
• Lighting: Non-lighted (A16 and A165) and
lighted (A16L and A165L)
• New “ultra-bright” LED used in all lighted
models
• Short mounting depth, less than 28.5 mm
below panel
Rectangular Model
Unlit, 2-way guard A16-J,
A165-J
Lit, 2-way guard A16L-J,
A165L-J
Lighted rectangular
2-way guard 110 VAC
transformer
A16L-J-T1,
A165L-J-T1
Lighted rectangular
2-way guard, 220 VAC
transformer
A16L-J-T2,
A165L-J-T2
• “Snap-in” switch unit for quick and easy
tool-free assembly
• RoHS compliant
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com O-6
A165S/W Series Selector Switches P634
16 mm Dia. Lighted and
Non-Lighted Selector Switches
• Knob-style selector switches provide users
a reliable way to start or choose between
machine operations
• 2- and 3-position switches with manual
or automatic reset to meet panel building
needs
• IP65-rated for oil resistance
• Lighting: Non-lighted (A165S) and lighted
(A165W)
• New “ultra-bright” LED used in all lighted
models
• Short mounting depth, less than 28.5 mm
below panel
• “Snap-in” switch unit for quick and easy
tool-free assembly
Specifications
• Rated load (SPDT, DPDT):
• 5 A at 125 VAC, 3 A at 250 VAC
(NO & NC)
• 3 A at 30 VDC
• Operating force:
• SPDT/DPDT: 0.1 Nm
• Rated durability service life:
• Mechanical: 250.000 operations min.
• Electrical: 100,000 operations min.
• Approvals:
• UL: UL508, File No. E41515
• cUL: CSA C22 No. 14
• TÜV: EN60947-5-1:2004
• CCC: GB14048.5
Non-lighted Model
Square base selector
switch
A165S-A
Rectangular base
selector switch
A165S-J
Round base selector
switch
A165S-T
Lighted Model
Lighted square base
selector switch
A165W-A
Lighted rectangular
base
selector switch
A165W-J
Lighted round base
selector switch
A165W-T
• RoHS compliant
• Use optional legend plates to identify the
selections
O
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
O-7
A165K Series Keyed Selector Switches P635
16 mm Dia. Keyed Selector
Switches
• Design in extra security with keyed
selector switches; only authorized
operators are allowed to change settings
using the key
• 2- and 3-position switches with manual
or automatic reset to meet panel
building needs
• IP65-rated for oil resistance
• Short mounting depth, less than 28.5 mm
below panel
• “Snap-in” switch unit for quick and easy
tool-free assembly
• RoHS compliant
• Use optional legend plates to identify
the selections
Specifications
• Rated load (SPDT, DPDT):
• 5 A at 125 VAC, 3 A at 250 VAC
(NO & NC)
• 3 A at 30 VDC
• Operating force:
• SPDT/DPDT: 0.1 Nm
• Rated durability service life:
• Mechanical: 250,000 operations
min.
• Electrical: 100,000 operations min.
• Approvals:
• UL: UL508, File No. E41515
• cUL: CSA C22 No. 14
• TÜV: EN60947-5-1:2004
• CCC: GB14048.5
Keyed switches Model
Square base keyed
selector switch
A165K-A
Rectangular base
keyed
selector switch
A165K-J
Round base keyed
selector switch
A165K-T
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com O-8
M16/M165 Series Pilot Lights P636
16 mm Dia. Pilot Lights
• Pilot lights indicate status of machinery
and processes on control panels
• Bright LED light source is easy to read
under most lighting conditions
• Easy mounting and removal of socket unit
• Standard IP40 and oil-resistant IP65
models
• Short mounting depth, less than 28.5 mm
below panel
• RoHS compliant
• Use optional legend plates to identify
indicators
Specifications
• Current consumption:
• 8 mA @ 5 VDC ±5%
• 8 mA @12 VAC/VDC ±5%
• 8 mA @ 24 VAC/VDC ±5%
• 8 mA @ 110 VAC/VDC
• 8 mA @ 220 VAC/VDC
• Approvals:
• UL: UL508, File No. E76675
• cUL: CSA C22 No. 14
Keyed switches Model
Square pilot light M16-A,
M165-A
Rectangular pilot light M16-J,
M165-J
Round pilot light M16-T,
M165-T
O
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
O-9
M2BJ Series Buzzers P637
16 mm Dia. Panel-Mounted Buzzers
• Intermittent or continuous sound selected by
jumper setting
• Complements the A16 range of Pushbuttons,
Selector Switches and Key Switches
• RoHS compliant
• LEDs incorporated on high-sound model indicators
Specifications:
Current consumption:
• Standard sound types:
• DC: 7 mA max.
• AC: 20 mA max.
• High-sound (includes LED) types:
• DC: 50 mA max.
• AC: 100 mA max.
Buzzers Model
Standard sound buzzer M2BJ-B
High volume sound
buzzer
M2BJ-BH
ZAP Series Non-lighted Pushbutton Switches
Shape of Operation Unit Output Operation Unit Color
Blue (-A) Black (-B) Green (-G) Red (-R) White (-W)
Yellow (-Y)
36 dia with 25 dia button
1
ZAP-A ZAP-B ZAP-G ZAP-R ZAP-W ZAP-Y
2
2ZAP-A 2ZAP-B 2ZAP-G 2ZAP-R 2ZAP-W 2ZAP-Y
36 dia with 25 dia button
1
ZAP-1A ZAP-1B ZAP-1G ZAP-1R ZAP-1W ZAP-1Y
2
2ZAP-1A 2ZAP-1B 2ZAP-1G 2ZAP-1R 2ZAP-1W 2ZAP-1Y
40 dia button
1
ZAP-2A ZAP-2B ZAP-2G ZAP-2R ZAP-2W ZAP-2Y
2
2ZAP-2A 2ZAP-2B 2ZAP-2G 2ZAP-2R 2ZAP-2W 2ZAP-2Y
30 mm Dia. Non-lighted Pushbutton
Switches
• Using a Basic Switch enables direct switching of
large-capacity loads
• Shock-absorbing structure of Operation unit
protects the Switch
• IP65 rated pushbutton structure enables use in
dusty locations and resists oil and water splashes
• Pushbuttons are available in three shapes and six
colors
Specifications
• Rated load: 15 A at 250 VAC, 0.5 A at 125 VDC
• Electrical durability: 500,000 operations minimum
P654
MAKING SAFETY SIMPLE —
OMRON’S CONCEPT FOR THE FUTURE
Today, forward-thinking manufacturers clearly realize the new
role of increased safety on the factory floor.
• Recently adopted international safety standards have
shifted the way systems are evaluated.
• Safety is a corporate responsibility, not an obstruction
to productivity.
• Safety is essential to increased productivity and
profitability.
“The modern user of safety
products demands a new vision.”
Poised at the leading-edge of safety solutions worldwide,
Omron’s STI safety products focus on making safety work.
We are aware of the many demands of automation safeguard-
ing. Consequently, our automation safety products meet or
exceed local and international safety standards.
Omron is committed to providing safeguarding solutions that
meet your needs for safety and productivity. We design and
engineer our products by listening to and working closely
with our customers and authorized distributors. We also
provide you with:
• Experienced assistance
• Expert guidance in application, integration and
maintenance
• World-class support through Omron’s global network of
250 sales locations in 65 countries
Machine & Process Safeguarding
i
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
P
ENHANCED WORKER SAFETY
6
2
1
1
7
4
2
1 Safety Light Curtains
The MS4800 and F3SJ models are simple to install,
and available in a wide selection of protected heights
and resolutions.
See page P-i.
3 Safety Interlock Switches
Tamper resistant switches enhance
mechanical guarding methods.
• Guardlocking switches
• Hinge pin switches
• Non-contact switches
• Limit switches
• Tongue switches
• Explosion-proof versions
See page R-i.
8 Enabling Switches
Provides the additional protection needed
during set-up, programming and servicing of
robotic and automatic equipment.
• Has distinct clicks for three easily
discernible positions
See page R-i.
F3SJ-A
MS4800MSF4800
A4EG
2 Safety Laser
Scanners
Our OS32C is a very
compact safety laser
scanner. It has 70 zone
configurations for complex
guarding parameters.
See www.sti.com for
Safety Laser Scanners
OS32C
F3SJ-E
F3SJ-B
New Industry First!
EtherNet/IP capable of status and measurement data reporting.
Machine and Process Safeguarding
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
ii
6
3
4
6
8
5
4
4
3
NE1A
G9SX
7 Safety Programmable Controllers
7 Safety Monitoring Relays
The G9SP stand-alone programmable safety
controller for mid-sized applications supports direct
connection to safety mats and non-contact switches.
The NE1A DeviceNet safety network controller is
well-suited for large complex applications, while
safety monitoring relays are ideal for ensuring control
reliability in smaller applications.
• Multiple input versions
• Delayed outputs
• Two-hand control
• Stop motion sensing
See www.sti.com for Programmable Controllers
and page S-i for Safety Monitoring Relays
4 Emergency Stop Devices
• Enclosed and panel-mounted models available with
key-operated reset.
• Combination rope and push button actuated
emergency stop switches.
•
Heavy duty housing offering rope spans to 200
meters
See page T- i .
5 Safety Edges & Bumpers
5 Safety Mats & Area Guarding
Built tough for tough environments. Combine a mat
with a controller to provide proven reliability.
See page Q-i.
6 Perimeter Guarding
PA4600 models are available with single and
multiple-beam models with an operating range
to 70 meters. They’re perfect when installing
fences is not practical.
See page P-i.
PA4600
G9SP
NX-S
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com iii
Machine & Process Safeguarding
iv For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
P-i
Safety Light Curtains &
Perimeter Access Guarding
Contents
Type 4 Light Curtains
F3SJ-E “Easy” Light Curtain P-1
F3SJ-B “Basic” Light Curtain P-2
F3SJ-A “Advanced” Light Curtain P-3
MS4800,
MSF4800
MiniSafe® Light Curtain P-4
Light Curtain Resource Modules
RM-1 Resource Module Converts
Solid-State Outputs to Force-
Guided Relay Outputs
P-5
RM-2,
RM-2AC,
RM-2AC-IP
Resource Module – Converts
Solid-State Outputs to Force-
Guided Relay Outputs
P-5
RM-3 Resource Module – Mute
Module
P-6
RM-X Resource Module – Converts
Solid-State Outputs to Force-
Guided Relay Outputs
P-6
Perimeter Access Guarding
PA4600 Perimeter Access Guarding
Device
P-7
Rapid Delivery Products
are normally in stock and
available for quick shipment.
P
P-1 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
F3SJE
F3SJ-E Safety Light Curtains
“Easy” Safety Light Curtains
• Fast and easy installation
• Resolution: 25 mm (1.01 in.)
• Range: 7 m (23 ft.)
• Protected heights: 185 to 1105 mm (7.28
to 43.50 in.)
• Very compact size: 30 x 30 mm (1.18 x
1.18 in.)
• Cross-talk prevention
• 3 m integrated cables
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
F3SJ-E0185P25 11082-7001 F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 185 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT
F3SJ-E0305P25 11082-7003 F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 305 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT
F3SJ-E0465P25 11082-7005 F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 465 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT
F3SJ-E0625P25 11082-7007 F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 625 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT
F3SJ-E0785P25 11082-7009 F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 785 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT
F3SJ-E0945P25 11082-7011 F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 945 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT
F3SJ-E1105P25 11082-7013 F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 1105 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT
F39-LJB1 11083-0001 F3SJ-E/B TOP/BOTTOM BRACKET, INCLUDES 4 PCS
F39-LJB4 11083-0007 F3SJ-E/B COMPATIBLE MOUNTING BRACKET, USE WHEN REPLACING F3SJ-A OR
F3SN, INCLUDES 4 PCS
P-2
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
F3SJB
F3SJ-B Safety Light Curtains
“Basic” Safety Light Curtains
• Fast and easy installation
• Resolution: 25 mm (1.01 in.)
• Range: 7 m (23 ft.)
• Protected heights: 185 to 2065 mm (7.28
to 81.26 in.)
• Very compact size: 30 x 30 mm (1.18 x
1.18 in.)
• Cascaded designs possible – 3 segments
• Simple muting
• Cross-talk prevention
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
F3SJ-B0185P25 11037-7001 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 185 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT
F3SJ-B0305P25 11037-7003 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 305 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT
F3SJ-B0465P25 11037-7005 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 465 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT
F3SJ-B0625P25 11037-7007 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 625 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT
F3SJ-B0785P25 11037-7009 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 785 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT
F3SJ-B0945P25 11037-7011 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 945 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT
F3SJ-B1105P25 11037-7013 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 1105 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT
F3SJ-B1265P25 11037-0015 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 1265 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT
F3SJ-B1505P25 11037-0018 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 1505 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT
F3SP-B1P 11042-6001 F3SJ-A/B CONTROL UNIT
F39-JD3A 11077-1003 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 3 M PAIR
F39-JD7A 11077-1004 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 7 M PAIR
F39-JD10A 11077-1005 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 10 M PAIR
F39-JD15A 11077-1006 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 15 M PAIR
F39-JD20A 11077-1007 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 20 M PAIR
F39-JDR5B 11077-1008 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 0.5 M PAIR
F39-JD1B 11077-1009 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 1 M PAIR
F39-JD3B 11077-1010 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 3 M PAIR
F39-JD5B 11077-1011 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 5 M PAIR
F39-JD7B 11077-1012 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 7 M PAIR
F39-JD10B 11077-1013 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 10 M PAIR
F39-JD15B 11077-1014 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 15 M PAIR
F39-JD20B 11077-1015 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 20 M PAIR
F39-LJB1 11083-0001 F3SJ-E/B TOP/BOTTOM BRACKET, INCLUDES 4 PCS
F39-LJB4 11083-0007 F3SJ-E/B COMPATIBLE MOUNTING BRACKET, USE WHEN REPLACING F3SJ-A OR
F3SN, INCLUDES 4 PCS
F39-CN10 11083-1001 F3SJ-B MUTING KEY CAP
F39-JBR2W 11083-1002 F3SJ-B CONNECTION CABLE FOR EXTENSION, 0.2 M
P
P-3 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
F3SJA
F3SJ-A Safety Light Curtains
“Advanced” Safety Light Curtains
• Resolution: 14 mm (0.55 in.), 20 mm (0.79 in.), 25 mm
(1.01 in.) 30 mm (1.18 in.), or 55 mm (2.17 in.)
• Range: 7 m (23 ft.) or 9 m (29.5 ft.) dependent on
minimum object resolution and protected height
• Protected heights: 14 mm protected heights from 245
to 1631 mm (9.6 to 64 in.), 20 mm, 25 mm and 30 mm
protected heights from 245 to 2495 mm (9.6 to 98 in.),
55 mm from 270 to 2470 mm (10.6 to 97 in.)
• Very compact size – 30 x 24 mm (1.18 x 0.94 in.)
• Cascaded designs possible – 4 segments, up to
400 beams
• Partial muting and position detection muting
• Cross-talk prevention
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
F3SJ-A0245P20 40560-2001 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 245 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A0245P30 40560-3001 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 245 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A0305P20 40560-2003 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 305 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A0320P30 40560-3004 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 320 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A0395P30 40560-3007 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 395 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A0455P20 40560-2008 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 455 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A0470P30 40560-3010 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 470 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A0605P20 40560-2013 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 605 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A0620P30 40560-3016 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 620 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A0695P30 40560-3019 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 695 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A0755P20 40560-2018 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 755 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A0770P30 40560-3022 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 770 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A0870P30 40560-3026 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 870 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A0905P20 40560-2023 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 905 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A0920P30 40560-3028 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 920 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A1025P20 40560-2027 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 1025 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A1045P30 40560-3033 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1045 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A1220P30 40560-3040 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1220 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A1495P30 40560-3045 F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1495 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F39-CN6 11033-0007 F3SJ-A KEY CAP FOR MUTING
F39-LJ1 11033-0008 F3SJ-A MOUNTING BRACKETS, STANDARD MOUNTING
F39-LJ2 11033-0009 F3SJ-A MOUNTING BRACKETS, FLAT SIDE MOUNTING
F39-LJ3 11033-0010 F3SJ-A MOUNTING BRACKETS, FREE-LOCATION MOUNTING
F39-GWUM 11033-0155 F3SJ-A SD-MANAGER SETTING SUPPORT SOFTWARE
F39-TC5P01 11033-0180 F3SJ-A CONNECTOR TERMINAL BOX WITH MUTING SENSOR OUTPUT MODE (PNP)
F39-TC5P02 11033-0181 F3SJ-A CONNECTOR TERMINAL BOX WITH OVERRIDE MODE (PNP)
F39-CN8 11033-0184 F3SJ-A SHORT-CIRCUIT CONNECTOR
F39-JC3A 11034-1001 F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 3 M PAIR
F39-JC7A 11034-1002 F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 7 M PAIR
F39-JC10A 11034-1003 F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 10 M PAIR
F39-JC15A 11034-1004 F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 15 M PAIR
F39-JC20A 11034-1071 F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 20 M PAIR
F3SP-B1P 11042-6001 F3SJ-A/B CONTROL UNIT
P-4
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
MS4800
MS4800 Safety Light Curtain
MiniSafe® Light Curtains
• Resolutions: 14 mm (0.55 in.), 20 mm (0.79
in.), 30 mm (1.18 in.), and 40 mm (1.57 in.)
• Ranges: 7 m (23 ft.) for 14 mm resolution
systems; and 20 m (65 ft.) for 20, 30 and
40 mm resolution systems
• Protected Heights: 280 to 2120 mm (11 to
83.5 in.)
• Compact size: 50 x 38 mm (2 x 1.5 in.)
• “Two-box” design — no separate control
box; no cable between transmitter and
receiver
• Individual Beam Indicators
• Quick and easy fixed blanking
programming option “SB1”
• Simple cascading models
R
C US
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
MS4800S-20-0320 70230-1180 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 320 PROTECTED HEIGHT
MS4800S-20-0440 70230-1183 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 440 PROTECTED HEIGHT
MS4800S-20-0600 70230-1187 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 600 PROTECTED HEIGHT
MS4800S-20-0760 70230-1191 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 760 PROTECTED HEIGHT
MS4800S-20-0920 70230-1195 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 920 PROTECTED HEIGHT
MS4800S-20-1080 70230-1199 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 1080 PROTECTED HEIGHT
MS4800S-20-1200 70230-1202 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 1200 PROTECTED HEIGHT
MS4800S-30-0440 70230-1222 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 440 PROTECTED HEIGHT
MS4800S-30-0600 70230-1226 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 600 PROTECTED HEIGHT
MS4800S-30-0720 70230-1229 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 720 PROTECTED HEIGHT
MS4800S-30-0760 70230-1230 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 760 PROTECTED HEIGHT
MS4800S-30-0840 70230-1232 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 840 PROTECTED HEIGHT
MS4800S-30-0920 70230-1234 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 920 PROTECTED HEIGHT
MS4800S-30-1040 70230-1237 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1040 PROTECTED HEIGHT
MS4800S-30-1200 70230-1241 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1200 PROTECTED HEIGHT
MS4800S-30-1400 70230-1246 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1400 PROTECTED HEIGHT
MS4800S-30-1520 70230-1249 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1520 PROTECTED HEIGHT
MS4800-CBLRX-10 M 40451-0100 MS4800 SPARE RECEIVER CABLE, 10 M
MS4800-CBLRX-15 M 40451-0150 MS4800 SPARE RECEIVER CABLE, 15 M
MS4800-CBLRX-30 M 40451-0300 MS4800 SPARE RECEIVER CABLE, 30 M
MS4800-CBLTX-10 M 40452-0100 MS4800 SPARE TRANSMITTER CABLE, 10 M
MS4800-CBLTX-15 M 40452-0150 MS4800 SPARE TRANSMITTER CABLE, 15 M
MS4800-CBLTX-30 M 40452-0300 MS4800 SPARE TRANSMITTER CABLE, 30 M
P
P-5 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
RM1
RM-1 Resource Module
Resource Module —
Converts Solid-State Outputs to
Force-Guided Relay Outputs
• Converts the solid-state safety outputs of
one STI safety device to electromechani-
cal force-guided safety relay outputs
• Compatible with MS4800, F3SJ, PA4600
and OS32C
• 55 mm DIN enclosure with removable
terminal blocks
• CE approved
File No. LR90200-34
R
C US
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
RM-1 43763-0010 RM-1, 24 VDC, DIN-RAIL MOUNT
RM-2, RM-2AC & RM-2AC-IP
Resource Module
Resource Module —
Converts Solid-State Outputs to
Force-Guided Relay Outputs
• Converts the solid-state safety and aux-
iliary outputs of one STI safety device to
electromechanical force-guided safety
relay outputs
• Available for DC or AC input power
• Provides connection points for all safety
device functions including MPCE monitor-
ing and 24 VDC power
• Compatible with MS4800, F3SJ, PA4600
and OS32C
• Enclosures —
RM-2: 100 mm DIN, IP20
RM-2AC: 150 mm DIN, IP20
RM-2AC-IP: metal chassis, IP65
File No. LR90200-34
R
C US
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
RM-2 43776-0010 RM-2, 24 VDC, DIN-RAIL MOUNT
RM-2AC 40344-0010 RM-2AC, 100-240 VAC, DIN-RAIL MOUNT
RM-2AC-IP 40525-0010 RM-2AC-IP, 100-240 VAC, METAL CHASSIS
• CE approved
• Removable terminal blocks
RM2
P-6
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
RM3
RM-X Resource Module
Resource Module —
Converts Solid-State Outputs to
Force-Guided Relay Outputs
• Converts the solid-state safety outputs of
one STI safety device to electromechanical
force-guided safety relay outputs
• Compatible with MS4800, F3SJ, PA4600 and
OS32C
• CE approved
• 22.5 mm DIN enclosure
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
RM-X 40152-0010 RM-X, RELAY EXPANSION MODULE
RM-3 Resource Module
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
RM-3 43983-0010 RM-3, MUTE MODULE, 24 VDC,
DIN-RAIL MOUNT
Resource Module — Mute Module
• Type 4 safety product, when used in
combination with a Type 4 safety light curtain
• Provides muting controls for up to two
light curtains
• Diagnostic display
• Solid-state safety outputs
• 100 mm DIN box enclosure
• Removable terminal blocks
• DeviceNet option
• Compatible with MS4800, F3SJ, PA4600
and OS32C
Input Signals
• Input Power +24 VDC
• Two independent channels, each channel
is comprised of one light curtain and up to
four mute sensors
• Start
• EDM (MPCE monitoring)
• Mute enable
Output Signals
• Two independent PNP safety outputs
• NPN & PNP auxiliary outputs
• Mute lamp drivers (2)
• Mute auxiliary (NPN)
• Mute armed (NPN)
R
C US
C US
Indicators
• Diagnostic display
• Machine Run
• Machine Stop
• Interlock
• OSSD input active (light curtains)
• Sensor input active (sensors)
• Mute Enable active
File No. LR90200-34
C US
RMX
P
P-7 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
PA4600
PA4600 Perimeter Access Guarding Device
R
C US
C US
Perimeter Access Guarding Device
• 1 to 6 beams available
• Operating range of 70 m
• Compact size — 46 x 55 mm (1.81 x 2.17 in.)
• Simple “two-box” design — no separate
control box required
• Individual Beam Indicators
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
PA46-1-000-Q2-NO1-PN 70170-1045 PA4600 SYSTEM, 1 BEAM, M-12 QD, NO1, PNP
PA46-2-600-Q2-NO1-PN 70170-1042 PA4600 SYSTEM, 2 BEAMS, 600 MM SPACING, QD, NO1, PNP
PA46-3-400-Q2-NO1-PN 70170-1039 PA4600 SYSTEM, 3 BEAMS, 400 MM SPACING, QD, NO1, PNP
CBL-LCRX-10 M 40552-0100 PA4600 RECEIVER CABLE, 10 M
CBL-LCRX-15 M 40552-0150 PA4600 RECEIVER CABLE, 15 M
CBL-LCRX-30 M 40552-0300 PA4600 RECEIVER CABLE, 30 M
CBL-LCTX-10 M 40553-0100 PA4600 TRANSMITTER CABLE, 10 M
CBL-LCTX-15 M 40553-0150 PA4600 TRANSMITTER CABLE, 15 M
CBL-LCTX-30 M 40553-0300 PA4600 TRANSMITTER CABLE, 30 M
Q-i
Safety Mats, Edges & Bumpers
Contents
Safety Mats
UMQ Quick-disconnect Universal
Safety Mat
Q-1
MC Safety Mat Controllers Q-2
Safety Edges & Bumpers
SGE &
SCS
Safety Edges Q-3
SCSF Safety Bumpers Q-3
SCC Safety Edge Controllers Q-4
Rapid Delivery Products
are normally in stock and
available for quick shipment.
Q
Safety Mats, Edges & Bumpers
Q-ii For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
Q-1
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
UMQ
UMQ Series Safety Mats & Area Guarding
Quick-Disconnect
Universal Safety Mat System
Heavy-Duty Four-Wire Presence Sensing
Mats with Removable Cable, Category 3
Controllers and Perimeter Trim
System
When UMQ series mats are combined with
an MC3, MC4 or MC6 controller (with com-
plete diagnostics), the result is a system that
meets the standard EN 1760-1:1998 and is
entitled to display the CE mark. See below
for an overview of the various components.
Patented Connector
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Other custom sizes and configurations available.
Please use the SpeedSPEC code above for ordering information.
Model Part Number Description
UMQ-1260-A 70220-1002 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 12 X 60 IN
UMQ-1872-A 70220-1010 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 18 X 72 IN
UMQ-2412-A 70220-1011 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 24 X 12 IN
UMQ-2418-A 70220-1012 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 24 X 18 IN
UMQ-2424-A 70220-1013 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 24 X 24 IN
UMQ-2460-A 70220-1015 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 24 X 60 IN
UMQ-2472-A 70220-1017 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 24 X 72 IN
UMQ-3030-A 70220-1021 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 30 X 30 IN
UMQ-3060-A 70220-1023 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 30 X 60 IN
UMQ-3072-A 70220-1025 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 30 X 72 IN
UMQ-3612-A 70220-1026 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 36 X 12 IN
UMQ-3624-A 70220-1028 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 36 X 24 IN
UMQ-3636-A 70220-1030 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 36 X 36 IN
UMQ-3654-A 70220-1031 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 36 X 54 IN
UMQ-3660-A 70220-1032 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 36 X 60 IN
UMQ-3672-A 70220-1034 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 36 X 72 IN
UMQ-4224-A 70220-1037 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 42 X 24 IN
UMQ-4236-A 70220-1039 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 42 X 36 IN
UMQ-4254-A 70220-1041 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 42 X 54 IN
UMQ-4260-A 70220-1042 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 42 X 60 IN
UMQ-4824-A 70220-1047 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 48 X 24 IN
UMQ-4836-A 70220-1049 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 48 X 36 IN
UMQ-4848-A 70220-1051 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 48 X 48 IN
UMQ-4866-A 70220-1054 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 48 X 66 IN
UMQ-4872-A 70220-1055 UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 48 X 72 IN
UMQ5 CABLE 19251-0050 5 M QUICK-DISCONNECT CABLE
UMQ10 CABLE 19251-0100 10 M QUICK-DISCONNECT CABLE
Q
Q-2 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
MC Controllers
Safety Mats & Area Guarding
MC3, MC4 and MC6 Series
Safety Mat Controllers
The MC Series safety mat controllers are
used in conjunction with a four-wire, nor-
mally open, safety mat where perimeter
guarding is required. These control reliable
controllers send a stop signal to the guarded
machine when an object of sufficient weight
is detected on the active mat area.
The MC Series controllers, when combined
with a four-wire UM or UMQ series mat,
provide access guarding and improved
productivity. The work area is fully visible
and accessible.
The controller meets the requirement of EN
1760-1:1998, EN 13849-1, ANSI/RIA 15.06-
1999 (R2009), ANSI B11.19-2010, OSHA
1910-217C. CSA and UL508.
MC6
• Universal power input
• Up to 6 mat zone inputs
• Six mat zone status indicator LEDs
• Select from Automatic Start, Start/Restart
Interlock or Start Interlock operating
modes
• MPCE monitoring
• Remote access to reset functions
• 2-digit numeric display for fault
diagnostics
• Surface mount, lockable metal enclosure
Options
• Lid-mounted reset key switch
• Quick disconnect for incoming power and
relay outputs
• Quick disconnects up to 6 mat zone
inputs
• Solid-state safety output module
• Safety relay output module
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
MC3 43767-0010 MC3 MAT CONTROLLER
MC4-0004 43815-0004 MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 24 VDC, 4 CONNECTORS
MC4-0010 43815-0010 MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240 VAC, 0 CONNECTORS
MC4-0011 43815-0011 MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240 VAC, 1 CONNECTOR
MC4-0012 43815-0012 MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240 VAC, 2 CONNECTORS
MC4-0013 43815-0013 MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240 VAC, 3 CONNECTORS
MC4-0014 43815-0014 MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240 VAC, 4 CONNECTORS
MC6AC-0016 43938-0016 MC6 MAT CONTROLLER, AC 6 CONNECTORS
MC6DC-0012 43939-0012 MC6 MAT CONTROLLER, DC, 2 CONNECTORS
MC6DC-0016 43939-0016 MC6 MAT CONTROLLER, DC, 6 CONNECTORS
MC3
Q-3
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
SGE & SCS Series Safety Edges
Safety Edges
(SGE & SCS Series Profiles)
• Profile materials NBR (SCS series only), EPDM
or TPE
• Available in six sizes for SGE Series and two
sizes for SCS Series
Applicable Controllers
• SCC-1224 Single-Channel Controller
• SCC-1224ND Single-Channel Controller
• SCC-2124 Dual-Channel Controller
• SCC-2224 Dual-Channel Controller
SCSF Safety Bumpers
Safety Bumpers
• Foam rubber covered in polyurethane,
mounted on an aluminum base
• Available in lengths up to 3000 mm;
Standard sizes:
53 mm x 100 mm
100 mm x 200 mm
150 mm x 300 mm
200 mm x 400 mm
Ordering Information
All edges are custom. Please use the
SpeedSPEC code above for ordering
information.
Ordering Information
All bumpers are custom. Please use the
SpeedSPEC code above for ordering
information.
EDGES
BUMPERS
Q
Q-4 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
SCC
SCC Safety Edge Controllers
Single and Dual-Channel
Safety Edge Controllers
for use with All Safety Edges and Safety
Bumpers
• Power requirements
– 120 VAC or 24 VDC is acceptable for the
SCC-1224 single channel units
– 24 VDC is acceptable for SCC-2124/2224
dual channel units
• Inputs
– Single channel units accept a single two-
wire edge or bumper system
– Dual channel units accept 1 or 2 two-wire
edge or bumper systems
• Outputs
– Single channel units have two safety
outputs and one auxiliary output
for signaling
– Dual channel units have either 1 or 2
safety outputs, and either 1 or 2 auxiliary
outputs with DIP switch selection for
input channel relationship
• External Device Monitoring –EDM is
provided on all units with aN/C loop
between Z1 and Z2
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
SCC-1224 43872-0020 SCS EDGE CONTROLLER, AUX CONTACT MOMENTARILY CLOSES WHEN ACTIVATED
SCC-1224ND 43872-0021 SCS EDGE CONTROLLER, AUX CONTACT REMAINS CLOSED WHEN ACTIVATED
• Monitored Reset Modes
– Monitored manual reset mode that
requires closure of the reset circuit
followed by opening of the circuit is
available on all units
– Automatic reset mode that occurs upon
closure of the reset circuit is available on
all units
• Delayed Auxiliary Output – Delayed
opening of the auxiliary output for reversal
of a door or gate may be selected on all
units except SCC1224ND
R-i
Safety Switches
Contents
Guardlocking Interlock Switches
D4JL Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch R-1
D4NL Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch R-2
D4SL-N Super Small Class 6-Contact
Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch
R-3
TL4019 Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch R-4
TL4024 Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch R-5
Hinge Pin Interlock Switches
D4NH Safety-door Hinge Switch R-6
Non-Contact Interlock Switches
CM Most Diverse and Flexible
Line of Coded Magnetic
Safety Interlock Switches and
Controllers
R-7
D40Z/
D40A/
G9SX-NS
Compact Non-contact Door
Switch/Flexible Safety Unit
R-8
MA Magnetically Actuated Safety
Interlock Switches
R-9
MA-S Stainless Steel Magnetically
Actuated Safety Interlock
Switches and Actuators
R-10
MFS Stainless Steel Magnetically
Actuated Safety Interlock
Switches and Actuators
R-11
Safety Limit Interlock Switches
D4B-9NSafety Limit Switch R-12
D4F Small Safety Limit Switch R-13
D4N Safety Limit Switch R-14
D4N-9RPull-reset Safety Limit Switch R-15
Tongue Interlock Switches
D4GS-N Slim Safety Door Switches with
IP67 Rating
R-16
D4NS Safety-Door Switch R-17
T2008 Small Tongue-Operated Safety
Interlock Switch
R-18
T4012 Universal Tongue-Operated
Safety Interlock Switch
R-19
T4016 Heavy-Duty Metal-Body Safety
Interlock Switch
R-20
T5007 Compact Universal Tongue-
Operated Safety Interlock
Switch
R-21
T5009 &
T5009-6
Universal Tongue-Operated
Safety Interlock Switch
R-22
Two-Hand Control
TS TouchStart™ Capacitive Palm
Button
R-23
Enabling Switch Device
A4EG Enabling Grip Switch with
Distinct Feel for Three Easily
Discernible Positions
R-24
Safety Selector Switch
A22TK Safety Key Selector Switch R-25
Rapid Delivery Products
are normally in stock and
available for quick shipment.
R
R-1 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
D4JL
D4JL Safety Interlock Switches
Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch
• Holding force of 3,000 N
• Two safety circuits and two monitor
contacts provide an array of monitoring
patterns.
• Standard gold-clad contacts enable use
with ordinary loads and microloads.
• Models with trapped keys prevent work-
ers from being locked in hazardous work
areas.
• Models with rear release buttons allow
people to unlock the Switch and escape if
they are locked into hazardous areas.
• IP67 degree of protection
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
D4JL-2NFA-C5 11022-0004 D4JL BASE MODEL, SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, GREEN, MECHANICAL LOCK,
2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO
D4JL-2NFA-D5 11022-0036 D4JL BASE MODEL, SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, ORANGE, MECHANICAL LOCK,
2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO
D4JL-2NFA-C6 11022-0068 D4JL BASE MODEL, SPECIAL RELEASE KEY+REAR RELEASE, GREEN, MECHANICAL
LOCK, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO
D4JL-K1 11022-0001 D4JL OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL MOUNT
D4JL-K2 11022-0002 D4JL OPERATION KEY, VERTICAL MOUNT
D4JL-K3 11022-0254 D4JL OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE MOUNT (HORIZONTAL)
D4JL-SK40 11022-0194 D4JL MOUNTING SLIDE KEY
R-2
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
D4NL
D4NL Safety Interlock Switches
S
Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch
• Best-selling guard lock safety-door switch
available in several compact, multi-con-
tact models
• Selectable Operation Key insertion direc-
tion and adjustable mounting ensure
installation flexibility
• Built-in switches with multiple-contact
construction are available
• Key holding force of 1,300 N minimum
• Can be used for either standard loads or
microloads
• Lineup includes models with a conduit
size of M20
• IP67 degree of protection
• Variety of metallic heads available
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
D4NL-4EFA-B-NPT 11025-0174 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+1NC/1NO, PLASTIC, MECHANICAL LOCK, NPT
D4NL-4EFG-B-NPT 11025-0176 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+1NC/1NO, PLASTIC, 24 VDC SOLENOID LOCK,
NPT
D4NL-4FFA-B-NPT 11025-0178 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+2NC, PLASTIC, MECHANICAL LOCK, NPT
D4NL-4FFG-B-NPT 11025-0180 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+2NC, PLASTIC, 24 VDC SOLENOID LOCK, NPT
D4NL-4EDA-B4-NPT 11025-0189 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+1NC/1NO, METAL, MECHANICAL LOCK,
SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, NPT
D4NL-4GDA-B4-NPT 11025-0190 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 3NC+1NC/1NO, METAL, MECHANICAL LOCK, SPECIAL
RELEASE KEY, NPT
D4NL-4EDG-B4-NPT 11025-0191 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+1NC/1NO, METAL, 24 VDC SOLENOID LOCK,
SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, NPT
D4NL-4GDG-B4-NPT 11025-0192 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 3NC+1NC/1NO, METAL, 24 VDC SOLENOID LOCK,
SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, NPT
D4NL-4GDA-B4S-NPT 11025-0336 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 3NC+1NC/1NO, METAL, MECHANICAL LOCK, SPECIAL
RELEASE KEY, FRONT KEY, NPT
D4DS-K1 11018-0011 D4NL, D4NS OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL MOUNTING
D4DS-K2 11018-0012 D4NL, D4NS OPERATION KEY, VERTICAL MOUNTING
D4DS-K3 11018-0013 D4NL, D4NS OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING (HORIZONTAL)
D4DS-K5 11018-1005 D4NL, D4NS OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING (HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL)
D4NL-RK 11025-9001 D4NL SPECIAL RELEASE KEY
R
R-3 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
D4SLN
D4SL-N Safety Interlock Switches
Super Small Class 6-Contact
Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch
• Wiring time is reduced with two types
of wiring methods capable of one-touch
attachment and removal
• A wide variety of built-in switches can be
used for various devices.
(4-, 5-, and 6-contact models are
available)
• Key holding force of 1,300 N
• It is possible to change the key insertion
point without detaching the head
• Drive solenoids directly from the controller
• Lockout slide key prevents workers from
becoming trapped inside the
hazardous area.
CONNECTOR
TYPE
TERMINAL
BLOCK
TYPE
SLIDE KEY
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
D4SL-N3HFG-DN 11079-2158 D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID LOCK, 3NC+2NC, M20 CONDUIT WITH M20-TO-NPT
ADAPTER, PLASTIC HEAD
D4SL-N2NFG-D4N 11079-2200 D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID LOCK, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, G 1/2 CONDUIT, PLASTIC
HEAD
D4SL-N3NFA-D 11079-2225 D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID RELEASE, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 CONDUIT WITH
M20-TO-NPT ADAPTER, PLASTIC HEAD
D4SL-N3NFA-DN 11079-2226 D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID RELEASE, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 CONDUIT WITH
M20-TO-NPT ADAPTER, PLASTIC HEAD
D4SL-N3NFA-D4 11079-2227 D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID RELEASE, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 CONDUIT WITH
M20-TO-NPT ADAPTER, PLASTIC HEAD
D4SL-N3NFG-D 11079-2229 D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID LOCK, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 CONDUIT WITH M20-
TO-NPT ADAPTER, PLASTIC HEAD
D4SL-N3NFG-DN 11079-2230 D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID LOCK, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 CONDUIT WITH M20-
TO-NPT ADAPTER, PLASTIC HEAD
D4SL-N3NFG-D4 11079-2231 D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID LOCK, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 CONDUIT WITH M20-
TO-NPT ADAPTER, PLASTIC HEAD
D4SL-N3QFA-D 11079-2241 D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID RELEASE, 3NC+2NC/1NO, M20 CONDUIT WITH M20-
TO-NPT ADAPTER, PLASTIC HEAD
D4SL-NK1 11079-3001 D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL
D4SL-NK2 11079-3002 D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, VERTICAL
D4SL-NK3 11079-3003 D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE (HORIZONTAL)
D4SL-NK1S 11079-3004 D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL MOUNTING (SHORT)
D4SL-NK1G 11079-3005 D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL (RUBBER BUSHING)
D4SL-NK2G 11079-3006 D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, VERTICAL (RUBBER BUSHING)
D4SL-NSK10-LK 11079-4001 D4SL-N SLIDE KEY
D4SL-CN3 11079-0106 D4SL CONNECTOR CABLE, 3 M
D4SL-CN5 11079-0107 D4SL CONNECTOR CABLE, 5 M
• The vertical door switch can be easily
mounted on 40 x 40 mm aluminum frames.
• Plastic material makes the key suitable for
lightweight doors.
R-4
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
TL4019
TL4019 Safety Interlock Switches
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
TL4019-10241TM 44534-0010 TL4019 (FLAT ACTUATOR), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+2 N/O, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER
TL4019-20241TM 44534-0030 TL4019 (FLAT ACTUATOR), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+2 N/O, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER
TL4019-30241TM 44534-0050 TL4019 (FLAT ACTUATOR), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER
TL4019-30242TM 44534-0070 TL4019 (FLAT ACTUATOR), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER
TL4019-10241F1M 44534-0310 TL4019 (FLEX1 ACTUATOR), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+2 N/O, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER
TL4019-30242F1M 44534-0370 TL4019 (FLEX1 ACTUATOR), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER
TL4019-40241TM 44534-0410 TL4019 (FLAT ACTUATOR), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER
TL4019-40242TM 44534-0430 TL4019 (FLAT ACTUATOR), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER
TL4019-40241SM 44534-0510 TL4019 (90-DEGREE ACTUATOR), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER
TL4019-50241SM 44534-0570 TL4019 (90-DEGREE ACTUATOR), 24 VAC/DC, 1N/C+1N/C+1N/O, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER
TL4019-40241F1M 44534-1710 TL4019 (FLEX1 ACTUATOR), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER
TL4019-40242F1M 44534-1730 TL4019 (FLEX1 ACTUATOR), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER
TL4019-10241 44534-2010 TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+2 N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)
TL4019-20241 44534-2030 TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+2 N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)
TL4019-30241 44534-2050 TL4019 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)
TL4019-31101 44534-2060 TL4019 BASE MODEL, 110 VAC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)
TL4019-30242 44534-2070 TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)
TL4019-30243 44534-2090 TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/C+1N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)
TL4019-40241 44534-2110 TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)
TL4019-41101 44534-2120 TL4019 BASE MODEL, 110 VAC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)
TL4019-40242 44534-2130 TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)
TL4019-40243 44534-2150 TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/C+1N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)
TL4019-50241 44534-2170 TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 1N/C+1N/C+1N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)
TL4019-30241RR 44534-3050 TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20
SA34-T 44534-0700 TL4019 REPLACEMENT FLAT ACTUATOR
SA34-TOT 44534-0701 TL4019 REPLACEMENT FLAT ACTUATOR OT
SA34-5 44534-0710 TL4019 REPLACEMENT 90-DEGREE ACTUATOR
SA34-F2 44534-0720 TL4019 REPLACEMENT FLEX 2 ACTUATOR
SA34-F2OT 44534-0721 TL4019 REPLACEMENT FLEX 2 ACTUATOR OT
SA34-F1 44534-0730 TL4019 REPLACEMENT FLEX 1 ACTUATOR
SA34-F1OT 44534-0731 TL4019 REPLACEMENT FLEX 1 ACTUATOR OT
SA34-TRB 44534-0740 TL4019 REPLACEMENT FLAT ACTUATOR RB
SA34-TRBOT 44534-0741 TL4019 REPLACEMENT FLAT ACTUATOR OTRB
SA34-SRB 44534-0750 TL4019 REPLACEMENT 90-DEGREE ACTUATOR RB
SM34-LED61 44534-0761 TL4019 LED LID KIT
SM34-KLR02 44534-0802 TL4019 KEY LOCK RELEASE (2 KEYS INCLUDED)
SBLK34-R50 44534-8050
TL4019 SLIDE BOLT INTERIOR LEVER KIT (USE WITH REAR RELEASE SLIDE BOLTS ONLY)
SBRH-R60 44534-8060 TL4019 REAR RELEASE T-HANDLE
Conforms to EN1088, EN60947-5-1,
EN292, EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed, BG approved
R
C US
Safety Interlock Switch with Guard
Door Locking
• High locking force of 1,200 N (270 lb.)
locks guard door shut until machine is
safe to enter
• IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure enables the
TL4019 to withstand water washdown
• Door and lock monitoring—the TL4019
has a total of 4 contacts: 2N/C safety +
1 contact for door position monitoring +
1 contact for lock monitoring
R
R-5 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
TL4024
TL4024 Safety Interlock Switches
Safety Interlock Switch
with Guard Door Locking
• High locking force of 1,500 N (337 lb.)
locks guard door shut until machine is
safe to enter
• IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure withstands water
washdown
• Door and lock monitoring—the TL4024
has a total of 4 contacts: 2N/C safety +
1 contact for door position monitoring +
1 contact for lock monitoring
• Unlocking is possible with a back load on
the door to satisfy the demands of high
cycle time applications
• Narrow profile enables mounting to 2
in. square tubing or in applications with
space restrictions
• Rotatable head—the rotatable head pro-
vides 8 actuator entry positions to satisfy
most installation requirements
• Optional key release—this option on
power-to-unlock models allows manual
unlocking of the guard door
Conforms to EN1088, EN60947-5-1,
EN292, EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed, BG approved
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
TL4024-10242TM 44535-0010 TL4024 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+ 1N/O+1N/C, FLAT ACTUATOR
TL4024-10242SM 44535-0110 TL4024 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+ 1N/O+1N/C, 90-DEGREE ACTUATOR
TL4024-10242 44535-2010 TL4024 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3 X .05 IN. NPT CONDUIT
TL4024-10243 44535-2030 TL4024 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3 X .05 IN. NPT CONDUIT
SA35-F1 44535-0750 TL4024 REPLACEMENT FLEX 1 ACTUATOR
• Optional slide bolt with integral door
handle aids installation on sliding and
swinging guard doors
• Two LED (red/green) status indicators on
the lid may be wired to suit the application
R-6
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
D4NH
D4NH Safety Interlock Switches
Safety-door Hinge Switch
• Compact, plastic-body safety-door hinge
switch designed for saving space in
machines
• Lineup includes three contact models
with 2NC/1NO and 3NC contact forms in
addition to the previous contact forms
1NC/1NO, and 2NC. Models with MBB
contacts are also available
• M12-connector models are available, sav-
ing on labor and simplifying replacement
• Standardized gold-clad contacts provide
high contact reliability. Can be used with
both standard loads and microloads.
S
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
D4NH-4CAS-NPT 11024-0105 D4NH BASE MODEL, SHAFT ACTUATOR, 1-CONDUIT, NPT, 2NC/1NO
D4NH-4CBC-NPT 11024-0107 D4NH BASE MODEL, ARM LEVER ACTUATOR, 1-CONDUIT, NPT, 2NC/1NO
D4NH-4BBC-NPT 11024-0108 D4NH BASE MODEL, ARM LEVER ACTUATOR, 1-CONDUIT, NPT, 2NC
D4NH-4ABC-NPT 11024-0109 D4NH BASE MODEL, ARM LEVER ACTUATOR, 1-CONDUIT, NPT, 1NC/1NO
R
R-7 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
CM
CM Series Safety Interlock Switches
Conforms to EN292, EN60204-1,
EN954-1, EN1088, EN60947-5-3,
EN947-5-3, EN50081, EN50082,
EN61000-6-2, ISO 13849-1
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified
Most Diverse and Flexible Line of
Coded Magnetic Safety Interlock
Switches and Controllers
• Combine door switch monitoring and
E-stop monitoring by using the CM-S41
controller
• Monitor is single switch to CAT4 with the
CM-S30 controller
• Monitor multiple switches to CAT3 using
CM-S4 or CM-S30 controllers
• Monitoring multiple switches on individual
channels can be achieved by using the
CM-S21 or CM-S41 controllers. Easily
expand your system by using the CM-SE
expansion module.
• All CM switches are rated IP67
• Stainless steel switches are available for
harsh environments
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
CM-S4 44536-0040 CM-S4 BASE MODEL, CONTROL (24 VAC/DC) 1N/O+1N/O AUX.
CM-S1PC3 44536-0100 CM-S1 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACT WITH 1N/O+1N/C, 3 M CABLE
CM-S1PC5 44536-0105 CM-S1 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACT WITH 1N/O+1N/C, 5 M CABLE
CM-S21-24 44536-0120 CM-S21 BASE MODEL, CONTROL (24 VAC/DC) 2N/O+1N/C AUX.
CM-S2PC3 44536-0200 CM-S2 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACT WITH 1N/O+1N/C, 3 M CABLE
CM-S221PC5 44536-0221 CM-S221PC5 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACT WITH 2NO+1NC, 5 M CABLE
CM-S521PC5 44536-0521 CM-S521 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACT WITH 2N/C+1N/O, 5 M CABLE
CM-S621PC5 44536-0621 CM-S5621 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACT WITH 2N/C+1N/O, 5 M CABLE
CM-S621PC10 44536-1621 CM-S621 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACT WITH 2N/C+1N/O, 10 M CABLE
CM-S31SC3 44536-3100 CM-S31 BASE MODEL, SWITCH+ACT, 3 M CABLE
CM-S31SC5 44536-3105 CM-S31 BASE MODEL, SWITCH+ACT, 5 M CABLE
R-8
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
D40
D40Z/D40A/G9SX-NS
Safety Interlock Switches
D40Z
D40A
Compact Non-contact Door
Switch/ Flexible Safety Unit
• Up to 30 units can be connected to
a single G9SX (15 units with G9SP)
Controller
• Troubleshooting is made easy with the
switch’s two-color diagnostic LED display
patterns
• Photocoupler monitor output allows
connection to a general-purpose PLC
(NPN type)
D40Z
• Supports ISO 13849-1 (Safety Category 4/PLe)
• Non-magnetic actuator will not attract
metal fillings
D40A
• Magnetic actuator
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
D40A-1C5 11008-6002 D40A BASE MODEL, SWITCH AND ACTUATOR, 5 M CABLE
D40Z-1C2 11081-0001 D40Z BASE MODEL, SWITCH AND ACTUATOR, 2 M CABLE
D40Z-1C5 11081-0002 D40Z BASE MODEL, SWITCH AND ACTUATOR, 5 M CABLE
D40Z-1C-A 11081-0003 D40Z BASE MODEL, ACTUATOR ONLY
R
R-9 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
MA
MA Series Safety Interlock Switches
Magnetically Actuated
Safety Interlock Switches
• Large selection—choose from a large
selection of contact configurations housed
in plastic to satisfy most application
requirements
• NEMA 6 enclosure enables the MA Series
switches to satisfy most application
requirements (MA 3, 4, 5 are NEMA 4)
• Misalignment tolerant—the non-contact
actuation of the switches makes them
very tolerant to misalignment of up to 10
mm (0.39 in.)
• Variety of terminations—select various
cable lengths or terminal strip termination
for easy installation. Cable connector on
selected models
Conforms to EN1088, EN292, EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
MA-1APC4 44507-0020 MA-1 BASE MODEL (AC ONLY), 1N/C, 4 M CABLE SWITCH+ACTUATOR
MA-1APC8 44507-0180 MA-1 BASE MODEL (AC ONLY), 1N/C, 8M CABLE SWITCH+ACTUATOR
MA-10APC2 44507-0110 MA-10 BASE MODEL (110 VAC ONLY), 1N/C, 2 M CABLE, SWITCH+ACTUATOR
MA-10APC4 44507-0330 MA-10 BASE MODEL (110 VAC ONLY), 1N/C, 4 M CABLE, SWITCH+ACTUATOR
MA-15DP21C3 44507-1540
MA-15 BASE MODEL (24 VDC ONLY), 2N/C+1N/O 3 M CABLE, SWITCH+ACT’R (300 MA MAX.)
MA-15DP21C5 44507-1541 MA-15 BASE MODEL (24 VDC ONLY), 2N/C+1N/O 5 M CABLE, SWITCH+ACT’R (300 MA MAX.)
MA-15DP21CC 44507-1549 MA-15 BASE MODEL (24 VDC ONLY), 2N/C+1N/O CONNECTOR, MALE M12, SW+ACT’R (300
MA MAX.)
MA16DP11C3 44507-1620 MA-16 BASE MODEL (24 VDC ONLY), 1N/C, 1N/O, 3 M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR
MA16DP11C6 44507-1621 MA-16 BASE MODEL (24 VDC ONLY), 1N/C, 1N/O, 6 M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR
MA16DP10C3 44507-1610 MA-16 BASE MODEL (24 VDC ONLY), 1N/C, 3 M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR
MA16DP10C6 44507-1611 MA-16 BASE MODEL (24 VDC ONLY), 1N/C, 6 M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR
MA16DP21C3 44507-1640 MA-16 BASE MODEL (24 VDC ONLY), 2N/C, 1N/O, 3 M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR
MA-16AP11C6 44507-1661 MA-16 BASE MODEL (AC ONLY), 1N/C, 1N/O 6 M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR
MA-16AP11C3 44507-1660 MA-16 BASE MODEL (AC ONLY), 1N/C, 1N/O, 3 M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR
MA-16AP10C3 44507-1650 MA-16 BASE MODEL (AC ONLY), 1N/C, 3 M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR
MA-16AP10C6 44507-1651 MA-16 BASE MODEL (AC ONLY), 1N/C, 6 M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR
MA-2DPC15 44507-0370 MA-2 BASE MODEL (24 VDC ONLY), 1N/C+1N/O, 15 M CABLE, SWITCH+ACTUATOR
MA-2DPCC 44507-0650 MA-2 BASE MODEL (24 VDC ONLY), 1N/C+1N/O, CONNECTOR 4-PIN MICRO DC,
SWITCH+ACTUATOR
MA-2APC4 44507-0040 MA-2 BASE MODEL (AC ONLY), 1N/C+1N/O, 4 M CABLE, SWITCH+ACTUATOR
MA-20DPCC 44507-0630 MA-20 BASE MODEL (24 VDC ONLY), 2N/C, CONNECTOR 4-PIN MICRO DC M12,
SWITCH+ACTUATOR
MA-21DPCC 44507-0670 MA-21 BASE MODEL (24 VDC ONLY), 2N/C+1N/O, CONNECTOR, SWITCH+ACTUATOR
MA-34DS11C3 44507-3420 MA-34 BASE MODEL, 1N/C+1N/O, 3 M CABLE, SWITCH+ACTUATOR
MA-35DS21C3 44507-3540 MA-35 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 3 M CABLE, SWITCH+ACTUATOR (300 MA MAX.)
MA-35DS21C5 44507-3541 MA-35 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 5 M CABLE, SWITCH+ACTUATOR (300 MA MAX.)
MA-35DS21CC 44507-3549
MA-35 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M12 MALE CONNECTOR, SWITCH+ACTUATOR (300 MA MAX.)
MA-36DS11C3 44507-3620 MA-36 BASE MODEL, 1N/C+1N/O, 3 M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR
MA-36AS10C3 44507-3650 MA-36 BASE MODEL, 1N/C, 3 M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR
MA-4APTC 44507-0060 MA-4 BASE MODEL (AC ONLY), 1N/C+1N/O, TERMINAL CONNECTION, SWITCH+ACTUATOR
SA07-MA00 44507-0700 MA 1-5, 20 & 21 REPLACEMENT ACTUATOR RED ABS PLASTIC
SA07-MA10 44507-0710 MA 6, 9 & 10 REPLACEMENT ACTUATOR RED ABS PLASTIC
SA07-MA16 44507-0716 MA-10-16 REPLACEMENT ACTUATOR RED ABS PLASTIC
• Long life—the MA Series is designed for a
minimum of one million actuations
R-10
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
MAS
MA-S Series Safety Interlock Switches
Stainless Steel Magnetically
Actuated Safety Interlock
Switches and Actuators
• Stainless steel cases—both switch and
actuator are housed in stainless steel for
applications that require the use of this
robust and corrosion resistant material
• Large selection—choose from a variety of
contact configurations housed in stain-
less steel to satisfy the most demanding
applications
• NEMA 6 enclosure enables the MA-S
Series switches to satisfy most application
requirements
• Misalignment tolerant—the non-contact
actuation of the MA-S Series switches
makes them very tolerant to misalignment
of up to 10 mm (0.39 in.)
• High temperature—the MA-S switches
and cables are designed to operate in
temperatures up to 125°C (257°F)
• Long life—the MA-S Series safety inter-
lock switches are designed for a minimum
of one million actuations
Conforms to EN1088, EN292,
EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
MA-S21DSC3 44507-0450 MA-S21 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 3 M CABLE, SWITCH+ACTUATOR
R
R-11 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
MFS
MFS Safety Interlock Switches
Conforms to EN1088, EN292,
EN60204-1, EN954-1, EN947-
5-3, EN60947-5-1, EN50081,
EN50082, EN61000-6-2
UL and C-UL listed
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
MFS-11P11C3 44508-1120 MFS BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACTUATOR, 1N/C+1N/O, 3 M CABLE
MFS-11P11C6 44508-1121 MFS BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACTUATOR, 1N/C+1N/O, 6 M CABLE
MFS-11P11CC5 44508-1128 MFS BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACTUATOR, 1N/C+1N/O, M12 MALE CONNECTOR + 5 M
CABLE
MFS-11P20C10 44508-1132 MFS BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACTUATOR, 2N/C, 10 M CABLE
MFS-12P21C6 44508-1133 MFS BASE MODEL,-12 SWITCH & ACTUATOR, 2N/C+1N/O, 6 M CABLE
MFS-12P21CC5 44508-1134 MFS-12 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACTUATOR, 2N/C+1N/O, M12 MALE CONNECTOR +
5 M CABLE
MFS-11P20CC 44508-1139 MFS BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACTUATOR, 2N/C, M12 MALE CONNECTOR
Magnetic Ferroresonant Stand-
alone
Safety Interlock Switch
• Tamper resistant—the combination of
magnetic and ferroresonant signals
required to close the safety contacts
makes the MFS very tamper resistant
• Standalone—use for lower risk applica-
tions as a stand-alone safety switch
allowing direct switching of relays and
contactors up to 2 A at 230 VAC
• MFS-11 provides a visible LED which
illuminates green when the actuator is in
range and contacts are closed
• MFS-12 provides a dual color LED
indicator. LED illuminates green when
the actuator is in range and the con-
tacts are closed. LED illuminates Red
when the actuator is out of range and
contacts are open.
• Compact size—mounts easily on 1-in.
square tubing
• Use with safety monitoring relays in
applications requiring a higher level of
safety reliability
• NEMA 4 enclosure enables water wash-
down cleaning
R-12
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
D4BN
D4B-9N Safety Interlock Switches
Safety Limit Switch
• Snap-action contact with certified direct
opening operation
• Direct opening mechanism (NC contacts
only) added to enable opening contacts
when faults occur, such as fused contacts
• Safety of lever settings ensured using a
mechanism that engages a gear between
the operating position indicator plate and
the lever
• Equipped with a mechanism that indicates
the applicable operating zone, as well as
push-button switching to control left and
right motion
• Head seal structure strengthened to
improve seal properties (TÜV: IEC IP67,
UL: NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, and 13)
• Wide standard operating temperature
range: –40 to 80°C
• Models with gold-plated contacts to en-
able handling microloads
• Certified standards: UL, CSA, EN (TÜV),
and CCC
S
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
D4B-4111N-NPT 11012-0020 D4B-N BASE MODEL, ROLLER LEVER, NPT,1NC/1NO
D4B-4113N-NPT 11012-4029 D4BN-N BASE MODEL, 1NC/1NO, SNAP ACTION, NPT
D4B-4115N-NPT 11012-0024 D4B-N BASE MODEL, ROLLER LEVER, STAINLESS STEEL, NPT, 1NC/1NO
D4B-4116N-NPT 11012-0025 D4B-N BASE MODEL, ADJUSTABLE ROLLER LEVER, NPT, 1NC/1NO
D4B-4117N-NPT 11012-4028 D4B-N BASE MODEL, ADJUSTABLE ROD LEVER, NPT, 1NC/1NO
D4B-4170N-NPT 11012-0026 D4B-N BASE MODEL, TOP PLUNGER, NPT, 1NC/1NO
D4B-4171N-NPT 11012-0022 D4B-N BASE MODEL, TOP ROLLER PLUNGER, M20+NPT, 1NC/1NO, SNAP ACTION
D4B-4A13N-NPT 11012-4027 D4B-N BASE MODEL, NPT, 2NC
D4B-4A71N-NPT 11012-0023 D4B-N BASE MODEL, TOP ROLLER PLUNGER, NPT, 2NC
R
R-13 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
D4F
D4F Safety Interlock Switches
Small Safety Limit Switch
• Smallest class of safety limit switches
• Extra small limit switch with a direct opening
mechanism (four-contact model)
• High-sensitivity safety limit switch
• Four contacts in either 2NC + 2NO or 4NC
versions
• Degree of protection: IP67 (EN60947-5-1)
• Certified standards: UL, EN (TÜV), and CC
S
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
D4F-302-1R 11019-0007 D4F BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO, ROLLER PLUNGER, 1 M CABLE, HORIZONTAL
D4F-102-3R 11019-0021 D4F BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, ROLLER PLUNGER, 3 M CABLE, HORIZONTAL
D4F-202-3R 11019-0022 D4F BASE MODEL, 2NC, ROLLER PLUNGER, 3 M CABLE, HORIZONTAL
D4F-302-3R 11019-0023 D4F BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO, ROLLER PLUNGER, 3 M CABLE, HORIZONTAL
D4F-120-3D 11019-0025 D4F BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, ROLLER LEVER, 3 M CABLE, VERTICAL
D4F-302-3D 11019-0031 D4F BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO, ROLLER PLUNGER, 3 M CABLE, VERTICAL
D4F-120-5R 11019-0033 D4F BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, ROLLER LEVER, 5 M CABLE, HORIZONTAL
D4F-320-5R 11019-0035 D4F BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO, ROLLER LEVER, 5 M CABLE, HORIZONTAL
D4F-220-5D 11019-0042 D4F BASE MODEL, 2NC, ROLLER LEVER, 5 M CABLE, VERTICAL
D4F-320-5D 11019-0043 D4F BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO, ROLLER LEVER, 5 M CABLE, VERTICAL
D4F-420-5D 11019-0044 D4F BASE MODEL, 4NC, ROLLER LEVER, 5 M CABLE, VERTICAL
D4F-302-5D 11019-0047 D4F BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO, ROLLER PLUNGER, 5 M CABLE, VERTICAL
R-14
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
D4N
D4N Safety Interlock Switches
Safety Limit Switch
•
Upgraded safety limit switches based on
the popular D4D, providing a full lineup
conforming to international standards
•
Lineup includes three contact models
with 2NC/1NO and 3NC contact forms in
addition to the previous contact forms
1NC/1NO, and 2NC. Models with MBB
contacts are also available
•
M12-connector models are available, sav-
ing on labor and simplifying replacement
•
Standardized gold-clad contacts provide
high contact reliability. Can be used with
both standard loads and microloads
•
Conforms to EN115, EN81-1, and EN81-2
(slow-action models only)
•
Lineup includes both slow-action and
snap-action models with Zb contacts
•
Certified standards: UL, EN (TÜV),
and CCC
S
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
D4N-4120-NPT 11023-0707 D4N BASE MODEL,1NC/1NO, ROLLER LEVER, SNAP ACT, M20+NPT
D4N-412G-NPT 11023-0702 D4N BASE MODEL,1NC/1NO, ADJ ROLLER LEVER, SNAP ACT, M20+NPT
D4N-4132-NPT 11023-0705 D4N BASE MODEL, 1NC/1NO, ROLLER PLUNGER, M20+NPT
D4N-4162-NPT 11023-0704 D4N BASE MODEL,1NC/1NO, ONE WAY ROLLER HORIZONTAL, SNAP ACT, M20+NPT
D4N-4172-NPT 11023-0703 D4N BASE MODEL,1NC/1NO, ONE WAY ROLLER VERTICAL, SNAP ACT, M20+NPT
R
R-15 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
D4NR
D4N-9R Safety Interlock Switches
Pull-reset Safety Limit Switch
• A series of pull-reset models now
available
• Lineup includes three contact models
with 2NC/1NO and 3NC contact forms in
addition to the previous contact forms
1NC/1NO and 2NC
• M12-connector models are available, sav-
ing on labor and simplifying replacement
• Standardized gold-clad contacts provide
high contact reliability. Can be used with
both standard loads and microloads
• Conforms to EN115, EN81-1 and EN81-2
• Certified standards: UL, EN (TÜV), and
CCC
S
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
D4N-4A32R-NPT 11023-0694 D4N-R BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, SLOW ACT, TOP ROLLER PLUNGER, M20+NPT
D4N-4A2GR-NPT 11023-0697 D4N-R BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, SLOW ACT, ADJ ROLLER LEVER, M20+NPT
D4N-4A20R-NPT 11023-0698 D4N-R BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, SLOW ACT, ROLLER LEVER, M20+NPT
D4N-4B2GR-NPT 11023-0699 D4N-R BASE MODEL, 2NC, SLOW ACT, ADJ ROLLER LEVER, M20+NPT
R-16
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
D4GSN
D4GS-N Safety Interlock Switches
Slim Safety Door Switches
with IP67 Rating
• Slim design with a width of only 17 mm
(three-contact models)
• Reversible design allowing either front or
rear mounting
• Built-in Switches with two- or three-termi-
nal contact construction are available
• Operation Key with rubber mounting hole
to absorb vibration and shock
• IP67 degree of protection
S
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
D4GS-N1R-5 11021-0023 D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, HORIZONTAL, 5 M CABLE
D4GS-N2R 11021-0025 D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC, HORIZONTAL, 1 M CABLE
D4GS-N2T 11021-0026 D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC, VERTICAL, 1 M CABLE
D4GS-N2R-5 11021-0031 D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC, HORIZONTAL, 5 M CABLE
D4GS-N3R-3 11021-0035 D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC+1NO, HORIZONTAL, 3 M CABLE
D4GS-N3R-5 11021-0037 D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC+1NO, HORIZONTAL, 5 M CABLE
D4GS-N4R 11021-0039 D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 3NC, HORIZONTAL, 1 M CABLE
D4GS-NK1 11021-0045 D4GS-N OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL MOUNTING
D4GS-NK2 11021-0046 D4GS-N OPERATION KEY, VERTICAL MOUNTING
D4GS-NK4 11021-0047 D4GS-N OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING (VERTICAL)
R
R-17 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
D4NS
D4NS Safety Interlock Switches
Safety-Door Switch
• Multi-contact, labor-saving, environment-
friendly, next-generation safety-door
switch
• Lineup includes three contact models with
2NC/1NO and 3NC contact forms and
MBB models in addition to the previous
contact forms 1NC/1NO, and 2NC
• M12-connector models are available, sav-
ing on labor and simplifying replacement.
• Standardized gold-clad contacts provide
high contact reliability. Applicable to both
standard loads and microloads.
• Variety of metallic heads available S
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
D4NS-4CF-NPT 11027-0098 D4NS BASE MODEL, 2NC+1NO, M20+NPT
D4NS-4DF-NPT 11027-0099 D4NS BASE MODEL, 3NC, M20+NPT
D4NS-4BF-NPT 11027-0101 D4NS BASE MODEL, 2NC, M20+NPT
D4NS-4AF-NPT 11027-0104 D4NS BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, M20+NPT
D4DS-K1 11018-0011 D4NS, D4NL OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL MOUNTING
D4DS-K2 11018-0012 D4NS, D4NL OPERATION KEY, VERTICAL MOUNTING
D4DS-K3 11018-0013 D4NS, D4NL OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING (HORIZONTAL)
D4DS-K5 11018-1005 D4NS, D4NL OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING (HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL)
R-18
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
T2008
T2008 Safety Interlock Switches
Conforms to EN1088, EN292,
EN60947-5-1, EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed
R
C US
Small Tongue-Operated Safety
Interlock Switch
• Small size—these switches are ideal for
guarding applications with space restric-
tions. Fits on 1 inch square tubing.
• NEMA 6 (IP67) enclosure enables these
switches to withstand water washdown
cleaning
• Rotatable head gives eight possible
actuator entry points for versatile instal-
lation. A blanking plug is supplied for the
unused entry.
• Long life—these switches, with their stain-
less steel actuators, are designed for a
minimum of one million actuations
• Available with two contact poles. Contact
configurations of 1 N/O and 1N/C or 2N/C
are available to meet requirements of dual
channel safety monitoring
• An optional stainless steel guide is avail-
able for demanding applications
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
T2008-11SM 44540-0010 T2008 BASE MODEL, 1N/C+1 N/O, M16, 90 ACT’R + ADAPTER
T2008-02SM 44540-0020 T2008 BASE MODEL, 2N/C, M16, 90 ACT’R + ADAPTER
R
R-19 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
T4012
T4012 Safety Interlock Switches
Universal Tongue-Operated Safety
Interlock Switch
• Strong and versatile—the compact size
of the strong, glass-filled thermoplastic
housing allows this switch to be used in
most applications
• NEMA 6 enclosure enables these switches
to withstand water washdown cleaning
• Rotatable head gives eight possible
actuator entry points for versatile instal-
lation. A blanking plug is supplied for the
unused entry.
• Long life—these switches, with their stain-
less steel actuators, are designed for a
minimum of two million actuations
• Available in 2 or 4 contact pole versions.
The 4 contact pole version provides 2
poles for dual channel safety monitor-
ing and 2 additional poles for status
monitoring.
• An optional stainless steel guide is avail-
able for demanding applications
Conforms to EN1088, EN292,
EN60947-5-1, EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed, BG
approved
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
T4012-011 44538-2010 T4012 BASE MODEL, 1N/C+1N/O, M20
T4012-020 44538-2020 T4012 BASE MODEL, 2N/C, M20
T4012-020TM 44538-0120 T4012 BASE MODEL, 2N/C, M20/NPT ADAPTER
T4012-022 44538-2040 T4012 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, M20
T4012-022TM 44538-0140 T4012 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, M20/NPT ADAPTER
T4012-031 44538-2030 T4012 BASE MODEL, 3N/C+1N/O, M20
T4012-031TM 44538-0130 T4012 BASE MODEL, 3N/C+1 N/O, M20/NPT ADAPTER
SRH34-90 44534-0790 T4012 REPLACEMENT HEAD
SBRL34-P70 44534-8070 T4012 PLASTIC SLIDE BOLT FOR RIGHT OR LEFT HAND DOOR
SBR34-MR30 44534-8130 T4012 BOLT FOR RIGHT-HUNG DOOR (YELLOW METAL)
SBL34-MR40 44534-8140 T4012 BOLT FOR LEFT-HUNG DOOR (YELLOW METAL)
R-20
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
T4016
T4016 Safety Interlock Switches
Heavy-Duty Metal-Body Safety
Interlock Switch
• Rugged enclosure—the all metal housing
and stainless steel actuator of the T4016
makes it suitable for harsh environments
• NEMA 6/IP67 enclosure enables these
switches to withstand water washdown
cleaning.
• Rotatable head gives eight possible
actuator entry points for versatile instal-
lation. A blanking plug is supplied for the
unused entry.
• Long life—these switches, with their stain-
less steel actuators, are designed for a
minimum of two million actuations
• A variety of 4 contact pole versions
provides 2 poles for dual channel safety
monitoring and 2 additional poles for
status monitoring
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
T4016-031SM 44539-0010 T4016 BASE MODEL,3NC+1NO, 90 ACTUATOR, 3 X 0.5 INCH NPT CONDUIT OPENINGS
T4016-031TM 44539-0110 T4016 BASE MODEL,3NC+1NO, FLAT ACTUATOR, 3 X 0.5 INCH NPT CONDUIT OPENINGS
T4016-031F1M 44539-0210 T4016 BASE MODEL, 3NC+1NO, FLEX 1 ACTUATOR, 3 X 0.5 INCH NPT CONDUIT
OPENINGS
T4016-031 44539-2010 T4016 BASE MODEL, 3N/C+1N/O, 3 X 0.5 INCH NPT CONDUIT OPENINGS
SAG-SS80 44534-0780 T4016 STAINLESS STEEL ALIGNMENT GUIDE
SA35-TRB 44535-0700 T4016 REPLACEMENT FLAT ACTUATOR RB
SA35-SRB 44535-0710 T4016 REPLACEMENT 90-DEGREE ACTUATOR RB
SBR-M00 44535-8000 T4016 BRACKET WITH HANDLE FOR RIGHT-HUNG DOOR (YELLOW)
SBL-M00 44535-8010 T4016 BRACKET WITH HANDLE FOR LEFT-HUNG DOOR (YELLOW)
R
R-21 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
T5007
T5007 Safety Interlock Switches
Compact Universal Tongue-
Operated Safety Interlock Switch
• Strong and versatile—the compact size of
the strong, glass-filled polyester housing
can be used in many applications
• NEMA 6 enclosure enables these switches
to withstand water washdown cleaning
• Rotatable head gives four possible actua-
tor entry points for versatile installation.
A blanking plug is supplied for the unused
entry
• Small swing radius allows use on doors
with a swing radius as small as 64 mm (2.5
in.) when using the optional flexible
1 actuator with alignment guide
• Vibration resistant—optional catch and
retainer keeps vibrating guard doors shut,
preventing unwanted opening of guard
doors on vibrating machines
Conforms to EN1088, EN292,
EN60947-5-1, EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
T5007-02F1M 44526-0120 T5007 BASE MODEL, FLEX 1, 2N/C, 3 X M20 WITH NPT ADAPTER
T5007-02FF1SCC 44526-1122 T5007 BASE MODEL, FLEX 1, 2N/C, STAINLESS STEEL HEAD, FRONT ENTRY,
CONNECTOR
T5007-02SCC 44526-0022 T5007 BASE MODEL, 2N/C, CONNECTOR
T5007-02SM 44526-0020 T5007 BASE MODEL, 2N/C, 3 X M20 WITH NPT ADAPTER
T5007-11F1M 44526-0110 T5007 BASE MODEL, FLEX 1, 1N/C+1N/O, 3 X M20 WITH NPT ADAPTER
T5007-11FF1SM 44526-1110 T5007 BASE MODEL, FLEX 1, 1N/C+1N/O, STAINLESS STEEL HEAD, FRONT ENTRY, 3 X
M20 WITH NPT ADAPTER
T5007-11FSSM 44526-1010 T5007 BASE MODEL, 1N/C+1N/O, STAINLESS STEEL HEAD, FRONT ENTRY, 3 X M20
WITH NPT ADAPTER
T5007-11SM 44526-0010 T5007 BASE MODEL, 1N/C+1N/O, 3 X M20 WITH NPT ADAPTER
SA01-F2 44501-0780 T5007, T5009 REPLACEMENT FLEXIBLE 2 ACTUATOR WITH GUIDE
SA19-F1 44519-0710 T5007, TL8012, TL5012, T5009, T4011 REPLACEMENT FLEXIBLE ACTUATOR WITH GUIDE
SA26-S 44526-0700 T5007 SPARE STANDARD ACTUATOR FOR T5007
SLD26-01 44526-0801 T5007, T4011, T5009, TL8012-S SWITCH LOCKING DEVICE
• Optional connector makes installation
quick and easy
• An optional stainless steel head is
available
R-22
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
T5009
T5009 & T5009-6 Safety Interlock Switches
Conforms to EN1088, EN292,
EN60947-5-1, EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed
Universal Tongue-Operated
Safety Interlock Switch
• Strong and versatile—the compact size
of the strong, glass-filled polyester hous-
ing and metal reinforced cam allows
this popular switch to be used in most
applications
• NEMA 6 enclosure enables these switches
to withstand water washdown cleaning
•
Rotatable head gives four possible actuator
entry points for versatile installation.
A blanking plug is supplied for the unused
entry
• Small swing radius allows use on doors
with a swing radius as small as 2.5 in.
when using the optional flexible actuators
• Hi-Hold models reduce nuisance rips and
allow the switch to also serve as the gate
catch without the need to mount any
additional hardware
• 4 contact poles provide 2 poles for dual
channel safety monitoring and 2 additional
poles for status monitoring
HI-HOLD
MODELS
AVAILABLE
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
T5009-021F1M 44501-0120 T5009 BASE MODEL, FLX1 2N/C+1NO BBM, 3 X M20/NPT
T5009-021SM 44501-0110 T5009 BASE MODEL, 2NC+1NO BBM, STD ACTUATOR, 3 X M20/NPT
T5009-6040N 44501-1045 T5009-6 BASE MODEL, 4NC BBM, 3 X 1/2 NPT
SM01-MCK40 44501-0740 T5009 CATCH KIT
SA01-S 44501-0750 T5009 REPLACEMENT STANDARD ACTUATOR
SA01-STD 44501-0755 T5009 STANDARD SPARE ACTUATOR, PLASTIC HEADED SWITCHES
SA01-FLX1 44501-0760 T5009 FLEX 1 SPARE ACTUATOR, PLASTIC OR STAINLESS STEEL HEADED SWITCHES
SA01-FLX2 44501-0765 T5009 FLEX 2 SPARE ACTUATOR, PLASTIC OR STAINLESS STEEL HEADED SWITCHES
SA01-F2 44501-0780 T5009, T5007 REPLACEMENT FLEXIBLE 2 ACTUATOR WITH GUIDE
SA19-F1 44519-0710 T5009, TL8012, TL5012, T5007, T4011 REPLACEMENT FLEXIBLE ACTUATOR WITH
GUIDE
SLD26-01 44526-0801 T5009, T4011, T5007, TL8012-S SWITCH LOCKING DEVICE
• Optional connector makes installation
easy
• Optional stainless steel head is available
R
R-23 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
Touchstart
TouchStart™ Two-Hand Control
Capacitive Palm Button
• No physical pressure required to actuate
switch—reduces the likelihood of wrist
injury caused by repetitive motion
• Excellent sensitivity—sensor is designed
to operate even if operator is wearing
gloves
• RFI Immunity—special circuitry inhibits
output in the presence of RFI that would
otherwise cause false triggering of output
• AC version is UL Recognized—meets the
applicable requirements in the proposed
first edition of UL 491
• Saves time and money
• Easy mounting in a single hole
• Wiring is simplified because terminals are
clearly identified and easily accessible
• No special power supplies are required
because switch is available in either 120
VAC or 24 VDC versions
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
TS-10 44527-0010 TOUCHSTART BASE MODEL, 120 VAC, REV. 2
R-24
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
A4EG
A4EG Enabling Switch Device
Enabling Grip Switch with
Distinct Feel for Three Easily
Discernible Positions
• The difficult task of configuring safety
circuits is now easily achieved by
combining the A4EG with the G9SX-GS
• In addition to the standard models, the
lineup also includes models with an
emergency stop switch and models with a
momentary operation switch
• An optional Holding Key (sold separately)
provides a versatile method for selecting
modes
• Equipped with conduit connector
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
A4EG-C000041 11073-0001 A4EG BASE MODEL, SWITCH ONLY, 2NC SAFETY, 1 AUX
A4EG-BM2B041 11073-0003 A4EG BASE MODEL, SWITCH ONLY, 2NC SAFETY, 2NO FUNCTION
A4EG-OP2 11073-0005 A4EG MOUNTING BRACKET
A4EG-OP3 11073-0006 A4EG HOLDING KEY
SC09-9M310 44509-0310 A4EG CABLE, 10-PIN MINI MALE, 9 MS
SC09-9M320 44509-0320 A4EG CABLE, 8-PIN MINI MALE, 9 MS
SC09-9M330 44509-0330 A4EG CABLE, 4-PIN MINI MALE, 10 MS
SC12-M16CG80 44512-0080 M16 CORD GRIP (4-5 MM ID)
SC12-M20CG90 44512-0090 M20 CORD GRIP (4-5 MM ID)
R
R-25 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
A22TK
A22TK Safety Key Selector Switch
Safety Key Selector Switch
• Key-type selector switch with direct open-
ing mechanism
• Selector Switch for secure equipment
activation during maintenance
• 30 types of exclusive keys make it more
difficult to disable
• The trapped key of the D4JL Guard Lock
Safety-door Switch has the same shape as
the locking key of the D4SL-SK10-LK Slide
Key Unit. Units can be combined to im-
prove safety. (Specify the same key type.)
• Common to the switch part of Emergency
Stop Switch A22E. (Non-lighted model
only)
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
A22TK-2LL-02-K01 11004-8009 A22TK BASE MODEL, 2N/C, LEFT KEY RELEASE, LEFTN/C CLOSED, KEY INCLUDED
A22TK-2LR-12-K01 11004-8022 A22TK BASE MODEL, 1N/O+2N/C, LEFT KEY RELEASE, RIGHTN/C CLOSED, KEY
INCLUDED
A22TK-2RL-02-K01 11004-8033 A22TK BASE MODEL, 2N/C, RIGHT KEY RELEASE, LEFTN/C CLOSED, KEY INCLUDED
A22TK-2RL-12-K01 11004-8034 A22TK BASE MODEL, 1N/O+2N/C, RIGHT KEY RELEASE, LEFTN/C CLOSED, KEY
INCLUDED
A22Z-3466-1 11003-0053 A22E LEGEND PLATE, 60-DIA.
A22Z-B101Y 11003-0061 A22E CONTROL BOX
A22Z-EG1 11004-0001 A22E E-SHOP SHROUD FOR EMERGENCY OFF “EMO”, YELLOW
S-i
Safety Monitoring &
Force-Guided Relays
Contents
Safety Monitoring Relays
Fixed Terminals
G9SA Safety Relay Unit S-1
SR101A Single-Channel Relay S-1
SR103AM Dual-Channel Relay S-2
SR104P Two-Hand Control Relay S-2
SR106ED Safety Expansion Unit S-2
SR107, 108 &
109AD
Dual-Channel Relay S-3
SR125SMS45 Stop Motion Sensing Unit S-4
SR131A Dual-Channel Relay S-5
Safety Monitoring Relays
Removable Terminals
SR203 M &
203AM
Dual-Channel Relay S-5
SR208 &
209AD
Dual-Channel Relay S-6
Force-Guided Relays
G7SA Compact Slim Relays
Conforming to EN
Standards
S-7
G7S-9-E Lineup Now Includes 10 A
Models
S-7
Rapid Delivery Products
are normally in stock and
available for quick shipment.
S
S-1 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
G9SA Safety Monitoring Relays
Safety Relay Unit
• Four kinds of 45-mm wide units are avail-
able:
A 3-pole model, a 5-pole model, and mod-
els with 3 poles and 2 OFF-delay poles, as
well as a two-hand controller.
Also available are 17.5 mm wide expan-
sion units with 3 poles and 3 OFF-delay
poles.
• Simple expansion connection
• OFF-delay models have 15-step OFF-
delay settings
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
G9SA-301 AC/DC24 11054-6001 G9SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+1NC, 45 MM, E-STOP CONTROL
G9SA-301 AC100-240 11054-6012 G9SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+1NC, 45 MM, E-STOP CONTROL
G9SA-321-T075 AC/DC24 11054-6003 G9SA BASE MODEL, 3NO IMMEDIATE, 2NO DELAYED, 7.5 SEC.
G9SA-501 AC/DC24 11054-6002 G9SA BASE MODEL, 5NO+1NC, 45 MM, E-STOP CONTROL
G9SA-EX301 11054-6007 G9SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+1NC, EXP MODULE, 45 MM, NO DELAY
• Conforms to EN standards (BG approval)
• Both DIN track mounting and screw
mounting are possible
SR101A Safety Monitoring Relays
Single-Channel Monitoring Relay
• Power requirements—the SR101A will
accept 24 VAC/DC or 115 VAC
• Inputs—a singleN/C input channel, not
monitored, is provided
• Outputs—the SR101A has two N/O out-
puts to route power to the coils of power
contactors
• External Device Monitoring (EDM) is
provided with aN/C loop between S11 and
S21 on the SR101A
• Reset mode—an automatic reset mode is
provided with the SR101A
Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1,
VDE 0113-1
UL and C-UL listed
TÜV Rheinland approved
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
SR101A01 44510-1011 SR101 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 1 INPUT, 2 OUTPUTS
G9SA
SR101A
S-2
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
SR103AM Safety Monitoring Relays SR103AM
Dual-Channel Monitoring Relay
• Power requirements—the SR103AM will
accept 24 VAC/DC or 115 VAC
• Inputs—the SR103AM will accept single or
dualN/C inputs or dual inputs from a light
curtain
• Outputs—the SR103AM has 3 N/O out-
puts to route power to the coils of power
contactors, plus 1N/C auxiliary output for
signaling purposes
• External Device Monitoring (EDM) is
provided with aN/C loop between S11/S12
and S21 on the SR103AM
• Monitored manual or automatic/
manual reset modes are available on the
SR103AM.
Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1,
VDE 0113-1
UL and C-UL listed
TÜV Rheinland approved
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
SR103AM01 44510-1031 SR103 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 INPUTS, 3 OUTPUTS, 1N/C AUX.
SR103AM02 44510-1032 SR103 BASE MODEL, 110 VAC, 2 INPUTS, 3 OUTPUTS, 1N/C AUX.
• Monitored manual reset requires closure
of the reset circuit followed by opening of
the circuit. Reset occurs when circuit is
opened. Auto reset requires only closure
of the reset circuit as reset occurs when
circuit is closed
SR104P Safety Monitoring Relays
Two-Hand Control Monitoring
Relay
• Power requirements—the SR104P will
accept 24 VAC/DC and 115 VAC
• Inputs—controls and monitors two-hand
control switches to ensure that both
switches are operated within 0.5 seconds
of each other
• Outputs—the SR104P has 2 N/O outputs
to route power to the coils of power
contactors
• External Device Monitoring (EDM) is
provided with aN/C loop between X1 and
X2 on the SR104P
Conforms to EN574 Cat. IIIC,
EN60204-1, EN954-1, VDE 0113-1
UL and C-UL listed, BG approved
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
SR104P01 44510-1041 SR104 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 HAND CONTROL UNIT, 2 OUTPUTS
SR104P02 44510-1042 SR104 BASE MODEL, 110 VAC, 2 HAND CONTROL UNIT, 2 OUTPUTS
SR104P
S
S-3 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
SR106ED Safety Monitoring Relays SR106ED
Safety Expansion Unit
• Power requirements—the SR106ED will
accept 24 VAC/DC or 115 VAC
• Outputs—the SR106ED has 3 N/O delayed
outputs to route power to the coils of
power contactors (delay selectable from 1
to 30 sec.)
• Auxiliary Output—the SR106ED has 1N/C
auxiliary for monitoring by the safety
monitoring relay
• PLC Compatible—The N/O off delayed
output makes it possible to use the
SR106ED on machines with
Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1,
VDE 0113-1
UL and C-UL listed
TÜV Rheinland approved
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
SR106ED01 44510-1061 SR106 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 1 INPUT, 3 OFF DELAYED OUTPUTS, 1 AUX.
programmable logic controllers that
require some time to execute an orderly
shutdown
SR107, 108 & 109AD
Safety Monitoring Relays
Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1,
EN292, VDE 0113-1
UL and C-UL listed, BG approved
Dual-Channel Monitoring Relay
• Power requirements—the SR107AD,
SR108AD and SR109AD will accept 24
VAC/DC
• Inputs—the SR107AD, SR108AD and
SR109AD will accept single or dualN/C
inputs or dual PNP solid-state inputs from
a light curtain
• Outputs—the SR107AD, SR108AD and
SR109AD have a total of 4 N/O outputs
with 3, 2 or 1 of the outputs with a time
delay of 1-30 sec.
• External Device Monitoring (EDM) is
provided with aN/C loop between S12
and S21 on the SR107AD, SR108AD and
SR109AD
• Reset mode—a monitored manual start
or an auto/manual start may be config-
ured with the SR107AD, SR108AD and
SR109AD. Monitored manual reset re-
quires closure of the reset circuit followed
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
SR108AD01 44510-1081 SR108 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 INPUTS, 2 OUTPUTS, 2 DELAYED OUTPUTS
by opening of the circuit. Reset occurs
when circuit is opened. Auto reset requires
only closure of the reset circuit as reset
occurs when circuit is closed.
• PLC Compatible—The N/O off delayed
outputs make it possible to use the
SR107AD, SR108AD and SR109AD on
machines with Programmable Logic Con-
trollers that require some time to execute
an orderly shutdown
SR107AD
S-4
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
SR125SMS45 Safety Monitoring Relays SR125SMS
Conforms to EN60204-1,
EN292, and EN692
UL listed, CSA and BG
approved
Stop Motion Sensing Unit
• Power requirements—the SR125SMS45 will
accept 24 VDC or 110 VAC
• Motion detection input—the SR125SMS45
detects the stop condition of all types of AC
or DC motors by sensing the motor’s back
EMF across terminals Z1, Z2 and Z3
• Drive compatible—the SR125SMS45 will
function with electronic motor control
devices such as variable speed controllers,
DC injection brakes, etc.
• Selectable speed limit—the SR125SMS45
has 1 N/O and 1N/C outputs that are
switched when motor speed reaches the
adjustable preset limit (0.01 to 0.10 V) for
the particular output
• Auxiliary output—the SR125SMS45 has 2
solid state auxiliary signaling outputs
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
SR125SMS4501 44510-1271 SR125 BASE MODEL, 24 VDC, BACK EMF SENSING, 1NO+1NC, 2 SOLID STATE
S
S-5 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
SR131A Safety Monitoring Relays SR131A
Dual-Channel Monitoring Relay
• Power requirements—the SR131A will
accept 24 VDC
• Inputs—The SR131A is designed to moni-
tor two magnetically encoded non-contact
switches with 1N/C and 1 N/O contacts
• Outputs—the SR131A has 2 N/O outputs
to route power to the coils of external de-
vice power contactors plus 2N/C auxiliary
solid state outputs for signaling purposes
• External Device Monitoring (EDM) is
provided with aN/C loop between Y1 and
Y2 on the SR131A
C US
Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1,
EN292, and EN1088
UL and C-UL listed, CSA and BG
approved
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
SR131A00 44510-1310 SR131 BASE MODEL, 24 VDC, 2 INPUTS (TWO), 2 OUTPUTS, 2 SOLID STATE AUX.
• Selectable reset modes—automatic/man-
ual reset mode is available on the SR131A
SR203 M & 203AM Safety Monitoring
Relays
Dual-Channel Monitoring Relay
• Power requirements—the SR203 M/A will
accept 24 VAC/DC or 115 VAC
• Inputs—the SR203 M/A will accept single
or dualN/C inputs or dual PNP inputs from
a light curtain
• Outputs—the SR203 M/A has 3 N/O out-
puts to route power to the coils of power
contactors, plus 1N/C auxiliary output for
signaling purposes
• External Device Monitoring (EDM) is
provided with aN/C loop between S12 and
S34 on the SR203 M/A
Conforms to EN60204-1,
EN954-1, ISOTR 12100
UL and C-UL listed
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
SR203A01 44510-2031 SR203 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 INPUTS, 3 OUTPUTS, 1N/C AUX.
• Monitored manual or automatic/manual
reset modes are available on the SR203
M/A
• The SR203 M/A have removable terminal
blocks
SR203
S-6
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
SR208 & 209AD Safety Monitoring Relays SR208AD
Dual-Channel
Safety Monitoring Relay
• Power requirements—the
SR208AD/209AD will accept 24 VAC/DC or
115 VAC
• Inputs—the SR208AD/209AD will accept
single or dual N/C inputs or dual PNP
inputs from a light curtain
• Outputs—the SR208AD has 2 N/O imme-
diate outputs plus 3 N/O delayed outputs.
The SR209AD has 2 N/O immediate
outputs plus 2 N/O and 1N/C delayed out-
puts to route power to the coils of power
contactors (selectable from 0.5 to 10 sec.)
• External Device Monitoring (EDM) is
provided with aN/C loop between Y1 and
Y2 on the SR208AD/209AD
• Reset mode—monitored manual or auto-
matic/manual reset modes are available
on the SR208/209AD
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
SR208AD01 44510-2081 SR208 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 INPUTS, 2 OUTPUTS, 3 DELAYED OUTPUTS
SR209AD01 44510-2091 SR209 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 INPUTS, 2 OUTPUTS, DELAYED OUTPUTS
2N/O+1N/C
• PLC Compatible—The N/O off delayed
outputs make it possible to use the
SR208AD/209AD on machines with Pro-
grammable Logic Controllers that require
some time to execute an orderly shut-
down. TheN/C on delayed output of the
SR209AD may be used to apply power for
unlocking a solenoid locking switch
• The SR208AD/209AD have removable
terminal blocks
S
S-7 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
G7SA Force-Guided Relays G7SA
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
G7SA-2A2B DC24 11051-0002 G7SA BASE MODEL, 2NO+2NC, 24 VDC, FORCE GUIDED RELAY
G7SA-3A1B DC24 11051-0001 G7SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+1NC, 24 VDC, FORCE GUIDED RELAY
G7SA-3A3B DC24 11051-0005 G7SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+3NC, 24 VDC, FORCE GUIDED RELAY
G7SA-4A2B DC24 11051-0004 G7SA BASE MODEL, 4NO+2NC, 24 VDC, FORCE GUIDED RELAY
G7SA-5A1B DC24 11051-0003 G7SA BASE MODEL, 5NO+1NC, 24 VDC, FORCE GUIDED RELAY
P7SA-10F 11059-0012 G7SA 4 POLE SOCKET, TRACK MOUNTING, NO LED
P7SA-10F-ND DC24 11059-0010 G7SA 4 POLE SOCKET, TRACK MOUNTING, LED
P7SA-10P 11059-0008 G7SA 4 POLE SOCKET, BACK MOUNTING, NO LED
P7SA-14F 11059-0009 G7SA 6 POLE SOCKET, TRACK MOUNTING, NO LED
P7SA-14F-ND DC24 11059-0011 G7SA 6 POLE SOCKET, TRACK MOUNTING, LED
P7SA-14P 11059-0007 G7SA 6 POLE SOCKET, BACK MOUNTING, NO LED
C US
G7S-9-E Force-Guided Relays
Lineup Now Includes 10-A Models
• Relays with forcibly guided contacts
(EN50205 Class A, certified by VDE)
• Supports the CE marking of machinery
(Machinery Directive)
• Helps avoid hazardous machine status
when used as part of an interlocking circuit
• Track-mounting and back-mounting
sockets are available
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
G7S-3A3B-E DC24 11052-0001 G7S-E BASE UNIT, 6 POLES, 3PST-NO, 3PST-NC
G7S-4A2B-E DC24 11052-0002 G7S-E BASE UNIT, 6 POLES, 4PST-NO, DPST-NC
P7S-14F-END DC24 11060-0001 G7S-E, TRACK-MOUNT SOCKET, 24 VDC
Compact, Slim Relays Conforming
to EN Standards
• Relays with forcibly guided contacts
(EN50205 Class A, certified by VDE)
• Supports the CE marking of machinery
(Machinery Directive)
• Helps avoid hazardous machine status
when used as part of an interlocking circuit
• Four-pole and six-pole relays are available
• The relay’s terminal arrangement simplifies
PWB pattern design
• Reinforced insulation between inputs and
outputs. Reinforced insulation between
some poles of different polarity
G7SE
T- i
Contents
E-Stops
A165E 16 mm Diameter Emergency
Stop Switch
T-1
A22E 22 or 25 mm Diameter
Emergency Stop Switch
T-2
Rope Pulls
ER1022/
ER1032
Rope Pull Emergency Stop
Switches
T-3
ER5018 Compact Rope Pull
Emergency Stop Switch
T-4
ER6022 Rope Pull Emergency Stop
Switch
T-5
ER6022-SS Stainless Steel Rope Pull
Emergency Stop Switch
T-6
Rapid Delivery Products
are normally in stock and
available for quick shipment.
Emergency Stop Devices
T
Emergency Stop Devices
T-ii For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
T- 1
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
A165E
A165E Emergency Stop Devices
Emergency Stop Switch
(16 mm diameter)
• Separate construction with one of the
smallest class of depths in the world
• Direct opening mechanism to open
contacts in emergencies, such as when
they are welded
• Conforms to EN418
• Includes a safety lock to prevent misuse
• Features separate construction that allows
the switch to be separated for easier
wiring and one-piece-like construction
that allows easier handling
• Models available with 3 contacts built into
a single block (A165E-U)
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
A165E-S-01 11002-7007 A165E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, 30 DIA., SPST-NC
A165E-S-02 11002-7008 A165E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, 30 DIA., DPST-NC
A165E-S-03U 11002-7012 A165E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, 30 DIA., TPST-NC
T
T- 2 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
A22E
A22E Emergency Stop Devices
Emergency Stop Switch
(22 mm or 25 mm diameter)
• Install in 22-dia. or 25-dia. panel cutout
• Direct opening mechanism to open the
circuit when the contact welds
• Safety lock mechanism prevents operating
errors
• Easy mounting and removal of Switch
Blocks using a lever
• Mount three Switch Units in series to
improve wiring efficiency (with non-lighted
Switch Units, three Units can be mounted
for multiple contacts)
• Finger protection mechanism on Switch
Unit provided as a standard feature
• Install using either round, or forked crimp
terminals
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
A22E-L-02 11004-7013 A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 2NC, 60 DIA.
A22EL-M-24A-02 11004-7010 A22E BASE MODEL, LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 2NC, 24V, NO REDUCTION, 40
DIA.
A22E-M 11004-2002 A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 40 DIA.
A22E-M-01 11004-7001 A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 1NC, 40 DIA.
A22E-M-02 11004-7002 A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 2NC, 40 DIA.
A22E-M-11 11004-7004 A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 1NC+1NO, 40 DIA.
A22E-M-12 11004-7051 A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 2NC+1NO, 40 DIA.
A22E-MP-02 11004-7034 A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-PULL, 2NC, 40 DIA.
A22E-MP-11 11004-7036 A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-PULL, 1NC+1NO, 40 DIA.
A22E-S-01 11004-7024 A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 1NC, 30 DIA.
A22E-S-02 11004-7025 A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 2NC, 30 DIA.
• Non-lighted versions are IP65 (oil
resistant). Lighted versions are IP65
• A lock plate is provided as a standard
feature to ensure that the control box and
switch are not easily separated
T- 3
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
ER1022/ER1032 Rope Pull Emergency Stop Devices
Common Features
• IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure enables the switch
to withstand water washdown cleaning
• Integral E-stop—the E-stop button provides
emergency stopping capability at the
extreme end of the installation and is field
serviceable
• Tension indicator makes system setup and
rope tension maintenance easy
• 4N/C safety contacts and 2 N/O auxiliary
contacts satisfy the most demanding
applications
Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC947-
5-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified
R
C US
Model Part Number Description
ER1022-042
MELL
44506-6410 ER1022 BASE MODEL,
4N/C+2N/O, M20, E
STOP, LED 24 VDC, L
ER1022-042
MELR
44506-6510 ER1022 BASE MODEL,
4N/C+2N/O, M20, E
STOP, LED 24 VDC, R
ER1022-042NELL 44506-6420 ER1022 BASE MODEL,
4N/C+2N/O, 1/2 IN.
NPT, E STOP, LED 24
VDC, L
ER1022-042NELR 44506-6520 ER1022 BASE MODEL,
4N/C+2N/O, 1/2 IN.
NPT, E STOP, LED 24
VDC, R
Rope spans up to 200 m (656 ft.)
Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC947-
5-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified
R
C US
Model Part Number Description
ER1032-042 MEL 44506-7410 ER1032 BASE
MODEL, 4N/C+2N/O,
M20, E STOP, LED 24
VDC, D
ER1032-042NEL 44506-7420 ER1032 BASE
MODEL, 4N/C+2N/O,
1/2 IN. NPT, E STOP,
LED 24 VDC, D
ER1032-042NELAC 44506-7421 ER1032 BASE
MODEL, 4N/C+2N/O,
1/2 IN. NPT, E STOP,
LED 120 VAC, D
ER1022 ER1032
• Vibration tolerant—the snap-acting switch
contacts protect against nuisance tripping
due to vibration
•
Indicator beacon—the indicator beacon,
available in 24 VDC or 120 VAC, can be wired
to flash red to indicate a tripped switch or glow
a constant green to indicate a properly reset
switch
• Rubber bellows contain UV inhibitor making
the switches suitable for outdoor applications
Rope spans up to 125 m (410 ft.)
ER1022 ER1032
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
T
T- 4 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
ER5018
ER5018 Emergency Stop Devices
Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC947-
5-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified
R
C US
Compact Rope Pull Emergency
Stop Switch
• Compact size allows this switch to be
used on smaller machines with a mount-
ing width of 40 mm (1.57 in.) and covering
rope spans up to 40 m (131 ft.)
• Tension indicator makes system setup and
rope tension maintenance easy
• Contact arrangements of 2N/C + 1 N/O or
3N/C
• IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure enables the
ER5018 switch to withstand water wash-
down cleaning
• Heavy-duty housing—the die-cast hous-
ing and stainless steel eye nut makes the
ER5018 suitable for demanding industrial
applications
• Integral E-Stop—the optional E -stop pro-
vides emergency stopping at the extreme
end of the installation
• Reset button—the blue reset button must
be pushed in order to return to “machine
run” condition following switch actuation
by a pulled or slacked rope
• Vibration tolerant—the snap-acting switch
contacts protect against nuisance tripping
due to vibration
• Rubber bellows contain UV inhibitor
making the switches suitable for outdoor
applications
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
ER5018-021M 44506-4010 ER5018 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M20
ER5018-021N 44506-4020 ER5018 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 IN. NPT
ER5018-021NE 44506-4120 ER5018 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 IN. NPT, E STOP
T- 5
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
ER6022
ER6022 Emergency Stop Devices
Rope Pull Emergency Stop Switch
• Rope spans up to 80 m (262 ft.) means
fewer number of switches required per
application
• Tension indicator makes system setup and
rope tension maintenance easy
• Contact arrangements of 2N/C + 1 N/O,
3N/C + 1 N/O or 2N/C + 2 N/O
• IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure enables the
ER6022 switch to withstand water wash-
down cleaning
• Reset button—the blue reset button must
be pushed in order to return to “machine
run” condition following switch actuation
by a pulled or slacked rope
• Indicator beacon—the optional dual indi-
cator beacon, available in 24 VDC or 120
VAC, can be wired to flash red to indicate
a tripped switch or glow a constant green
to indicate a properly reset switch
• E-stop button—the ER6022 has two
mounting positions where the optional
E-stop button may be installed; the E-stop
button may be added or replaced in the
field
• Rubber bellows contain UV inhibitor
making the switches suitable for outdoor
applications
Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC947-
5-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified
R
C US
Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model Part Number Description
ER6022-021M 44506-5010 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M20
ER6022-021ME 44506-5210 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M20, E STOP
ER6022-021MEL 44506-5410 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M20, E STOP, LED
ER6022-021NE 44506-5220 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 IN. NPT, E STOP
ER6022-021NEL 44506-5420 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 IN. NPT, E STOP, LED
ER6022-021NELAC 44506-5423 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 IN. NPT, E STOP, 120 VAC LED
ER6022-022 MLSS 44506-5910 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO,3 X M20, LED
ER6022-022N 44506-5080 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, 1/2 IN. NPT
ER6022-022NE 44506-5280 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, 1/2 IN. NPT, E-STOP
ER6022-022NEL 44506-5480 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, 1/2 IN. NPT, E-STOP, LED
ER6022-022NELSS 44506-5960 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO,3 X 1/2 IN. NPT, E-STOP, LED
T
T- 6 For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com
ER6022SS
ER6022-SS Emergency Stop Devices
Stainless Steel Rope Pull
Emergency Stop Switch
• Rope spans up to 100 m (328 ft.) means
fewer number of switches required per
application
• Tension indicator maintains the proper
rope tension
• Contact arrangements of 3N/C + 1 N/O or
2N/C + 2 N/O
• IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure withstands water
washdown cleaning
• 316 stainless steel cast housing and stain-
less steel hardware
• Reset button—the blue reset button must
be pushed in order to return to “machine
run” condition following switch actuation
by a pulled or slacked rope
• Vibration tolerant—the snap-acting switch
contacts protect against nuisance tripping
due to vibration
• Indicator beacon—the dual indicator
beacon is optional on the ER6022-SS; the
indicator beacon can be wired to flash
red to indicate a tripped switch or glow a
constant green to indicate a properly reset
switch
• Optional E-stop button—may be added or
replaced in the field
• Rubber bellows contain UV inhibitor
making the switches suitable for outdoor
applications
• Extreme Cold Version—for applications
down to -40°C
Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC947-
5-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified
R
C US
A Series ............................. F-9
A3U ....................................O-4
A4EG ............................... R-24
A16/A165 ..........................O-5
A22E ................................... T- 2
A22R/A22RL .....................O-2
A22RK ...............................O-3
A22RS/A22RW .................. O-3
A22TK .............................. R-25
A165E ................................. T- 1
A165K ................................O-7
A165S/W ...........................O-6
CM ..................................... R-7
D4A-N ................................ F-2
D4B-9N .......................... R-12
D4C ................................... F-3
D4CC ................................. F-3
D4E-N ................................ F-4
D4F .................................. R-13
D4GS-N ........................... R-16
D4JL .................................. R-1
D4MC ................................ F-4
D4N ................................. R-14
D4N-9R .......................... R-15
D4NH ................................. R-6
D4NL ................................. R-2
D4NS ............................... R-17
D4SL-N .............................. R-3
D5B ................................... F-6
D40Z/D40A/G9SX-NS ...... R-8
DZ Series ........................ F-11
E2A ....................................C-4
E2A3 ..................................C-6
E2B ....................................C-3
E2C-EDA ......................... C-25
E2CY ...............................C-26
E2E Standard ....................C-1
E2E Miniature ..................C-11
E2E2 DC 2-Wire ................ C-7
E2E2 DC 3-Wire ................ C-8
E2E2 AC 2-Wire ..............C-10
E2EC ...............................C-12
E2EH ...............................C-21
E2EM .................................C-5
E2EQ ...............................C-23
E2E-U .............................. C-22
E2EV ................................C-26
E2EY ................................C-27
E2EZ ................................C-27
E2F ..................................C-18
E2FM ............................... C-19
E2FQ ...............................C-24
E2K-C ..............................C-16
E2K-F ..............................C-17
E2K-L ..............................C-17
E2KQ-X ...........................C-24
E2K-X .............................. C-15
E2Q5 ................................C-14
E2S .................................. C-14
E32 Standard Cylindrical ..B-1
E32 Square Shape ............B-2
E32 Miniature ....................B-3
E32 Longer Distance ........ B-4
E32 Built-in Lens .............. B-5
E32 Robot Application ..... B-5
E32 Chemical Resistant ... B-6
E32 Heat Resistant ........... B-7
E32 Vacuum Resistant ..... B-8
E32 Precision Detection ...B-9
E32 Area Monitoring .......B-10
E32
Special Application
.. B-11
E3C-LDA ......................... A-19
E3FA/E3RA ....................... A-1
E3FB/E3RB ....................... A-2
E3G .................................. A-13
E3G-M ............................. A-15
E3JK ................................ A-14
E3JM ............................... A-15
E3K .................................. A-17
E3NC ............................... A-18
E3NX-FA .......................... B-13
E3S-A .............................. A-17
E3S-C .............................. A-22
E3S-CL ............................ A-13
E3T .................................. A-16
E3X .................................. B-19
E3X-DAC-S ..................... B-18
E3X-DAH-S ..................... B-18
E3X-DA-S ........................ B-15
E3X-DA-SE-S .................. B-16
E3X-HD ........................... B-12
E3X-MDA ........................ B-17
E3X-NA ............................ B-14
E3X-NA-F ........................ B-17
E3X-SD ............................ B-14
E3Z .................................... A-3
E3Z-B ................................ A-9
E3Z-G ................................ A-9
E3Z-K .............................. A-12
E3Z-L ............................... A-10
E3Z-L9 ............................. A-4
E3Z-LS ............................ A-11
E3ZM ................................. A-5
E3ZM-B ............................. A-8
E3ZM-C ............................. A-6
E3ZM-V ............................. A-7
E5AC ...................................I-4
E5AC-T ................................I-9
E5AN-H/E5EN-H ...............I-13
E5AN-HT/E5EN-HT ...........I-14
E5AR/E5ER .......................I-18
Model Number Index
Family Section-Page
E5C2 ..................................I-16
E5CB ...................................I-1
E5CC ...................................I-2
E5CC-T ................................I-7
E5CC-U ...............................I-6
E5CN-H .............................I-11
E5CN-HT ...........................I-12
E5CSV ...............................I-15
E5DC ...................................I-5
E5EC ...................................I-3
E5EC-T ................................I-8
E5GN .................................I-10
E5ZN .................................I-19
E6A2-C ..............................H-4
E6B2-C ..............................H-5
E6C3-A ..............................H-1
E6C3-C ..............................H-6
E6CP-A .............................H-2
E6D-C ................................H-7
E6F-A ................................H-3
E6F-C ................................H-7
E39-L ............................... A-24
E39-R .............................. A-24
E39-VA .............................. D-7
EE-SA701/EE-SA801 ...... E-16
EE-SPW311/SPW411 ..... E-12
EE-SPW321/SPW421 ..... E-13
EE-SPX301/401 ................ E-7
EE-SPX303N/403N ........... E-9
EE-SPX613 ...................... E-14
EE-SPX749/SPX849 ....... E-6
EE-SPX-W2A .................... E-8
EE-SPY301/302/401/402 .. E-7
EE-SPY319/SPY419 ..... E-10
EE-SPY801/SPY802 ....... E-17
EE-SPZ-A ........................ E-15
EE-SX979 ......................... E-5
Family Section-Page Family Section-Page Family Section-Page
Index
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com U-1
EE-SX479/EE-SX679 ...... E-3
EE-SX779/EE-SX879 ...... E-2
EE-SX959 ......................... E-1
EE-SY671/EE-SY672 ...... E-11
EJ1 ....................................I-20
ER1022/ER1032 .................T-3
ER5018 ...............................T-4
ER6022 ...............................T-5
ER6022-SS .........................T-6
F3EM2 ............................. A-21
F3ET2 .............................. A-20
F3SJ-A .............................. P-3
F3SJ-B .............................. P-2
F3SJ-E .............................. P-1
F3UV ................................ A-23
G2R9-S ............................N-2
G2RV .................................N-1
G3MC .............................. N-19
G3NA ...............................N-12
G3NE ............................... N-11
G3PA ...............................N-14
G3PE ...............................N-15
G3PF ...............................N-16
G3PH ...............................N-13
G3R-I/O ...........................N-18
G3RV ...............................N-17
G3TB ...............................N-20
G7J ....................................N-8
G7S-9-E ........................... S-7
G7SA ................................. S-7
G7Z ....................................N-9
G9SA ................................. S-1
G9SX-NS ........................... R-8
H3CA ................................. K-2
H3CR ................................. K-3
H3DK ................................. K-5
H3DS ................................. K-6
H3JA .................................. K-4
H3YN ................................. K-4
H5CX-N ............................. K-1
H5F .................................... K-8
H5L .................................... K-8
H5S .................................... K-7
H7BX ............................... K-11
H7CN ............................... K-11
H7CX-N ............................. K-9
H7EC/H7ET/H7ER .......... K-10
H7GP ............................... K-12
H7HP ............................... K-13
K3GN ..................................L-3
K3HB-C/-P/-R ....................L-2
K3HB-X/-H/-V/-S ...............L-1
K3MA-J/-L/-F .....................L-3
K7L-AT50 ......................... M-8
K8AK-AS .......................... M-2
K8AK-AW ......................... M-3
K8AK-LS .......................... M-7
K8AK-PA/PM/PW ............ M-4
K8AK-PH/K8DS-PH ......... M-5
K8AK-TH .................... I-17M-6
K8AK-VS/K8AK-VW ......... M-1
LY .......................................N-4
M2BJ ................................. O-9
M16/M165 ......................... O-8
M22R ................................. O-1
MA ..................................... R-9
MA-S ............................... R-10
MC .....................................Q-2
MFS ................................. R-11
MGN ................................ N-10
MJN ...................................N-6
MKS ...................................N-5
MKS-X ...............................N-7
MS4800 ............................. P-4
MY ..................................... N-3
PA4600 .............................. P-7
RM-1 ................................. P-5
RM-2 ................................. P-5
RM-2AC & RM-2AC-IP ..... P-5
RM-3 ................................. P-6
RM-X ................................. P-6
S8JX-G ...............................J-5
S8JX-P ...............................J-6
S8VK-G ..............................J-1
S8VK-R ............................... J-2
S8VK-T ...............................J-7
S8VM ..................................J-4
S8VS ................................... J-3
SCC ...................................Q-4
SCSF .................................Q-3
SGE & SCS ........................Q-3
SHL .................................... F-5
SR101A ............................. S-1
SR103AM .......................... S-2
SR104P ............................. S-2
SR106ED ........................... S-3
SR107, 108 & 109AD ........ S-3
SR125SMS45 .................... S-4
SR131A ............................. S-5
SR203M & 203AM ............. S-5
SR208 & 209AD ................ S-6
T2008 .............................. R-18
T4012 .............................. R-19
T4016 .............................. R-20
T5007 .............................. R-21
T5009 & T5009-6 ............. R-22
TL4019 .............................. R-4
TL4024 .............................. R-5
TL-W ................................C-13
TouchStart ....................... R-23
TZ Series ......................... F-11
Model Number Index
UMQ ..................................Q-1
VB ...................................... F-6
WL/WL-N .......................... F-1
X Series ........................... F-10
XS2F-M12 .........................D-1
XS3F-M8 ...........................D-4
XS5F ..................................D-3
XW3D ................................D-7
Y96E-M12 .........................D-6
Z Series ............................. F-8
ZAP ...................................O-9
ZE/ZV/ZV2 ......................... F-7
ZG2 ..................................G-10
ZS-HL ................................ G-5
ZS-L ..................................G-4
ZW ..................................... G-8
ZX1 .................................... G-1
ZX2 .................................... G-2
ZX-E ..................................G-6
ZX-GT ................................G-9
ZX-L-N ..............................G-3
ZX-T ..................................G-7
Family Section-Page Family Section-Page Family Section-Page Family Section-Page
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
U-2
NEMA Ratings
NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) ratings ensure protection against the
following environmental conditions.
Environmental
Conditions
Type of Enclosure
1233R 3S 44X 566P 11 12 12K 13
Accidental contact
with the enclosed
equipment
XXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Falling dirt XX-- -- -- XXXXXXXXX
Falling liquids, light
splashing
-- X-- -- -- XX-- XXXXXX
Dust, lint, fibers
and flyings (non-
combustible, non-
ignitable)
-- -- -- -- -- XXXXX-- XXX
Windblown dust -- -- X-- XXX-- XX-- -- -- --
Hosedown and
splashing water
-- -- -- -- -- XX-- XX-- -- -- --
Oil and coolant
seepage
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- XXX
Oil or coolant
spraying and
splashing
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- X
Corrosive agents -- -- -- -- -- -- X-- -- XX-- -- --
Occasional
temporary
submersion
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- XX-- -- -- --
Occasional
prolonged
submersion
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- X-- -- -- --
IP Ratings
The IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) defines degrees of protection provided by
electrical enclosures with respect to personnel, equipment within the enclosure and ingress of
water. The degree of protection is expressed by the letters “IP” followed by two numerals (Example:
IP67). See the table below for an explanation of the numerals.
The following information is drawn from publication IEC 60529 of 2004 and 529 of 1989.
By contrast to NEMA, “IP” ratings do not apply to protection against the risk of explosion or
conditions such as humidity, corrosive gases, fungi or vermin. Also, different parts of a piece of
equipment can have different degrees of protection and still comply with the standards. An example
would be the opening in the base of an enclosure.
1st characteristic numeral 2nd characteristic numeral
Protection against contact and penetration of solid bodies. Protection against the penetration of liquids.
0Not protected 0Not protected
1 Protection against solid objects greater than 50 mm 1 Protection against dripping water
2 Protection against solid objects greater than 12 mm 2 Protection against dripping water when tilted up to 15°
3 Protection against solid objects greater than 2.5 mm 3 Protection against spraying water
4 Protection against solid objects greater than 1 mm 4 Protection against splashing water
5Dust protected 5 Protection against water jets
6Dust tight 6 Protection against heavy seas
-- 7 Protection against the effects of immersion
-- 8Protection against submersion
-- 9K Protection against steam jet cleaning
Enclosure Ratings
For complete specications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com U-3
WORKING FOR THE BENEFIT OF SOCIETY
Social Responsibility
Our approach to product development and business is guided by core values based on serving the
needs of society. This is reected in the Omron corporate motto...
“At work for a better life, a better world for all.”
Conceived by Omron’s founder Kazuma Tateisi, these words reect his pioneering idea that a company
should fulll its responsibility to society rather than solely focusing on productivity, eciency, sales and
prots. Our unending commitment to identifying social needs is embedded in Omron’s corporate DNA,
along with a challenge-oriented spirit capable of responding to those needs.
The Omron Foundation in the Americas funds charitable donations for disaster relief and recovery
eorts, and matches individual employee donations to social support, education, and cultural
enrichment organizations. Each year on May 10, Omron employees around the world actively participate
in charitable activities to honor the core values established by the company’s founder. Throughout the
year, Omron oers team and individual opportunities at partner charitable organizations to underscore
the need for social responsibility as a corporate priority.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Providing environmentally safe products to the world.
Omron’s social responsibility also takes the form of decisions and actions that help preserve and
restore the environment. Far in advance of directives banning the use of harmful chemicals in
making electronics (RoHS), Omron adopted an ECO policy that works to eliminate these and other
pollutants. The policy also mandates signicant reductions in power consumption to conserve
energy and natural resources for future generations.

Navigation menu